From 440e801f8a96709067871cf4d5d85ec82b37b52c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:06:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 001/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 867dcab0ce..dd5606963c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ REV 6 1 q571 writing-symlanguage τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 Here, **Lamb** is used s REV 6 1 g13d translate-ordinal μίαν ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the initial of the seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 1 i392 translate-unknown τῶν ἑπτὰ σφραγίδων 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated **seven seals** in [Revelation 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 6 1 v9td figs-simile ὡς φωνῇ βροντῆς 1 Here, **one of the living creatures** speaks with a very loud voice. John is using **thunder** figuratively in a simile to mean a very loud noise for the voice. Alternate translation: “as with a noise of thunder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 6 2 t2qg figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στέφανος 1 he was given a crown If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he received a crown” or “God gave him a crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 6 2 t2qg figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στέφανος 1 he was given a crown Here, \nIf your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he received a crown” or “God gave him a crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 3 bs66 translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν δευτέραν 1 the second seal The word **second** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 3 i1p4 translate-ordinal τοῦ δευτέρου ζῴου 1 the second living creature The word **second** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 4 qg8s ἐξῆλθεν…πυρρός 1 came out—fiery red This can the stated as a second sentence. Alternate translation: “came out. It was red like fire” or “came out. It was bright red” From 466cba13b9c5d50942cc00e2e6bbdd6dda49a71f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:07:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 002/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index dd5606963c..71faea0c56 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ REV 6 1 q571 writing-symlanguage τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 Here, **Lamb** is used s REV 6 1 g13d translate-ordinal μίαν ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the initial of the seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 1 i392 translate-unknown τῶν ἑπτὰ σφραγίδων 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated **seven seals** in [Revelation 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 6 1 v9td figs-simile ὡς φωνῇ βροντῆς 1 Here, **one of the living creatures** speaks with a very loud voice. John is using **thunder** figuratively in a simile to mean a very loud noise for the voice. Alternate translation: “as with a noise of thunder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 6 2 t2qg figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στέφανος 1 he was given a crown Here, \nIf your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he received a crown” or “God gave him a crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 6 2 t2qg figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 he was given a crown Here, **to him was given** can be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he received a crown” or “God gave him a crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 3 bs66 translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν δευτέραν 1 the second seal The word **second** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 3 i1p4 translate-ordinal τοῦ δευτέρου ζῴου 1 the second living creature The word **second** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 4 qg8s ἐξῆλθεν…πυρρός 1 came out—fiery red This can the stated as a second sentence. Alternate translation: “came out. It was red like fire” or “came out. It was bright red” From af07aa3257120f4feeacb545e4c99dae18878c4f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:08:59 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 003/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 71faea0c56..4e50009822 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ REV 6 1 q571 writing-symlanguage τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 Here, **Lamb** is used s REV 6 1 g13d translate-ordinal μίαν ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the initial of the seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 1 i392 translate-unknown τῶν ἑπτὰ σφραγίδων 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated **seven seals** in [Revelation 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 6 1 v9td figs-simile ὡς φωνῇ βροντῆς 1 Here, **one of the living creatures** speaks with a very loud voice. John is using **thunder** figuratively in a simile to mean a very loud noise for the voice. Alternate translation: “as with a noise of thunder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 6 2 t2qg figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 he was given a crown Here, **to him was given** can be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he received a crown” or “God gave him a crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 6 2 t2qg figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στέφανος 1 he was given a crown Here, **to him was given a crown** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he received a crown” or “God gave him a crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 3 bs66 translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν δευτέραν 1 the second seal The word **second** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 3 i1p4 translate-ordinal τοῦ δευτέρου ζῴου 1 the second living creature The word **second** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 4 qg8s ἐξῆλθεν…πυρρός 1 came out—fiery red This can the stated as a second sentence. Alternate translation: “came out. It was red like fire” or “came out. It was bright red” From d3c774b10222a9da6d999bfaf44a97ae7aa2c09a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:13:45 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 005/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 4e50009822..ea5666d03c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ REV 6 1 g13d translate-ordinal μίαν ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 If your lan REV 6 1 i392 translate-unknown τῶν ἑπτὰ σφραγίδων 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated **seven seals** in [Revelation 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 6 1 v9td figs-simile ὡς φωνῇ βροντῆς 1 Here, **one of the living creatures** speaks with a very loud voice. John is using **thunder** figuratively in a simile to mean a very loud noise for the voice. Alternate translation: “as with a noise of thunder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 2 t2qg figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στέφανος 1 he was given a crown Here, **to him was given a crown** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he received a crown” or “God gave him a crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 3 bs66 translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν δευτέραν 1 the second seal The word **second** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +REV 6 3 bs66 translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν δευτέραν 1 the second seal The word **second** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or\n “the next seal” or “seal number two” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 3 i1p4 translate-ordinal τοῦ δευτέρου ζῴου 1 the second living creature The word **second** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 4 qg8s ἐξῆλθεν…πυρρός 1 came out—fiery red This can the stated as a second sentence. Alternate translation: “came out. It was red like fire” or “came out. It was bright red” REV 6 4 w57m figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 To its rider was given permission If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave permission to its rider” or “its rider received permission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 99366ec0682a3a28a18ccce39f967be6d3150985 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:14:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 006/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ea5666d03c..7d1edc904e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ REV 6 1 g13d translate-ordinal μίαν ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 If your lan REV 6 1 i392 translate-unknown τῶν ἑπτὰ σφραγίδων 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated **seven seals** in [Revelation 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 6 1 v9td figs-simile ὡς φωνῇ βροντῆς 1 Here, **one of the living creatures** speaks with a very loud voice. John is using **thunder** figuratively in a simile to mean a very loud noise for the voice. Alternate translation: “as with a noise of thunder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 2 t2qg figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στέφανος 1 he was given a crown Here, **to him was given a crown** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he received a crown” or “God gave him a crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 3 bs66 translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν δευτέραν 1 the second seal The word **second** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or\n “the next seal” or “seal number two” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +REV 6 3 bs66 translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν δευτέραν 1 the second seal The word **second** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 3 i1p4 translate-ordinal τοῦ δευτέρου ζῴου 1 the second living creature The word **second** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 4 qg8s ἐξῆλθεν…πυρρός 1 came out—fiery red This can the stated as a second sentence. Alternate translation: “came out. It was red like fire” or “came out. It was bright red” REV 6 4 w57m figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 To its rider was given permission If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave permission to its rider” or “its rider received permission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 7da2ed4691179a0e433692b7d3439f911d7dbc51 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:19:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 009/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 7d1edc904e..9a63832d56 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -409,8 +409,7 @@ REV 6 1 v9td figs-simile ὡς φωνῇ βροντῆς 1 Here, **one of the l REV 6 2 t2qg figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στέφανος 1 he was given a crown Here, **to him was given a crown** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he received a crown” or “God gave him a crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 3 bs66 translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν δευτέραν 1 the second seal The word **second** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 3 i1p4 translate-ordinal τοῦ δευτέρου ζῴου 1 the second living creature The word **second** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -REV 6 4 qg8s ἐξῆλθεν…πυρρός 1 came out—fiery red This can the stated as a second sentence. Alternate translation: “came out. It was red like fire” or “came out. It was bright red” -REV 6 4 w57m figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 To its rider was given permission If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave permission to its rider” or “its rider received permission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 6 4 w57m figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 To its rider was given permission Here, **to the one sitting on it was granted to him** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave permission to its rider” or “its rider received permission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 4 je64 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη 1 This rider was given a huge sword If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this rider received a huge sword” or “God gave this rider a huge sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 5 v4us translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην 1 the third seal The word **third** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 5 zec1 translate-ordinal τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου 1 the third living creature The word **third** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) From b2e4de90afe8a2cd9cf79ba53a5f991f8e529060 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:22:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 011/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9a63832d56..9aecbdbd91 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ REV 6 1 i392 translate-unknown τῶν ἑπτὰ σφραγίδων 1 Connectin REV 6 1 v9td figs-simile ὡς φωνῇ βροντῆς 1 Here, **one of the living creatures** speaks with a very loud voice. John is using **thunder** figuratively in a simile to mean a very loud noise for the voice. Alternate translation: “as with a noise of thunder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 2 t2qg figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στέφανος 1 he was given a crown Here, **to him was given a crown** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he received a crown” or “God gave him a crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 3 bs66 translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν δευτέραν 1 the second seal The word **second** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -REV 6 3 i1p4 translate-ordinal τοῦ δευτέρου ζῴου 1 the second living creature The word **second** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +REV 6 3 i1p4 translate-ordinal τοῦ δευτέρου ζῴου 1 the second living creature The word **second** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 4 w57m figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 To its rider was given permission Here, **to the one sitting on it was granted to him** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave permission to its rider” or “its rider received permission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 4 je64 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη 1 This rider was given a huge sword If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this rider received a huge sword” or “God gave this rider a huge sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 5 v4us translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην 1 the third seal The word **third** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) From d92a8a2708f1940905618d03d5df22e66d004113 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:26:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 014/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9aecbdbd91..c5c6ae1fa4 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ REV 6 2 t2qg figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στέφανος 1 he was REV 6 3 bs66 translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν δευτέραν 1 the second seal The word **second** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 3 i1p4 translate-ordinal τοῦ δευτέρου ζῴου 1 the second living creature The word **second** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 4 w57m figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 To its rider was given permission Here, **to the one sitting on it was granted to him** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave permission to its rider” or “its rider received permission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 4 je64 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη 1 This rider was given a huge sword If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this rider received a huge sword” or “God gave this rider a huge sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 6 4 je64 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη 1 This rider was given a huge sword Here, **to him was given a huge sword** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this rider received a huge sword” or “God gave this rider a huge sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 5 v4us translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην 1 the third seal The word **third** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 5 zec1 translate-ordinal τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου 1 the third living creature The word **third** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 5 rm4y ζυγὸν 1 a pair of scales A **scales** is a tool used for weighing things. From cb99ed9e2d6ea1c4b1c03eafdcb225074dec101a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:28:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 015/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c5c6ae1fa4..9217a86bb7 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ REV 6 3 bs66 translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν δευτέρα REV 6 3 i1p4 translate-ordinal τοῦ δευτέρου ζῴου 1 the second living creature The word **second** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 4 w57m figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 To its rider was given permission Here, **to the one sitting on it was granted to him** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave permission to its rider” or “its rider received permission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 4 je64 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη 1 This rider was given a huge sword Here, **to him was given a huge sword** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this rider received a huge sword” or “God gave this rider a huge sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 5 v4us translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην 1 the third seal The word **third** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +REV 6 5 v4us translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην 1 the third seal The word **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 5 zec1 translate-ordinal τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου 1 the third living creature The word **third** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 5 rm4y ζυγὸν 1 a pair of scales A **scales** is a tool used for weighing things. REV 6 6 b5rr translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου…τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν 1 A choenix of wheat … three choenices of barley A **choenix** was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of **choenix** is “choenices.” Alternate translation: “one liter of wheat … three liters of barley” or “one bowl of wheat … three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) From b9e9969257076597f448f9d335163b384b032e23 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:30:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 020/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9217a86bb7..d96c992bf8 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ REV 6 3 bs66 translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν δευτέρα REV 6 3 i1p4 translate-ordinal τοῦ δευτέρου ζῴου 1 the second living creature The word **second** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 4 w57m figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 To its rider was given permission Here, **to the one sitting on it was granted to him** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave permission to its rider” or “its rider received permission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 4 je64 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη 1 This rider was given a huge sword Here, **to him was given a huge sword** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this rider received a huge sword” or “God gave this rider a huge sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 5 v4us translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην 1 the third seal The word **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +REV 6 5 v4us translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην 1 the third seal The word **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 5 zec1 translate-ordinal τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου 1 the third living creature The word **third** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 5 rm4y ζυγὸν 1 a pair of scales A **scales** is a tool used for weighing things. REV 6 6 b5rr translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου…τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν 1 A choenix of wheat … three choenices of barley A **choenix** was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of **choenix** is “choenices.” Alternate translation: “one liter of wheat … three liters of barley” or “one bowl of wheat … three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) From 77c1c1fe6f53d3566193f5603341578da33bc085 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:34:56 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 022/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d96c992bf8..b4a1247fcc 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ REV 6 3 i1p4 translate-ordinal τοῦ δευτέρου ζῴου 1 the second l REV 6 4 w57m figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, ἐδόθη αὐτῷ 1 To its rider was given permission Here, **to the one sitting on it was granted to him** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave permission to its rider” or “its rider received permission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 4 je64 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη 1 This rider was given a huge sword Here, **to him was given a huge sword** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this rider received a huge sword” or “God gave this rider a huge sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 5 v4us translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην 1 the third seal The word **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -REV 6 5 zec1 translate-ordinal τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου 1 the third living creature The word **third** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +REV 6 5 zec1 translate-ordinal τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου 1 the third living creature The word **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 5 rm4y ζυγὸν 1 a pair of scales A **scales** is a tool used for weighing things. REV 6 6 b5rr translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου…τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν 1 A choenix of wheat … three choenices of barley A **choenix** was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of **choenix** is “choenices.” Alternate translation: “one liter of wheat … three liters of barley” or “one bowl of wheat … three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) REV 6 6 v3sn translate-bmoney δηναρίου…δηναρίου 1 one denarius The **denarius** was a coin that was worth a day’s wages. A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “the pay for one day of work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) From acb1e0ce63c7c78013e9cc58a2722df08c4528f0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:37:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 025/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b4a1247fcc..7afcf9ff6d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ REV 6 4 w57m figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, REV 6 4 je64 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη 1 This rider was given a huge sword Here, **to him was given a huge sword** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this rider received a huge sword” or “God gave this rider a huge sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 5 v4us translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην 1 the third seal The word **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 5 zec1 translate-ordinal τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου 1 the third living creature The word **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -REV 6 5 rm4y ζυγὸν 1 a pair of scales A **scales** is a tool used for weighing things. +REV 6 5 rm4y translate-unknown ζυγὸν 1 a pair of scales Here, **a pair of scales** is a tool used for weighing things. REV 6 6 b5rr translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου…τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν 1 A choenix of wheat … three choenices of barley A **choenix** was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of **choenix** is “choenices.” Alternate translation: “one liter of wheat … three liters of barley” or “one bowl of wheat … three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) REV 6 6 v3sn translate-bmoney δηναρίου…δηναρίου 1 one denarius The **denarius** was a coin that was worth a day’s wages. A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “the pay for one day of work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) REV 6 6 ej1v καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον μὴ ἀδικήσῃς 1 But do not harm the oil and the wine If the **oil and wine** were harmed, there would be less of them for people to buy, and their prices would go up. From 7dd0b9989e4b06c0c9c06baf070406e39ff116dd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:41:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 026/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 7afcf9ff6d..5044796f76 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ REV 6 4 w57m figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, REV 6 4 je64 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη 1 This rider was given a huge sword Here, **to him was given a huge sword** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this rider received a huge sword” or “God gave this rider a huge sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 5 v4us translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην 1 the third seal The word **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 5 zec1 translate-ordinal τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου 1 the third living creature The word **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -REV 6 5 rm4y translate-unknown ζυγὸν 1 a pair of scales Here, **a pair of scales** is a tool used for weighing things. +REV 6 5 rm4y translate-unknown ζυγὸν 1 a pair of scales Here, **a pair of scales** is a tool that people utilize to weigh scarce food. Most likely **a pair of scales** was a weighing device which included two round plates or bowls hanging by ropes to a pole which the rider holds in his hand. Translators should maintain the ancient tool and not describe modern systems for weighing things. REV 6 6 b5rr translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου…τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν 1 A choenix of wheat … three choenices of barley A **choenix** was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of **choenix** is “choenices.” Alternate translation: “one liter of wheat … three liters of barley” or “one bowl of wheat … three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) REV 6 6 v3sn translate-bmoney δηναρίου…δηναρίου 1 one denarius The **denarius** was a coin that was worth a day’s wages. A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “the pay for one day of work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) REV 6 6 ej1v καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον μὴ ἀδικήσῃς 1 But do not harm the oil and the wine If the **oil and wine** were harmed, there would be less of them for people to buy, and their prices would go up. From dee476e1574823de86a56fff5ae172cc5f6f768a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:46:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 027/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 5044796f76..54550ceb01 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ REV 6 4 w57m figs-activepassive τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, REV 6 4 je64 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη 1 This rider was given a huge sword Here, **to him was given a huge sword** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this rider received a huge sword” or “God gave this rider a huge sword” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 5 v4us translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην 1 the third seal The word **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 5 zec1 translate-ordinal τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου 1 the third living creature The word **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -REV 6 5 rm4y translate-unknown ζυγὸν 1 a pair of scales Here, **a pair of scales** is a tool that people utilize to weigh scarce food. Most likely **a pair of scales** was a weighing device which included two round plates or bowls hanging by ropes to a pole which the rider holds in his hand. Translators should maintain the ancient tool and not describe modern systems for weighing things. +REV 6 5 rm4y translate-unknown ζυγὸν 1 a pair of scales Here, **a pair of scales** is a tool that people utilize to weigh scarce food. Most likely **a pair of scales** was a weighing device which included two round plates or bowls hanging by ropes to a pole which the rider holds in his hand. Translators should maintain the imagery of the ancient tool and not describe modern systems for weighing things. Alternate translation: “a pair of balances” or “a pair of weights” or “balancing scales” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 6 6 b5rr translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου…τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν 1 A choenix of wheat … three choenices of barley A **choenix** was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of **choenix** is “choenices.” Alternate translation: “one liter of wheat … three liters of barley” or “one bowl of wheat … three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) REV 6 6 v3sn translate-bmoney δηναρίου…δηναρίου 1 one denarius The **denarius** was a coin that was worth a day’s wages. A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “the pay for one day of work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) REV 6 6 ej1v καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον μὴ ἀδικήσῃς 1 But do not harm the oil and the wine If the **oil and wine** were harmed, there would be less of them for people to buy, and their prices would go up. From 4986cc3c58a7ffcb44ab9a1f444ec58de9948374 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:49:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 030/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 54550ceb01..3750fbada5 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ REV 6 4 je64 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλ REV 6 5 v4us translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην 1 the third seal The word **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 5 zec1 translate-ordinal τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου 1 the third living creature The word **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 5 rm4y translate-unknown ζυγὸν 1 a pair of scales Here, **a pair of scales** is a tool that people utilize to weigh scarce food. Most likely **a pair of scales** was a weighing device which included two round plates or bowls hanging by ropes to a pole which the rider holds in his hand. Translators should maintain the imagery of the ancient tool and not describe modern systems for weighing things. Alternate translation: “a pair of balances” or “a pair of weights” or “balancing scales” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -REV 6 6 b5rr translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου…τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν 1 A choenix of wheat … three choenices of barley A **choenix** was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of **choenix** is “choenices.” Alternate translation: “one liter of wheat … three liters of barley” or “one bowl of wheat … three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) +REV 6 6 b5rr translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου…τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν 1 A choenix of wheat … three choenices of barley A **choenix** was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of **choenix** is “choenices.” Alternate translation: “one quart of wheat … three quarts of barley” or “one bowl of wheat … three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) REV 6 6 v3sn translate-bmoney δηναρίου…δηναρίου 1 one denarius The **denarius** was a coin that was worth a day’s wages. A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “the pay for one day of work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) REV 6 6 ej1v καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον μὴ ἀδικήσῃς 1 But do not harm the oil and the wine If the **oil and wine** were harmed, there would be less of them for people to buy, and their prices would go up. REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the oil and the wine The **oil** and the **wine** probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 1d6bcf6fa9964ec04037857883adf28ade67f700 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:53:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 033/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3750fbada5..e6ac62818c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -416,8 +416,7 @@ REV 6 5 zec1 translate-ordinal τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου 1 the third living REV 6 5 rm4y translate-unknown ζυγὸν 1 a pair of scales Here, **a pair of scales** is a tool that people utilize to weigh scarce food. Most likely **a pair of scales** was a weighing device which included two round plates or bowls hanging by ropes to a pole which the rider holds in his hand. Translators should maintain the imagery of the ancient tool and not describe modern systems for weighing things. Alternate translation: “a pair of balances” or “a pair of weights” or “balancing scales” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 6 6 b5rr translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου…τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν 1 A choenix of wheat … three choenices of barley A **choenix** was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of **choenix** is “choenices.” Alternate translation: “one quart of wheat … three quarts of barley” or “one bowl of wheat … three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) REV 6 6 v3sn translate-bmoney δηναρίου…δηναρίου 1 one denarius The **denarius** was a coin that was worth a day’s wages. A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “the pay for one day of work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -REV 6 6 ej1v καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον μὴ ἀδικήσῃς 1 But do not harm the oil and the wine If the **oil and wine** were harmed, there would be less of them for people to buy, and their prices would go up. -REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the oil and the wine The **oil** and the **wine** probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the oil and the wine The **oil** and the **wine** probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. In other words, **the oil and the wine**\nfiguratively represents olive oil and grape harvest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly.Alternate translation: “text” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 8 e11y ἵππος χλωρός 1 pale horse Here, **pale** is the color of a dead body, so its color is a symbol of death. Alternate translation: “a grey horse” From 4839a416b96fea9a45276dc1d16163eeb2621d6d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:54:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 034/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e6ac62818c..38d4021eba 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ REV 6 5 zec1 translate-ordinal τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου 1 the third living REV 6 5 rm4y translate-unknown ζυγὸν 1 a pair of scales Here, **a pair of scales** is a tool that people utilize to weigh scarce food. Most likely **a pair of scales** was a weighing device which included two round plates or bowls hanging by ropes to a pole which the rider holds in his hand. Translators should maintain the imagery of the ancient tool and not describe modern systems for weighing things. Alternate translation: “a pair of balances” or “a pair of weights” or “balancing scales” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 6 6 b5rr translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου…τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν 1 A choenix of wheat … three choenices of barley A **choenix** was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of **choenix** is “choenices.” Alternate translation: “one quart of wheat … three quarts of barley” or “one bowl of wheat … three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) REV 6 6 v3sn translate-bmoney δηναρίου…δηναρίου 1 one denarius The **denarius** was a coin that was worth a day’s wages. A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “the pay for one day of work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) -REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the oil and the wine The **oil** and the **wine** probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. In other words, **the oil and the wine**\nfiguratively represents olive oil and grape harvest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly.Alternate translation: “text” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the oil and the wine The **oil** and the **wine** probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. In other words, **the oil and the wine** figuratively represent olive oil and grape harvest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly.Alternate translation: “the olive and the grape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 8 e11y ἵππος χλωρός 1 pale horse Here, **pale** is the color of a dead body, so its color is a symbol of death. Alternate translation: “a grey horse” From e5906c146fd081100734919ff39f2e10cdb38ad5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:54:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 037/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 38d4021eba..206d8bdf22 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ REV 6 5 rm4y translate-unknown ζυγὸν 1 a pair of scales Here, **a pair of REV 6 6 b5rr translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου…τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν 1 A choenix of wheat … three choenices of barley A **choenix** was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of **choenix** is “choenices.” Alternate translation: “one quart of wheat … three quarts of barley” or “one bowl of wheat … three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) REV 6 6 v3sn translate-bmoney δηναρίου…δηναρίου 1 one denarius The **denarius** was a coin that was worth a day’s wages. A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “the pay for one day of work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the oil and the wine The **oil** and the **wine** probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. In other words, **the oil and the wine** figuratively represent olive oil and grape harvest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly.Alternate translation: “the olive and the grape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. \n\n\n\n\nAlternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 8 e11y ἵππος χλωρός 1 pale horse Here, **pale** is the color of a dead body, so its color is a symbol of death. Alternate translation: “a grey horse” REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 0ca73400ef7f19207254ea74aa0a27173f6f3a58 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:56:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 038/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 206d8bdf22..9e4497dfe2 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ REV 6 5 rm4y translate-unknown ζυγὸν 1 a pair of scales Here, **a pair of REV 6 6 b5rr translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου…τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν 1 A choenix of wheat … three choenices of barley A **choenix** was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of **choenix** is “choenices.” Alternate translation: “one quart of wheat … three quarts of barley” or “one bowl of wheat … three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) REV 6 6 v3sn translate-bmoney δηναρίου…δηναρίου 1 one denarius The **denarius** was a coin that was worth a day’s wages. A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “the pay for one day of work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the oil and the wine The **oil** and the **wine** probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. In other words, **the oil and the wine** figuratively represent olive oil and grape harvest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly.Alternate translation: “the olive and the grape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. \n\n\n\n\nAlternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 8 e11y ἵππος χλωρός 1 pale horse Here, **pale** is the color of a dead body, so its color is a symbol of death. Alternate translation: “a grey horse” REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 8a31dd0787ce7f29d6bb4521f471af62446534b3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:56:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 040/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9e4497dfe2..9ab3502fd0 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ REV 6 6 b5rr translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου…τρεῖς χοίνι REV 6 6 v3sn translate-bmoney δηναρίου…δηναρίου 1 one denarius The **denarius** was a coin that was worth a day’s wages. A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “the pay for one day of work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the oil and the wine The **oil** and the **wine** probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. In other words, **the oil and the wine** figuratively represent olive oil and grape harvest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly.Alternate translation: “the olive and the grape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. \n\n\n\n\n\n\nAlternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 8 e11y ἵππος χλωρός 1 pale horse Here, **pale** is the color of a dead body, so its color is a symbol of death. Alternate translation: “a grey horse” REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) From 6a59a866b2cc245e96a81422f8b46b240f91efcc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 22:58:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 041/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9ab3502fd0..091d807139 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ REV 6 6 b5rr translate-bvolume χοῖνιξ σίτου…τρεῖς χοίνι REV 6 6 v3sn translate-bmoney δηναρίου…δηναρίου 1 one denarius The **denarius** was a coin that was worth a day’s wages. A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “the pay for one day of work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the oil and the wine The **oil** and the **wine** probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. In other words, **the oil and the wine** figuratively represent olive oil and grape harvest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly.Alternate translation: “the olive and the grape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. \n\n\n\n\n\n\nAlternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 8 e11y ἵππος χλωρός 1 pale horse Here, **pale** is the color of a dead body, so its color is a symbol of death. Alternate translation: “a grey horse” REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) From 61f3fffd46cb4b5f114b40eff929c397caeeb899 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 23:00:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 045/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 091d807139..4b530bf6c6 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -419,7 +419,6 @@ REV 6 6 v3sn translate-bmoney δηναρίου…δηναρίου 1 one denarius REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the oil and the wine The **oil** and the **wine** probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. In other words, **the oil and the wine** figuratively represent olive oil and grape harvest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly.Alternate translation: “the olive and the grape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -REV 6 8 e11y ἵππος χλωρός 1 pale horse Here, **pale** is the color of a dead body, so its color is a symbol of death. Alternate translation: “a grey horse” REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 1be414becbe22a0299043b29a98b539e74509726 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 20:24:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 054/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 4b530bf6c6..f8ceb93a5d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -422,8 +422,7 @@ REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth l REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 6 8 n9x3 ὑπὸ τῶν θηρίων τῆς γῆς 1 with the wild animals of the earth This means that Death and Hades would cause **the wild animals** to attack and kill people. -REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal The word **fifth** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal The word **fifth** is an ordinal number.\nIf your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])\nAlternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 9 n3mi ὑποκάτω τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου 1 under the altar This may have been “at the base of the altar.” REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 9 y8c6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 because of the word of God and the testimony which they held Here, **the word of God** is a metonym for the message from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From c40006c49e3782b16a78648f573aebcab1ceb566 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 20:25:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 055/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index f8ceb93a5d..b0efc053d8 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth l REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal The word **fifth** is an ordinal number.\nIf your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])\nAlternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal The word **fifth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 9 n3mi ὑποκάτω τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου 1 under the altar This may have been “at the base of the altar.” REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 9 y8c6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 because of the word of God and the testimony which they held Here, **the word of God** is a metonym for the message from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From b92438bcbf051a8246a3efdeef4511a5c37b91f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 20:39:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 059/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b0efc053d8..89afdbdeb0 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -422,8 +422,7 @@ REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth l REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal The word **fifth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -REV 6 9 n3mi ὑποκάτω τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου 1 under the altar This may have been “at the base of the altar.” +REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal The word **fifth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 9 y8c6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 because of the word of God and the testimony which they held Here, **the word of God** is a metonym for the message from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 9 x1yr figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 Here, **held** is a metaphor. Here, holding **the testimony** could refer to: (1) believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the teachings of scripture and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” (2) testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 2eb3eb329e92b066ddc646a9a2cbc51601e1b599 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 20:41:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 061/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 89afdbdeb0..3d6d7e743e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth o REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal The word **fifth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 9 y8c6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 because of the word of God and the testimony which they held Here, **the word of God** is a metonym for the message from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 9 x1yr figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 Here, **held** is a metaphor. Here, holding **the testimony** could refer to: (1) believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the teachings of scripture and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” (2) testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy ἐκδικεῖς τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood Here, **blood** represents their deaths. Alternate translation: “punish those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 98af000c232c397658f1ec03dca92ae75e23c0e5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 20:43:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 063/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3d6d7e743e..9685b09310 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -419,6 +419,7 @@ REV 6 6 v3sn translate-bmoney δηναρίου…δηναρίου 1 one denarius REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the oil and the wine The **oil** and the **wine** probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. In other words, **the oil and the wine** figuratively represent olive oil and grape harvest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly.Alternate translation: “the olive and the grape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +REV 6 8 t7y4 1 REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 736c2059eab4959070553ae80b0a52229ad2dd49 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 20:44:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 064/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9685b09310..9fb2d19e5c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ REV 6 6 v3sn translate-bmoney δηναρίου…δηναρίου 1 one denarius REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the oil and the wine The **oil** and the **wine** probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. In other words, **the oil and the wine** figuratively represent olive oil and grape harvest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly.Alternate translation: “the olive and the grape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -REV 6 8 t7y4 1 +REV 6 8 t7y4 ὁ Θάνατος, καὶ ὁ ᾍδης 1 See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 510234df1fe4d135a7e3c7cbded5c15489f928a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 20:45:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 065/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9fb2d19e5c..07de2ca7d1 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ REV 6 6 v3sn translate-bmoney δηναρίου…δηναρίου 1 one denarius REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the oil and the wine The **oil** and the **wine** probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. In other words, **the oil and the wine** figuratively represent olive oil and grape harvest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly.Alternate translation: “the olive and the grape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -REV 6 8 t7y4 ὁ Θάνατος, καὶ ὁ ᾍδης 1 See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 6 8 t7y4 ὁ Θάνατος, καὶ ὁ ᾍδης 1 See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 78741c33ef45c286f11fff699c3abf381ec739f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 20:45:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 066/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 07de2ca7d1..736d2c0a4c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ REV 6 6 v3sn translate-bmoney δηναρίου…δηναρίου 1 one denarius REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the oil and the wine The **oil** and the **wine** probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. In other words, **the oil and the wine** figuratively represent olive oil and grape harvest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly.Alternate translation: “the olive and the grape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -REV 6 8 t7y4 ὁ Θάνατος, καὶ ὁ ᾍδης 1 See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 6 8 t7y4 ὁ Θάνατος, καὶ ὁ ᾍδης 1 See how you translated **Death** and **Hades** in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 68fa99d68f65173979f57297c512efc60dd18a37 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 20:49:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 067/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 736d2c0a4c..1b310e4f00 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ REV 6 6 v3sn translate-bmoney δηναρίου…δηναρίου 1 one denarius REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the oil and the wine The **oil** and the **wine** probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. In other words, **the oil and the wine** figuratively represent olive oil and grape harvest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly.Alternate translation: “the olive and the grape” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -REV 6 8 t7y4 ὁ Θάνατος, καὶ ὁ ᾍδης 1 See how you translated **Death** and **Hades** in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 6 8 t7y4 translate-transliterate ὁ Θάνατος, καὶ ὁ ᾍδης 1 See how you translated **Death** and **Hades** in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From f5fcaa30e16eafdf6a10d870d43d7c94ca7c78be Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 20:53:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 072/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1b310e4f00..69b5b314fc 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -420,8 +420,8 @@ REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 8 t7y4 translate-transliterate ὁ Θάνατος, καὶ ὁ ᾍδης 1 See how you translated **Death** and **Hades** in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Here, **one-fourth** means one part out of four equal parts.\nAlternate translation: “one out of every four of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal The word **fifth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From e89120a9fc40fde49e3d80b65d08271ee3f676e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 20:54:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 073/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 69b5b314fc..2570138ce8 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 8 t7y4 translate-transliterate ὁ Θάνατος, καὶ ὁ ᾍδης 1 See how you translated **Death** and **Hades** in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Here, **one-fourth** means one part out of four equal parts.\nAlternate translation: “one out of every four of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) +REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Here, **one-fourth** means one part out of four equal parts. Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal The word **fifth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) From 224e725288e5abfe41f74a27dee56151e5ec56b4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 20:56:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 074/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2570138ce8..804fad2270 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτη REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 8 t7y4 translate-transliterate ὁ Θάνατος, καὶ ὁ ᾍδης 1 See how you translated **Death** and **Hades** in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Here, **one-fourth** means one part out of four equal parts. Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) -REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal The word **fifth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 3d2b08551cd003fed12a68918e6b75b7b0b422de Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 20:58:47 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 080/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 804fad2270..8f5361ea3a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth l REV 6 8 t7y4 translate-transliterate ὁ Θάνατος, καὶ ὁ ᾍδης 1 See how you translated **Death** and **Hades** in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Here, **one-fourth** means one part out of four equal parts. Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. \nIf it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal The word **fifth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 9 y8c6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 because of the word of God and the testimony which they held Here, **the word of God** is a metonym for the message from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 6d498ab5906e1ec04e2c13491bd588a01aedbb15 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 21:00:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 081/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 8f5361ea3a..4c614135ad 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth l REV 6 8 t7y4 translate-transliterate ὁ Θάνατος, καὶ ὁ ᾍδης 1 See how you translated **Death** and **Hades** in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Here, **one-fourth** means one part out of four equal parts. Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. \nIf it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal The word **fifth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 9 y8c6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 because of the word of God and the testimony which they held Here, **the word of God** is a metonym for the message from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From ef114595ab064cd56007648291f766bca63e19bf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 21:01:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 082/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 4c614135ad..f49fe2508f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -420,6 +420,7 @@ REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 8 t7y4 translate-transliterate ὁ Θάνατος, καὶ ὁ ᾍδης 1 See how you translated **Death** and **Hades** in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +REV 6 8 qlly figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἐξουσία 1 REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Here, **one-fourth** means one part out of four equal parts. Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 378580c3b0fa2dfc21fefb21e485fd99caac04ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 21:02:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 083/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index f49fe2508f..4b8a25c7ce 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 8 t7y4 translate-transliterate ὁ Θάνατος, καὶ ὁ ᾍδης 1 See how you translated **Death** and **Hades** in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -REV 6 8 qlly figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἐξουσία 1 +REV 6 8 qlly figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἐξουσία 1 Here, **authority was given to them** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave permission to its rider” or “its rider received permission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Here, **one-fourth** means one part out of four equal parts. Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 726e58847bd91ae213d8d08629fbb2449b2108ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 21:04:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 084/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 4b8a25c7ce..9f39e2d370 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 8 t7y4 translate-transliterate ὁ Θάνατος, καὶ ὁ ᾍδης 1 See how you translated **Death** and **Hades** in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -REV 6 8 qlly figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἐξουσία 1 Here, **authority was given to them** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave permission to its rider” or “its rider received permission” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 6 8 qlly figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἐξουσία 1 Here, **authority was given to them** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Here, **one-fourth** means one part out of four equal parts. Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 1c1a4e10de6f1bf7390f1321659d5eb7d1d3fbec Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 21:05:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 087/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9f39e2d370..f534b605aa 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ REV 6 6 c5ik figs-metonymy τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον 1 the REV 6 7 mu5f translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην 1 the fourth seal The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 7 zj87 translate-ordinal τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου 1 the fourth living creature The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 8 t7y4 translate-transliterate ὁ Θάνατος, καὶ ὁ ᾍδης 1 See how you translated **Death** and **Hades** in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -REV 6 8 qlly figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἐξουσία 1 Here, **authority was given to them** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 6 8 qlly figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἐξουσία 1 Here, **authority was given to them** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave the authority to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Here, **one-fourth** means one part out of four equal parts. Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From f3144051a50cb7013dede01602158bd8dfd2e39e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 21:07:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 091/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index f534b605aa..ecf744d30a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ REV 6 8 t7y4 translate-transliterate ὁ Θάνατος, καὶ ὁ ᾍδης 1 REV 6 8 qlly figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἐξουσία 1 Here, **authority was given to them** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave the authority to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 8 aj1h translate-fraction τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς 1 Here, **one-fourth** means one part out of four equal parts. Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **the sword** represents war. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **sword** represents war. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal The word **fifth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 9 y8c6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 because of the word of God and the testimony which they held Here, **the word of God** is a metonym for the message from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 0a81c267a6aa2931315ee2643d818e78125441f5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 21:09:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 094/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ecf744d30a..1d810c4569 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -426,6 +426,7 @@ REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **sword** represents war. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal The word **fifth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 6 9 tqdd τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 REV 6 9 y8c6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 because of the word of God and the testimony which they held Here, **the word of God** is a metonym for the message from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 9 x1yr figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 Here, **held** is a metaphor. Here, holding **the testimony** could refer to: (1) believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the teachings of scripture and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” (2) testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy ἐκδικεῖς τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood Here, **blood** represents their deaths. Alternate translation: “punish those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 4f9333d191e65ef0bad953f8571419329ca445f4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 21:10:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 095/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1d810c4569..50ee94c37c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -426,8 +426,7 @@ REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **sword** represents war. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal The word **fifth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 9 tqdd τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 -REV 6 9 y8c6 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 because of the word of God and the testimony which they held Here, **the word of God** is a metonym for the message from God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 6 9 tqdd τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 See REV 6 9 x1yr figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 Here, **held** is a metaphor. Here, holding **the testimony** could refer to: (1) believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the teachings of scripture and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” (2) testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy ἐκδικεῖς τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood Here, **blood** represents their deaths. Alternate translation: “punish those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should **be killed** by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers that they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From e48569687151f7daaeabd0c6d393d08562735763 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 21:12:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 097/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 50ee94c37c..97eff8a491 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **sword** represents war. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal The word **fifth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 9 tqdd τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 See +REV 6 9 tqdd τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 See how you translated **the testimony** in [Revelation 1:2](../01/02.md). REV 6 9 x1yr figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 Here, **held** is a metaphor. Here, holding **the testimony** could refer to: (1) believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the teachings of scripture and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” (2) testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy ἐκδικεῖς τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood Here, **blood** represents their deaths. Alternate translation: “punish those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should **be killed** by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers that they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From cc0ca9b52e4d0248d24306151d183f2decdc0a30 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 21:18:00 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 102/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 97eff8a491..d0332a7018 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **sword** represen REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal The word **fifth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 9 tqdd τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 See how you translated **the testimony** in [Revelation 1:2](../01/02.md). -REV 6 9 x1yr figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 Here, **held** is a metaphor. Here, holding **the testimony** could refer to: (1) believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the teachings of scripture and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” (2) testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 6 9 x1yr figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 Here, **held** is a metaphor. Here, holding **the testimony** could refer to: (1) believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the scriptures and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” (2) testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy ἐκδικεῖς τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood Here, **blood** represents their deaths. Alternate translation: “punish those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should **be killed** by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers that they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 q9xh καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν 1 their fellow servants and their brothers This is one group of people described in two ways: as **fellow servants** and as **brothers**. Alternate translation: “their brothers who serve God with them” or “their fellow believers who serve God with them” From f75c6542ce4efdf4738ff77f30d382f9db839817 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 21:20:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 103/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d0332a7018..2b2390c230 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -426,8 +426,8 @@ REV 6 8 df32 figs-metonymy τῆς γῆς 1 one-fourth of the earth Here, **the REV 6 8 tjw8 figs-metonymy ῥομφαίᾳ 1 the sword Here, **sword** represents war. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fifth seal The word **fifth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 9 tqdd τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 See how you translated **the testimony** in [Revelation 1:2](../01/02.md). REV 6 9 x1yr figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 Here, **held** is a metaphor. Here, holding **the testimony** could refer to: (1) believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the scriptures and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” (2) testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 6 9 tqdd τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 See how you translated **the testimony** in [Revelation 1:2](../01/02.md). REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy ἐκδικεῖς τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood Here, **blood** represents their deaths. Alternate translation: “punish those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should **be killed** by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers that they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 q9xh καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν 1 their fellow servants and their brothers This is one group of people described in two ways: as **fellow servants** and as **brothers**. Alternate translation: “their brothers who serve God with them” or “their fellow believers who serve God with them” From 6de4ef4c027dc9149331784811f560411a58e703 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 05:51:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 110/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2b2390c230..ffac9b91de 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fi REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 9 x1yr figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 Here, **held** is a metaphor. Here, holding **the testimony** could refer to: (1) believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the scriptures and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” (2) testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 6 9 tqdd τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 See how you translated **the testimony** in [Revelation 1:2](../01/02.md). -REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy ἐκδικεῖς τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood Here, **blood** represents their deaths. Alternate translation: “punish those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood Here, **blood** represents the deaths of these believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should **be killed** by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers that they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 q9xh καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν 1 their fellow servants and their brothers This is one group of people described in two ways: as **fellow servants** and as **brothers**. Alternate translation: “their brothers who serve God with them” or “their fellow believers who serve God with them” REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s **brothers**. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 2da45e1216731b3c92d8f7ad5766bb7b843a05a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 05:52:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 112/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ffac9b91de..12bd520edf 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ REV 6 9 bv8r translate-ordinal τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα 1 the fi REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had been killed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 9 x1yr figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 Here, **held** is a metaphor. Here, holding **the testimony** could refer to: (1) believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the scriptures and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” (2) testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 6 9 tqdd τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 See how you translated **the testimony** in [Revelation 1:2](../01/02.md). -REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood Here, **blood** represents the deaths of these believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n +REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood Here, **blood** represents the deaths of these believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should **be killed** by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers that they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 q9xh καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν 1 their fellow servants and their brothers This is one group of people described in two ways: as **fellow servants** and as **brothers**. Alternate translation: “their brothers who serve God with them” or “their fellow believers who serve God with them” REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s **brothers**. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From e3cbbdb4a23c6883ff7d3947ad9016230e95b09b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 20:42:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 113/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 12bd520edf..6cdb3cd63a 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -429,6 +429,7 @@ REV 6 9 b2kp figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφαγμένων 1 those who had be REV 6 9 x1yr figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον 1 Here, **held** is a metaphor. Here, holding **the testimony** could refer to: (1) believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the scriptures and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” (2) testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 6 9 tqdd τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 See how you translated **the testimony** in [Revelation 1:2](../01/02.md). REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood Here, **blood** represents the deaths of these believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 6 11 x3a9 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἑκάστῳ στολὴ λευκή 1 Here, **to each of them was given a white robe** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave to each of them a white robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should **be killed** by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers that they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 q9xh καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν 1 their fellow servants and their brothers This is one group of people described in two ways: as **fellow servants** and as **brothers**. Alternate translation: “their brothers who serve God with them” or “their fellow believers who serve God with them” REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s **brothers**. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From c6ebe8461aeab69aed0a86e28824d1b73941f3f4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 20:46:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 122/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 6cdb3cd63a..cda02b3682 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -430,6 +430,7 @@ REV 6 9 x1yr figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ REV 6 9 tqdd τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 See how you translated **the testimony** in [Revelation 1:2](../01/02.md). REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood Here, **blood** represents the deaths of these believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 11 x3a9 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἑκάστῳ στολὴ λευκή 1 Here, **to each of them was given a white robe** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave to each of them a white robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 6 11 jppt figs-activepassive 1 REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should **be killed** by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers that they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 q9xh καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν 1 their fellow servants and their brothers This is one group of people described in two ways: as **fellow servants** and as **brothers**. Alternate translation: “their brothers who serve God with them” or “their fellow believers who serve God with them” REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s **brothers**. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 5ec1a4a26d7a940b7bdca67293d45ba11ddba801 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 20:46:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 123/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index cda02b3682..ec25708d83 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ REV 6 9 x1yr figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ REV 6 9 tqdd τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 See how you translated **the testimony** in [Revelation 1:2](../01/02.md). REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood Here, **blood** represents the deaths of these believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 11 x3a9 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἑκάστῳ στολὴ λευκή 1 Here, **to each of them was given a white robe** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave to each of them a white robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 11 jppt figs-activepassive 1 +REV 6 11 jppt figs-activepassive 1 Here, **to each of them was given a white robe** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave to each of them a white robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should **be killed** by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers that they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 q9xh καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν 1 their fellow servants and their brothers This is one group of people described in two ways: as **fellow servants** and as **brothers**. Alternate translation: “their brothers who serve God with them” or “their fellow believers who serve God with them” REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s **brothers**. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From d4385c872fd5c534bf9079c1315f9f428b261471 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 20:48:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 124/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ec25708d83..a7badfb5e1 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ REV 6 9 x1yr figs-metaphor διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ REV 6 9 tqdd τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 See how you translated **the testimony** in [Revelation 1:2](../01/02.md). REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood Here, **blood** represents the deaths of these believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 11 x3a9 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἑκάστῳ στολὴ λευκή 1 Here, **to each of them was given a white robe** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave to each of them a white robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 11 jppt figs-activepassive 1 Here, **to each of them was given a white robe** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave to each of them a white robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 6 11 jppt figs-activepassive καὶ ἐρρέθη αὐτοῖς 1 Here, **and they were told** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should **be killed** by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers that they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 q9xh καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν 1 their fellow servants and their brothers This is one group of people described in two ways: as **fellow servants** and as **brothers**. Alternate translation: “their brothers who serve God with them” or “their fellow believers who serve God with them” REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s **brothers**. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 7771be3e7540a27ad01870c7a6d259e0a4badcbb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 20:50:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 126/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 - 1 file changed, 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a7badfb5e1..1bc041ff09 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -432,7 +432,6 @@ REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood Here, REV 6 11 x3a9 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἑκάστῳ στολὴ λευκή 1 Here, **to each of them was given a white robe** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave to each of them a white robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 jppt figs-activepassive καὶ ἐρρέθη αὐτοῖς 1 Here, **and they were told** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should **be killed** by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers that they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 11 q9xh καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν 1 their fellow servants and their brothers This is one group of people described in two ways: as **fellow servants** and as **brothers**. Alternate translation: “their brothers who serve God with them” or “their fellow believers who serve God with them” REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s **brothers**. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 6 12 z9qm translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 the sixth seal The word **sixth** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Sometimes **sackcloth** was made of black hair. People would wear sackcloth when they were mourning. The image of sackcloth is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning. Alternate translation: “as black as mourning clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 57996b5a6c3e319de1d22b33fa46c23d2be810a2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 20:52:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 127/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1bc041ff09..540e0e5c58 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood Here, REV 6 11 x3a9 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἑκάστῳ στολὴ λευκή 1 Here, **to each of them was given a white robe** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave to each of them a white robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 jppt figs-activepassive καὶ ἐρρέθη αὐτοῖς 1 Here, **and they were told** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should **be killed** by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers that they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s **brothers**. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here, **brothers** mean “fellow believers in Jesus.” Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s **brothers**. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 6 12 z9qm translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 the sixth seal The word **sixth** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Sometimes **sackcloth** was made of black hair. People would wear sackcloth when they were mourning. The image of sackcloth is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning. Alternate translation: “as black as mourning clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood The image of **blood** is meant to lead people to think of death. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how it was like blood. Alternate translation: “red like blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 95b9d48f88a0677deec62513881fa4e14bae8243 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 20:54:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 131/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 540e0e5c58..fef513773e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ REV 6 11 x3a9 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἑκάστῳ στ REV 6 11 jppt figs-activepassive καὶ ἐρρέθη αὐτοῖς 1 Here, **and they were told** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should **be killed** by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers that they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here, **brothers** mean “fellow believers in Jesus.” Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s **brothers**. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 6 12 z9qm translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 the sixth seal The word **sixth** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +REV 6 12 z9qm translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 the sixth seal The word **sixth** is an ordinal number. \nIf your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])\nAlternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Sometimes **sackcloth** was made of black hair. People would wear sackcloth when they were mourning. The image of sackcloth is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning. Alternate translation: “as black as mourning clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood The image of **blood** is meant to lead people to think of death. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how it was like blood. Alternate translation: “red like blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From a9bf7ddb1283d46ff564300f0814079edeb9db40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 20:55:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 132/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index fef513773e..55210f12e7 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ REV 6 11 x3a9 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἑκάστῳ στ REV 6 11 jppt figs-activepassive καὶ ἐρρέθη αὐτοῖς 1 Here, **and they were told** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should **be killed** by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers that they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here, **brothers** mean “fellow believers in Jesus.” Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s **brothers**. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 6 12 z9qm translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 the sixth seal The word **sixth** is an ordinal number. \nIf your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])\nAlternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +REV 6 12 z9qm translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 the sixth seal The word **sixth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Sometimes **sackcloth** was made of black hair. People would wear sackcloth when they were mourning. The image of sackcloth is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning. Alternate translation: “as black as mourning clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood The image of **blood** is meant to lead people to think of death. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how it was like blood. Alternate translation: “red like blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 1f5764a44c0532d8f53b4c8c028162d734fd3f3e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 16 Oct 2022 00:09:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 138/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 55210f12e7..be5679250c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ REV 6 9 tqdd τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1 See how you translated **the testimo REV 6 10 qz1i figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν 1 avenge our blood Here, **blood** represents the deaths of these believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “those who killed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 11 x3a9 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἑκάστῳ στολὴ λευκή 1 Here, **to each of them was given a white robe** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave to each of them a white robe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 jppt figs-activepassive καὶ ἐρρέθη αὐτοῖς 1 Here, **and they were told** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should **be killed** by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers that they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This entire clause implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should **be killed** by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers that they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here, **brothers** mean “fellow believers in Jesus.” Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s **brothers**. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 6 12 z9qm translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 the sixth seal The word **sixth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Sometimes **sackcloth** was made of black hair. People would wear sackcloth when they were mourning. The image of sackcloth is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning. Alternate translation: “as black as mourning clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From fb3facd6fc26e0661656bd90d06e5883c0ab0680 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 16 Oct 2022 00:13:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 142/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index be5679250c..08d122ff32 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σ REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here, **brothers** mean “fellow believers in Jesus.” Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s **brothers**. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 6 12 z9qm translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 the sixth seal The word **sixth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Sometimes **sackcloth** was made of black hair. People would wear sackcloth when they were mourning. The image of sackcloth is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning. Alternate translation: “as black as mourning clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood The image of **blood** is meant to lead people to think of death. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how it was like blood. Alternate translation: “red like blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood The image of **blood** is meant to lead people to think of death. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how it was like blood. Alternate translation: “red like blood” or “as red as blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to the warriors who command in the battle. From 34f16ed601b38a0cb93d1ac3727c8c541b99e3f3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 16 Oct 2022 01:39:25 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 145/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 08d122ff32..ba1eafdb77 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -434,8 +434,8 @@ REV 6 11 jppt figs-activepassive καὶ ἐρρέθη αὐτοῖς 1 Here, * REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This entire clause implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should **be killed** by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers that they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here, **brothers** mean “fellow believers in Jesus.” Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s **brothers**. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 6 12 z9qm translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 the sixth seal The word **sixth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) -REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Sometimes **sackcloth** was made of black hair. People would wear sackcloth when they were mourning. The image of sackcloth is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning. Alternate translation: “as black as mourning clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood The image of **blood** is meant to lead people to think of death. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how it was like blood. Alternate translation: “red like blood” or “as red as blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Sometimes **sackcloth** was made of black hair. People would wear sackcloth when they were mourning. The image of sackcloth is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning. \n is saying that ____ are like ____ because ____. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “text” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\nAlternate translation: “as black as mourning clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood is saying that ____ are like ____ because ____. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “text” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\nThe image of **blood** is meant to lead people to think of death. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how it was like blood. Alternate translation: “red like blood” or “as red as blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to the warriors who command in the battle. From aa3b1ef9cc22af3bf2685e8557802af625a6fe4b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 16 Oct 2022 01:45:07 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 146/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ba1eafdb77..91813a4c10 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -434,6 +434,7 @@ REV 6 11 jppt figs-activepassive καὶ ἐρρέθη αὐτοῖς 1 Here, * REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί 1 until the full number of their fellow servants and their brothers was reached who were to be killed, just as they had been killed This entire clause implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should **be killed** by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers that they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here, **brothers** mean “fellow believers in Jesus.” Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s **brothers**. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 6 12 z9qm translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 the sixth seal The word **sixth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +REV 6 12 g9dm translate-unknown σεισμὸς μέγας 1 Here, **a great earthquake** is a natural disaster in which the ground shakes from geological movement. Your language and culture may have a term for an **earthquake** that you can use in your translation. You could also explain the meaning of the term **earthquake**, as UST does. Alternate translation: “a great shaking of the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Sometimes **sackcloth** was made of black hair. People would wear sackcloth when they were mourning. The image of sackcloth is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning. \n is saying that ____ are like ____ because ____. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “text” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\nAlternate translation: “as black as mourning clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood is saying that ____ are like ____ because ____. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “text” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\nThe image of **blood** is meant to lead people to think of death. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how it was like blood. Alternate translation: “red like blood” or “as red as blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 3cf0314904d52a40e1f52a4de839b4a14b9acd69 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 16 Oct 2022 01:48:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 149/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 91813a4c10..b9cac94233 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σ REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here, **brothers** mean “fellow believers in Jesus.” Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s **brothers**. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 6 12 z9qm translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 the sixth seal The word **sixth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 12 g9dm translate-unknown σεισμὸς μέγας 1 Here, **a great earthquake** is a natural disaster in which the ground shakes from geological movement. Your language and culture may have a term for an **earthquake** that you can use in your translation. You could also explain the meaning of the term **earthquake**, as UST does. Alternate translation: “a great shaking of the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Sometimes **sackcloth** was made of black hair. People would wear sackcloth when they were mourning. The image of sackcloth is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning. \n is saying that ____ are like ____ because ____. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “text” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\nAlternate translation: “as black as mourning clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Here, **sackcloth** is clothing for mourning that is made from black hair. People would wear sackcloth when they were mourning. The image of sackcloth is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as black as mourning clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood is saying that ____ are like ____ because ____. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “text” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\nThe image of **blood** is meant to lead people to think of death. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how it was like blood. Alternate translation: “red like blood” or “as red as blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From f9a5c47f29701d6c1199089ddba90866b469c325 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 16 Oct 2022 01:53:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 150/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b9cac94233..2c45c24327 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here, **brothers** REV 6 12 z9qm translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 the sixth seal The word **sixth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 12 g9dm translate-unknown σεισμὸς μέγας 1 Here, **a great earthquake** is a natural disaster in which the ground shakes from geological movement. Your language and culture may have a term for an **earthquake** that you can use in your translation. You could also explain the meaning of the term **earthquake**, as UST does. Alternate translation: “a great shaking of the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Here, **sackcloth** is clothing for mourning that is made from black hair. People would wear sackcloth when they were mourning. The image of sackcloth is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as black as mourning clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood is saying that ____ are like ____ because ____. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “text” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\nThe image of **blood** is meant to lead people to think of death. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how it was like blood. Alternate translation: “red like blood” or “as red as blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood Here, the moon is like **blood** because the color of the moon changes to a dark red color. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how the moon is like blood explicitly. Alternate translation: “red like blood” or “as red as blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to the warriors who command in the battle. From 35897ce856981c4d11349a941fb7bf490a17788a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 16 Oct 2022 01:59:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 152/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2c45c24327..b0bcfd0ec8 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σ REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here, **brothers** mean “fellow believers in Jesus.” Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s **brothers**. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 6 12 z9qm translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 the sixth seal The word **sixth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 12 g9dm translate-unknown σεισμὸς μέγας 1 Here, **a great earthquake** is a natural disaster in which the ground shakes from geological movement. Your language and culture may have a term for an **earthquake** that you can use in your translation. You could also explain the meaning of the term **earthquake**, as UST does. Alternate translation: “a great shaking of the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Here, **sackcloth** is clothing for mourning that is made from black hair. People would wear sackcloth when they were mourning. The image of sackcloth is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “as black as mourning clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Here, **sackcloth** is clothing for mourning that is made from black hair. People would wear **sackcloth** when they were mourning. The image of **sackcloth** is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning just like the color of black also evokes imagery of death. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can explain that **sackcloth** is clothing for mourning explicitly. Alternate translation: “black as mourning clothing” “dark like sackcloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood Here, the moon is like **blood** because the color of the moon changes to a dark red color. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how the moon is like blood explicitly. Alternate translation: “red like blood” or “as red as blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 2294f6ac8d4579f124a8184d570d71f6ef57667c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 16 Oct 2022 02:00:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 153/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b0bcfd0ec8..b29dea6584 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ REV 6 11 bq1p figs-activepassive ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σ REV 6 11 p615 figs-metaphor οἱ ἀδελφοὶ 1 brothers Here, **brothers** mean “fellow believers in Jesus.” Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s **brothers**. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 6 12 z9qm translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 the sixth seal The word **sixth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 12 g9dm translate-unknown σεισμὸς μέγας 1 Here, **a great earthquake** is a natural disaster in which the ground shakes from geological movement. Your language and culture may have a term for an **earthquake** that you can use in your translation. You could also explain the meaning of the term **earthquake**, as UST does. Alternate translation: “a great shaking of the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Here, **sackcloth** is clothing for mourning that is made from black hair. People would wear **sackcloth** when they were mourning. The image of **sackcloth** is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning just like the color of black also evokes imagery of death. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can explain that **sackcloth** is clothing for mourning explicitly. Alternate translation: “black as mourning clothing” “dark like sackcloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Here, **sackcloth** is clothing for mourning that is made from black hair. People would wear **sackcloth** when they were mourning. The image of **sackcloth** is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning just like the color of black also evokes imagery of death and mourning. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can explain that **sackcloth** is clothing made for mourning explicitly. Alternate translation: “black as mourning clothing” or “dark like sackcloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood Here, the moon is like **blood** because the color of the moon changes to a dark red color. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how the moon is like blood explicitly. Alternate translation: “red like blood” or “as red as blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) From 8fea1e3229509410de95f71b1f8ec6f49145404a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 16 Oct 2022 02:05:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 154/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b29dea6584..cc6980130e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -438,6 +438,7 @@ REV 6 12 g9dm translate-unknown σεισμὸς μέγας 1 Here, **a great ea REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Here, **sackcloth** is clothing for mourning that is made from black hair. People would wear **sackcloth** when they were mourning. The image of **sackcloth** is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning just like the color of black also evokes imagery of death and mourning. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can explain that **sackcloth** is clothing made for mourning explicitly. Alternate translation: “black as mourning clothing” or “dark like sackcloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood Here, the moon is like **blood** because the color of the moon changes to a dark red color. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how the moon is like blood explicitly. Alternate translation: “red like blood” or “as red as blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 6 13 lkff figs-simile ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς 1 Here, the moon is like **blood** because the color of the moon changes to a dark red color. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how the moon is like blood explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit”\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to the warriors who command in the battle. REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. From 83016d3392910caf05924d44792b5a6aa1a385af Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 16 Oct 2022 02:05:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 155/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index cc6980130e..2e8a294e6f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ REV 6 12 g9dm translate-unknown σεισμὸς μέγας 1 Here, **a great ea REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Here, **sackcloth** is clothing for mourning that is made from black hair. People would wear **sackcloth** when they were mourning. The image of **sackcloth** is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning just like the color of black also evokes imagery of death and mourning. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can explain that **sackcloth** is clothing made for mourning explicitly. Alternate translation: “black as mourning clothing” or “dark like sackcloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood Here, the moon is like **blood** because the color of the moon changes to a dark red color. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how the moon is like blood explicitly. Alternate translation: “red like blood” or “as red as blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 13 lkff figs-simile ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς 1 Here, the moon is like **blood** because the color of the moon changes to a dark red color. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how the moon is like blood explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit”\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 6 13 lkff figs-simile ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς 1 Here, the moon is like **blood** because the color of the moon changes to a dark red color. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how the moon is like blood explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to the warriors who command in the battle. REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. From 5a16c3e601ea2d278beadf799821df8717e9a9c1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 16 Oct 2022 02:07:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 156/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2e8a294e6f..d97b21c83f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ REV 6 12 g9dm translate-unknown σεισμὸς μέγας 1 Here, **a great ea REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Here, **sackcloth** is clothing for mourning that is made from black hair. People would wear **sackcloth** when they were mourning. The image of **sackcloth** is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning just like the color of black also evokes imagery of death and mourning. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can explain that **sackcloth** is clothing made for mourning explicitly. Alternate translation: “black as mourning clothing” or “dark like sackcloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood Here, the moon is like **blood** because the color of the moon changes to a dark red color. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how the moon is like blood explicitly. Alternate translation: “red like blood” or “as red as blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 13 lkff figs-simile ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς 1 Here, the moon is like **blood** because the color of the moon changes to a dark red color. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how the moon is like blood explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 6 13 lkff figs-simile ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς 1 Here, the stars in the sky fall like **unripe fruit** falls from a tree in a windy storm. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how the moon is like blood explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to the warriors who command in the battle. REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. From 3b48f261bef26007abc9ebe5bffc509e80eeed13 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 16 Oct 2022 02:12:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 157/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d97b21c83f..31201f1f03 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ REV 6 12 g9dm translate-unknown σεισμὸς μέγας 1 Here, **a great ea REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Here, **sackcloth** is clothing for mourning that is made from black hair. People would wear **sackcloth** when they were mourning. The image of **sackcloth** is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning just like the color of black also evokes imagery of death and mourning. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can explain that **sackcloth** is clothing made for mourning explicitly. Alternate translation: “black as mourning clothing” or “dark like sackcloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood Here, the moon is like **blood** because the color of the moon changes to a dark red color. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how the moon is like blood explicitly. Alternate translation: “red like blood” or “as red as blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 13 lkff figs-simile ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς 1 Here, the stars in the sky fall like **unripe fruit** falls from a tree in a windy storm. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how the moon is like blood explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 6 13 lkff figs-simile ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς 1 Here, the stars in the sky fall like immature figs from a fig tree. If your readers would misunderstand this simile with figs, you do not need to state that the fruit are figs. Alternate translation: “like a fruit tree drops its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to the warriors who command in the battle. REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. From 7bab03de071119424c027aa4dc081004464c919f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 16 Oct 2022 02:14:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 158/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 31201f1f03..2b957383cc 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ REV 6 12 g9dm translate-unknown σεισμὸς μέγας 1 Here, **a great ea REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Here, **sackcloth** is clothing for mourning that is made from black hair. People would wear **sackcloth** when they were mourning. The image of **sackcloth** is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning just like the color of black also evokes imagery of death and mourning. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can explain that **sackcloth** is clothing made for mourning explicitly. Alternate translation: “black as mourning clothing” or “dark like sackcloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood Here, the moon is like **blood** because the color of the moon changes to a dark red color. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how the moon is like blood explicitly. Alternate translation: “red like blood” or “as red as blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 13 lkff figs-simile ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς 1 Here, the stars in the sky fall like immature figs from a fig tree. If your readers would misunderstand this simile with figs, you do not need to state that the fruit are figs. Alternate translation: “like a fruit tree drops its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 6 13 lkff figs-simile ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς 1 Here, the stars in the sky fall like immature figs fall from a fig tree during a storm. If your readers would misunderstand this simile with figs, you do not need to state that the falling fruits are figs. Alternate translation: “like a fruit tree drops its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to the warriors who command in the battle. REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. From 29bd4ca978019eb2069a5d5336176f447af28ecc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 16 Oct 2022 02:15:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 160/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 2b957383cc..48ed5732f4 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ REV 6 12 g9dm translate-unknown σεισμὸς μέγας 1 Here, **a great ea REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Here, **sackcloth** is clothing for mourning that is made from black hair. People would wear **sackcloth** when they were mourning. The image of **sackcloth** is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning just like the color of black also evokes imagery of death and mourning. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can explain that **sackcloth** is clothing made for mourning explicitly. Alternate translation: “black as mourning clothing” or “dark like sackcloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood Here, the moon is like **blood** because the color of the moon changes to a dark red color. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how the moon is like blood explicitly. Alternate translation: “red like blood” or “as red as blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 13 lkff figs-simile ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς 1 Here, the stars in the sky fall like immature figs fall from a fig tree during a storm. If your readers would misunderstand this simile with figs, you do not need to state that the falling fruits are figs. Alternate translation: “like a fruit tree drops its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 6 13 lkff figs-simile ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς 1 Here, the stars in the sky fall like immature figs fall from a fig tree during a storm. If your readers would misunderstand this simile with figs, you do not need to state explicitly that the falling fruits are figs. Alternate translation: “like a fruit tree drops its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to the warriors who command in the battle. REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. From 0ea43036c1e4091df5355f19e7497b210a81da36 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 16 Oct 2022 02:23:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 166/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 48ed5732f4..70dc221a23 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ REV 6 12 z9qm translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην 1 REV 6 12 g9dm translate-unknown σεισμὸς μέγας 1 Here, **a great earthquake** is a natural disaster in which the ground shakes from geological movement. Your language and culture may have a term for an **earthquake** that you can use in your translation. You could also explain the meaning of the term **earthquake**, as UST does. Alternate translation: “a great shaking of the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 6 12 xu8l figs-simile μέλας ὡς σάκκος 1 as black as sackcloth Here, **sackcloth** is clothing for mourning that is made from black hair. People would wear **sackcloth** when they were mourning. The image of **sackcloth** is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning just like the color of black also evokes imagery of death and mourning. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can explain that **sackcloth** is clothing made for mourning explicitly. Alternate translation: “black as mourning clothing” or “dark like sackcloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood Here, the moon is like **blood** because the color of the moon changes to a dark red color. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how the moon is like blood explicitly. Alternate translation: “red like blood” or “as red as blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 13 lkff figs-simile ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς 1 Here, the stars in the sky fall like immature figs fall from a fig tree during a storm. If your readers would misunderstand this simile with figs, you do not need to state explicitly that the falling fruits are figs. Alternate translation: “like a fruit tree drops its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to the warriors who command in the battle. From ec5f19fa2ebecbfa13de5f42445d52b832c0c27e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 03:05:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 170/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 70dc221a23..9a15e6715b 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ REV 3 10 gv5g figs-possession τῆς ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ 1 I REV 3 10 e6bw figs-metaphor τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι 1 is coming Here, **to come** describes future being or existence. If your readers would not understand what it means for future existence **to come**, then you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “that will occur” or “that is about to be” or “that is about to exist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 11 ih12 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 I am coming soon Here, **coming quickly** implies an arrival of Jesus to judge. It is understood that Jesus is **coming** in order to judge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the implicit meaning in an explicit way. Alternate translation: “I am coming to judge quickly” or “I am coming to judge soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 11 n9a9 figs-idiom κράτει ὃ ἔχεις 1 Hold to what you have See how you translated the verb to **Hold fast to** in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 3 11 a4m5 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανόν 1 crown Here, **crown** stands for a reward. See how you translated “victory prize” in [Revelation 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 11 a4m5 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανόν 1 crown Here, **crown** stands for a reward or a victory prize. See how you translated **crown** in [Revelation 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 12 px36 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 12 xiwx figs-metaphor ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 The **pillar** represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “I will make him strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From fb6b9234f6e63a576b8eaf2595d8ec4eae90e7fe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 03:12:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 172/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9a15e6715b..394cf3f721 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ REV 3 11 ih12 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 I am coming soon Here, ** REV 3 11 n9a9 figs-idiom κράτει ὃ ἔχεις 1 Hold to what you have See how you translated the verb to **Hold fast to** in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 11 a4m5 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανόν 1 crown Here, **crown** stands for a reward or a victory prize. See how you translated **crown** in [Revelation 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 12 px36 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -REV 3 12 xiwx figs-metaphor ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 The **pillar** represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “I will make him strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 12 xiwx figs-metaphor ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is speaking of victorious believers as if they were a **pillar** in the temple of God. Here, a **pillar** represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom.\nIf it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might sincerely try to know God and come to know him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\nTo enable screen reader support, press Ctrl+Alt+Z To learn about keyboard shortcuts, press Ctrl+slash\r\n\n\n\n\nAlternate translation: “I will make him strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 13 ug5m figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 3 13 cm7r figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From dfb59225f9a4aa20e73eab3143f864647f3381ea Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 17 Oct 2022 03:13:16 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 173/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 394cf3f721..a880740489 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ REV 3 11 ih12 figs-explicit ἔρχομαι ταχύ 1 I am coming soon Here, ** REV 3 11 n9a9 figs-idiom κράτει ὃ ἔχεις 1 Hold to what you have See how you translated the verb to **Hold fast to** in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 11 a4m5 figs-metaphor τὸν στέφανόν 1 crown Here, **crown** stands for a reward or a victory prize. See how you translated **crown** in [Revelation 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 12 px36 figs-genericnoun ὁ νικῶν 1 The one who conquers, I will make a pillar in the temple of my God See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -REV 3 12 xiwx figs-metaphor ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is speaking of victorious believers as if they were a **pillar** in the temple of God. Here, a **pillar** represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom.\nIf it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might sincerely try to know God and come to know him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\nTo enable screen reader support, press Ctrl+Alt+Z To learn about keyboard shortcuts, press Ctrl+slash\r\n\n\n\n\nAlternate translation: “I will make him strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 12 xiwx figs-metaphor ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου 1 Jesus is speaking of victorious believers as if they were a **pillar** in the temple of God. Here, a **pillar** represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will make him strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 13 ug5m figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 3 13 cm7r figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From faf9f815f5bfd71fd9a610fc0dd4e30c42dc497c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 04:31:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 180/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 ++ 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index a880740489..ff01625ce0 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -440,6 +440,8 @@ REV 6 12 g7rt figs-simile ὡς αἷμα 1 like blood Here, the moon is like ** REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη 1 just as a fig tree drops its unripe fruit when shaken by a stormy wind If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 13 lkff figs-simile ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς 1 Here, the stars in the sky fall like immature figs fall from a fig tree during a storm. If your readers would misunderstand this simile with figs, you do not need to state explicitly that the falling fruits are figs. Alternate translation: “like a fruit tree drops its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 6 14 xzn5 figs-activepassive ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky split open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 6 14 gl0m figs-activepassive 1 REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to the warriors who command in the battle. REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. REV 6 16 f4bj figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ 1 the face of the one Here, **face** represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 398cb9a205aa9f7b5667ae3b41606aab8e5777ce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 04:33:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 184/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ff01625ce0..7581dfd6f0 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύ REV 6 13 lkff figs-simile ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς 1 Here, the stars in the sky fall like immature figs fall from a fig tree during a storm. If your readers would misunderstand this simile with figs, you do not need to state explicitly that the falling fruits are figs. Alternate translation: “like a fruit tree drops its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 14 xzn5 figs-activepassive ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky split open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 14 gl0m figs-activepassive 1 +REV 6 14 gl0m figs-activepassive ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky split open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to the warriors who command in the battle. REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. REV 6 16 f4bj figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ 1 the face of the one Here, **face** represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From ba60719feb1606e5db0b312a79537ba7acf83619 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 04:37:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 186/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 7581dfd6f0..d7ce31cae8 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύ REV 6 13 lkff figs-simile ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς 1 Here, the stars in the sky fall like immature figs fall from a fig tree during a storm. If your readers would misunderstand this simile with figs, you do not need to state explicitly that the falling fruits are figs. Alternate translation: “like a fruit tree drops its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 14 xzn5 figs-activepassive ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky split open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 14 gl0m figs-activepassive ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky split open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 6 14 gl0m figs-activepassive ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “like a scroll folds up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to the warriors who command in the battle. REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. REV 6 16 f4bj figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ 1 the face of the one Here, **face** represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From c04de5ead53ba7b3b97f481a8fdb7f67c7b31c7f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 04:37:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 187/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d7ce31cae8..1e853261a7 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -442,6 +442,7 @@ REV 6 13 lkff figs-simile ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθου REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 14 xzn5 figs-activepassive ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky split open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 gl0m figs-activepassive ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “like a scroll folds up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 6 14 ic4p figs-activepassive 1 REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to the warriors who command in the battle. REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. REV 6 16 f4bj figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ 1 the face of the one Here, **face** represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 9a1aeaa941fad6320a1886e1a1c0410bce2139b9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 04:40:17 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 188/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 1e853261a7..55071324a0 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ REV 6 13 lkff figs-simile ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθου REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 14 xzn5 figs-activepassive ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky split open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 gl0m figs-activepassive ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “like a scroll folds up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 14 ic4p figs-activepassive 1 +REV 6 14 ic4p figs-activepassive πᾶν ὄρος καὶ νῆσος ἐκ τῶν τόπων αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “every mountain and island moved away from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to the warriors who command in the battle. REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. REV 6 16 f4bj figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ 1 the face of the one Here, **face** represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 727cb4b89eac67f0012f8db9ba7837e431eba19b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 04:41:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 191/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 55071324a0..9a24086f02 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ REV 6 13 s137 figs-activepassive ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύ REV 6 13 lkff figs-simile ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς 1 Here, the stars in the sky fall like immature figs fall from a fig tree during a storm. If your readers would misunderstand this simile with figs, you do not need to state explicitly that the falling fruits are figs. Alternate translation: “like a fruit tree drops its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 14 xzn5 figs-activepassive ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky split open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 14 gl0m figs-activepassive ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “like a scroll folds up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 6 14 gl0m figs-activepassive ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as a scroll folds up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 ic4p figs-activepassive πᾶν ὄρος καὶ νῆσος ἐκ τῶν τόπων αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “every mountain and island moved away from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to the warriors who command in the battle. REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. From 617c646aa56280e35812a349f9ef7cfd64f0ca12 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 04:41:57 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 192/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 9a24086f02..fe022fdeba 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ REV 6 13 lkff figs-simile ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθου REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 14 xzn5 figs-activepassive ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky split open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 gl0m figs-activepassive ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as a scroll folds up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 14 ic4p figs-activepassive πᾶν ὄρος καὶ νῆσος ἐκ τῶν τόπων αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “every mountain and island moved away from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 6 14 ic4p figs-activepassive πᾶν ὄρος καὶ νῆσος ἐκ τῶν τόπων αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “every mountain and island moved out of its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to the warriors who command in the battle. REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. REV 6 16 f4bj figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ 1 the face of the one Here, **face** represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 7d054646913e7cded9ee397f1403416cec2f65cc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 04:50:18 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 193/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index fe022fdeba..b39d83b27f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βι REV 6 14 xzn5 figs-activepassive ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky split open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 gl0m figs-activepassive ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as a scroll folds up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 ic4p figs-activepassive πᾶν ὄρος καὶ νῆσος ἐκ τῶν τόπων αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “every mountain and island moved out of its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 15 m6j6 οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to the warriors who command in the battle. +REV 6 15 m6j6 translate-unknown οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to military officers or warriors who command in the battle. Alternate translation: “the war leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. REV 6 16 f4bj figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ 1 the face of the one Here, **face** represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 16 g0ed writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 8f29dc17e295e605bfc43f3d84ac70577640fdc1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 04:51:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 196/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index b39d83b27f..fff542c20f 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βι REV 6 14 xzn5 figs-activepassive ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky split open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 gl0m figs-activepassive ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as a scroll folds up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 ic4p figs-activepassive πᾶν ὄρος καὶ νῆσος ἐκ τῶν τόπων αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “every mountain and island moved out of its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 15 m6j6 translate-unknown οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to military officers or warriors who command in the battle. Alternate translation: “the war leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 6 15 m6j6 translate-unknown οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to military officers or warriors who command in the battle. Alternate translation: “the war leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. REV 6 16 f4bj figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ 1 the face of the one Here, **face** represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 16 g0ed writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 0de840f12b25f5355dd94faf14ff935f5fe35dca Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 04:52:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 197/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index fff542c20f..43b99b1edb 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ REV 6 13 lkff figs-simile ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθου REV 6 14 jyb7 figs-simile ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 The sky vanished like a scroll that was being rolled up The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 14 xzn5 figs-activepassive ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky split open” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 gl0m figs-activepassive ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as a scroll folds up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 6 14 ic4p figs-activepassive πᾶν ὄρος καὶ νῆσος ἐκ τῶν τόπων αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “every mountain and island moved out of its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 6 14 ic4p figs-activepassive πᾶν ὄρος καὶ νῆσος ἐκ τῶν τόπων αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “every mountain and island shifted from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 translate-unknown οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to military officers or warriors who command in the battle. Alternate translation: “the war leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. REV 6 16 f4bj figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ 1 the face of the one Here, **face** represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From b3437c107f0512c2e1e68e0081bdceaee27d4cf1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 04:54:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 198/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 43b99b1edb..3ab4f9385c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ REV 6 14 xzn5 figs-activepassive ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη 1 I REV 6 14 gl0m figs-activepassive ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as a scroll folds up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 ic4p figs-activepassive πᾶν ὄρος καὶ νῆσος ἐκ τῶν τόπων αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “every mountain and island shifted from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 translate-unknown οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to military officers or warriors who command in the battle. Alternate translation: “the war leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. +REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. If your readers would not be familiar with **caves**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate\ntranslation: “the war leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 6 16 f4bj figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ 1 the face of the one Here, **face** represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 16 g0ed writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 6 17 bd8v figs-metonymy ἦλθεν ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ μεγάλη τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτῶν 1 the great day of their wrath has come The **great day of their wrath** refers to the time when they would punish wicked people. Alternate translation: “this is the terrible time when they will punish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 612f6b9abc83b54cc7af2998e933f8123cfa2f12 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 04:55:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 199/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3ab4f9385c..5c7ad92984 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ REV 6 14 xzn5 figs-activepassive ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη 1 I REV 6 14 gl0m figs-activepassive ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as a scroll folds up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 ic4p figs-activepassive πᾶν ὄρος καὶ νῆσος ἐκ τῶν τόπων αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “every mountain and island shifted from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 translate-unknown οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to military officers or warriors who command in the battle. Alternate translation: “the war leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. If your readers would not be familiar with **caves**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate\ntranslation: “the war leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. If your readers would not be familiar with **caves**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the war leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 6 16 f4bj figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ 1 the face of the one Here, **face** represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 16 g0ed writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 6 17 bd8v figs-metonymy ἦλθεν ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ μεγάλη τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτῶν 1 the great day of their wrath has come The **great day of their wrath** refers to the time when they would punish wicked people. Alternate translation: “this is the terrible time when they will punish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From ed0b3390e6617fa4e4fd35abd606484745e05a70 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 04:56:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 201/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 5c7ad92984..3fa5d0f028 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ REV 6 14 xzn5 figs-activepassive ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη 1 I REV 6 14 gl0m figs-activepassive ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as a scroll folds up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 ic4p figs-activepassive πᾶν ὄρος καὶ νῆσος ἐκ τῶν τόπων αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “every mountain and island shifted from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 translate-unknown οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to military officers or warriors who command in the battle. Alternate translation: “the war leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -REV 6 15 vl6h τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. If your readers would not be familiar with **caves**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the war leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +REV 6 15 vl6h translate-unknown τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. If your readers would not be familiar with **caves**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the war leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 6 16 f4bj figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ 1 the face of the one Here, **face** represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 16 g0ed writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 6 17 bd8v figs-metonymy ἦλθεν ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ μεγάλη τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτῶν 1 the great day of their wrath has come The **great day of their wrath** refers to the time when they would punish wicked people. Alternate translation: “this is the terrible time when they will punish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From ce1d90072fb59a4a15b7bf154516355479f0dd05 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 18 Oct 2022 04:57:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 202/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 3fa5d0f028..916018b79d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ REV 6 14 xzn5 figs-activepassive ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη 1 I REV 6 14 gl0m figs-activepassive ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as a scroll folds up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 ic4p figs-activepassive πᾶν ὄρος καὶ νῆσος ἐκ τῶν τόπων αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “every mountain and island shifted from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 translate-unknown οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to military officers or warriors who command in the battle. Alternate translation: “the war leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -REV 6 15 vl6h translate-unknown τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. If your readers would not be familiar with **caves**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the war leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +REV 6 15 vl6h translate-unknown τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. If your readers would not be familiar with **caves**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the holes in the rocks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 6 16 f4bj figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ 1 the face of the one Here, **face** represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 16 g0ed writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 6 17 bd8v figs-metonymy ἦλθεν ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ μεγάλη τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτῶν 1 the great day of their wrath has come The **great day of their wrath** refers to the time when they would punish wicked people. Alternate translation: “this is the terrible time when they will punish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 90f8185d8a7a24f0df697e82dfd52bc10065db36 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 24 Oct 2022 11:16:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 207/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 1 + 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 916018b79d..7b89bcbeb7 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -444,6 +444,7 @@ REV 6 14 xzn5 figs-activepassive ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη 1 I REV 6 14 gl0m figs-activepassive ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as a scroll folds up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 ic4p figs-activepassive πᾶν ὄρος καὶ νῆσος ἐκ τῶν τόπων αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “every mountain and island shifted from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 translate-unknown οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to military officers or warriors who command in the battle. Alternate translation: “the war leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +REV 6 15 n984 figs-merism οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, καὶ οἱ μεγιστᾶνες, καὶ οἱ χιλίαρχοι, καὶ οἱ πλούσιοι, καὶ οἱ ἰσχυροὶ, καὶ πᾶς δοῦλος καὶ ἐλεύθερος 1 REV 6 15 vl6h translate-unknown τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. If your readers would not be familiar with **caves**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the holes in the rocks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 6 16 f4bj figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ 1 the face of the one Here, **face** represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 16 g0ed writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From c93cd269ffe049b36ab131715e560034152f258f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 24 Oct 2022 11:21:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 209/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 7b89bcbeb7..c66e006568 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ REV 6 14 xzn5 figs-activepassive ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη 1 I REV 6 14 gl0m figs-activepassive ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as a scroll folds up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 ic4p figs-activepassive πᾶν ὄρος καὶ νῆσος ἐκ τῶν τόπων αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “every mountain and island shifted from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 translate-unknown οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to military officers or warriors who command in the battle. Alternate translation: “the war leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -REV 6 15 n984 figs-merism οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, καὶ οἱ μεγιστᾶνες, καὶ οἱ χιλίαρχοι, καὶ οἱ πλούσιοι, καὶ οἱ ἰσχυροὶ, καὶ πᾶς δοῦλος καὶ ἐλεύθερος 1 +REV 6 15 n984 figs-merism οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, καὶ οἱ μεγιστᾶνες, καὶ οἱ χιλίαρχοι, καὶ οἱ πλούσιοι, καὶ οἱ ἰσχυροὶ, καὶ πᾶς δοῦλος καὶ ἐλεύθερος 1 Here, all the nouns in the series or list refers to every type of person and people. The various examples refer to all kinds of people who exist in the world. The merism names various kinds or parts of society by stating the the extreme ends of the society. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all types of people, whether rich, poor, powerful, or weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 6 15 vl6h translate-unknown τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. If your readers would not be familiar with **caves**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the holes in the rocks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 6 16 f4bj figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ 1 the face of the one Here, **face** represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 16 g0ed writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 4ea8168a602669bdaaa17153be418aaee6d14343 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 24 Oct 2022 11:21:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 210/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c66e006568..f651bdbe59 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ REV 6 14 xzn5 figs-activepassive ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη 1 I REV 6 14 gl0m figs-activepassive ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as a scroll folds up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 14 ic4p figs-activepassive πᾶν ὄρος καὶ νῆσος ἐκ τῶν τόπων αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “every mountain and island shifted from its place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 6 15 m6j6 translate-unknown οἱ χιλίαρχοι 1 the generals Here, **the generals** refers to military officers or warriors who command in the battle. Alternate translation: “the war leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -REV 6 15 n984 figs-merism οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, καὶ οἱ μεγιστᾶνες, καὶ οἱ χιλίαρχοι, καὶ οἱ πλούσιοι, καὶ οἱ ἰσχυροὶ, καὶ πᾶς δοῦλος καὶ ἐλεύθερος 1 Here, all the nouns in the series or list refers to every type of person and people. The various examples refer to all kinds of people who exist in the world. The merism names various kinds or parts of society by stating the the extreme ends of the society. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all types of people, whether rich, poor, powerful, or weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +REV 6 15 n984 figs-merism οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, καὶ οἱ μεγιστᾶνες, καὶ οἱ χιλίαρχοι, καὶ οἱ πλούσιοι, καὶ οἱ ἰσχυροὶ, καὶ πᾶς δοῦλος καὶ ἐλεύθερος 1 Here, all the nouns in the series or list refers to every type of person and people. The various examples refer to all kinds of people who exist in the world. The merism names various kinds or parts of society by stating the extreme ends of the society. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all types of people, whether rich, poor, powerful, or weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 6 15 vl6h translate-unknown τὰ σπήλαια 1 the caves These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. If your readers would not be familiar with **caves**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the holes in the rocks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 6 16 f4bj figs-metonymy προσώπου τοῦ 1 the face of the one Here, **face** represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 16 g0ed writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) From 43fe8583e247aadf8efc65c0dfeabe76f9ac494a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 25 Oct 2022 11:44:10 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 213/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index f651bdbe59..c5133ead6c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ REV 7 3 upb7 figs-metonymy σφραγίσωμεν τοὺς δούλους το REV 7 3 je8m μετώπων 1 foreheads The **forehead** is the top of the face, above the eyes. REV 7 4 m58v figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφραγισμένων 1 those who were sealed If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God’s angel marked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 7 4 lh7h figs-ellipsis ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες 1 144000 Alternate translation: “one hundred forty-four thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -REV 7 5 lyz8 figs-ellipsis δώδεκα χιλιάδες 1 twelve thousand from the tribe Alternate translation: “12,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +REV 7 5 lyz8 translate-numbers δώδεκα χιλιάδες 1 twelve thousand from the tribe Alternate translation: “twelve thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) REV 7 9 cj5k 0 General Information: John begins to describe a second vision about a multitude praising God. This vision also takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal. REV 7 9 ioxw writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 7 9 au1m ὄχλος πολύς 1 a huge multitude Alternate translation: “a huge crowd” or “a great number of people” From 71ec03c7c7d001c1d9376838d6b2715234fed479 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 25 Oct 2022 11:47:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 216/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c5133ead6c..4743a3da05 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -464,9 +464,9 @@ REV 7 4 lh7h figs-ellipsis ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρ REV 7 5 lyz8 translate-numbers δώδεκα χιλιάδες 1 twelve thousand from the tribe Alternate translation: “twelve thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) REV 7 9 cj5k 0 General Information: John begins to describe a second vision about a multitude praising God. This vision also takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal. REV 7 9 ioxw writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 7 9 au1m ὄχλος πολύς 1 a huge multitude Alternate translation: “a huge crowd” or “a great number of people” REV 7 9 v63z στολὰς λευκάς 1 white robes Here the color **white** represents purity. REV 7 10 m5az ἡ σωτηρία τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Salvation belongs to Alternate translation: “Salvation comes from our God” +REV 7 9 au1m ὄχλος πολύς 1 a huge multitude Alternate translation: “a huge crowd” or “a great number of people” REV 7 10 vlv1 figs-abstractnouns ἡ σωτηρία τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν, τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ καὶ τῷ Ἀρνίῳ 1 Salvation belongs … to the Lamb They were praising **God** and **the Lamb**. If your readers would misunderstand the abstract **Salvation**, you can express it with the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “Our God, who sits on the throne, and the Lamb have saved us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 7 10 e31m writing-symlanguage τῷ Ἀρνίῳ 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 7 11 a45p τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 the four living creatures These are the **four living creatures** mentioned in [Revelation 4:6-8](../04/06.md). From aa88c8a36a1986df043b3bd8eca48f559302f314 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 25 Oct 2022 11:51:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 217/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 3 +-- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 4743a3da05..6bcd44e93c 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -460,11 +460,10 @@ REV 7 2 sgq7 figs-metonymy σφραγῖδα 1 the seal of the living God Here, REV 7 3 upb7 figs-metonymy σφραγίσωμεν τοὺς δούλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν 1 have sealed … on their foreheads Here, to **seal** refers to placing a mark on something. This mark shows that the people belong to God and that he will protect them. Alternate translation: “we put a mark on the foreheads of the servants of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 7 3 je8m μετώπων 1 foreheads The **forehead** is the top of the face, above the eyes. REV 7 4 m58v figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφραγισμένων 1 those who were sealed If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God’s angel marked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 7 4 lh7h figs-ellipsis ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες 1 144000 Alternate translation: “one hundred forty-four thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +REV 7 4 lh7h translate-numbers ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες 1 144000 Alternate translation: “one hundred forty-four thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) REV 7 5 lyz8 translate-numbers δώδεκα χιλιάδες 1 twelve thousand from the tribe Alternate translation: “twelve thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) REV 7 9 cj5k 0 General Information: John begins to describe a second vision about a multitude praising God. This vision also takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal. REV 7 9 ioxw writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 7 9 v63z στολὰς λευκάς 1 white robes Here the color **white** represents purity. REV 7 10 m5az ἡ σωτηρία τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Salvation belongs to Alternate translation: “Salvation comes from our God” REV 7 9 au1m ὄχλος πολύς 1 a huge multitude Alternate translation: “a huge crowd” or “a great number of people” REV 7 10 vlv1 figs-abstractnouns ἡ σωτηρία τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν, τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ καὶ τῷ Ἀρνίῳ 1 Salvation belongs … to the Lamb They were praising **God** and **the Lamb**. If your readers would misunderstand the abstract **Salvation**, you can express it with the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “Our God, who sits on the throne, and the Lamb have saved us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 6bd43adf02b06bfca4528cbf7e191376c4f751f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Tue, 25 Oct 2022 11:52:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 218/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 6bcd44e93c..6dba8fed90 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -463,9 +463,9 @@ REV 7 4 m58v figs-activepassive τῶν ἐσφραγισμένων 1 those who REV 7 4 lh7h translate-numbers ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες 1 144000 Alternate translation: “one hundred forty-four thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) REV 7 5 lyz8 translate-numbers δώδεκα χιλιάδες 1 twelve thousand from the tribe Alternate translation: “twelve thousand people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) REV 7 9 cj5k 0 General Information: John begins to describe a second vision about a multitude praising God. This vision also takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal. +REV 7 9 au1m ὄχλος πολύς 1 a huge multitude Alternate translation: “a huge crowd” or “a great number of people” REV 7 9 ioxw writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 7 10 m5az ἡ σωτηρία τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν 1 Salvation belongs to Alternate translation: “Salvation comes from our God” -REV 7 9 au1m ὄχλος πολύς 1 a huge multitude Alternate translation: “a huge crowd” or “a great number of people” REV 7 10 vlv1 figs-abstractnouns ἡ σωτηρία τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν, τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ καὶ τῷ Ἀρνίῳ 1 Salvation belongs … to the Lamb They were praising **God** and **the Lamb**. If your readers would misunderstand the abstract **Salvation**, you can express it with the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “Our God, who sits on the throne, and the Lamb have saved us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 7 10 e31m writing-symlanguage τῷ Ἀρνίῳ 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 7 11 a45p τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 the four living creatures These are the **four living creatures** mentioned in [Revelation 4:6-8](../04/06.md). From 16dbf18df5d2a6738d4ee3da9c77030f1e8b98b2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Sun, 6 Nov 2022 09:18:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 222/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 6dba8fed90..e5ad420198 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ REV 1 5 jpnq figs-metonymy ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 John u REV 1 5 q64f figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **blood** figuratively represents the death of Christ on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a comparable word that stands for death or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 6 nhfb figs-metaphor βασιλείαν 1 Here, **a kingdom** functions as a metaphor for the unity that believers have as they belong to each other and to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of **kingdom** here explicitly. Alternate translation: “a group that belongs to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 6 iq7j figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, the word **priests** functions as a metaphor for people who live to serve God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who work” or “people who live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 1 6 nesy figs-abstractnouns βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ— αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for **glory** or **power**, you could express these ideas in other ways. Here, **power** refers to the authority that Jesus has to rule over his kingdom. Alternate translation: “may people glorify Jesus always and may he rule over everyone” or “may people honor Jesus always and may he reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +REV 1 6 nesy figs-abstractnouns βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ— αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for **glory** or **power**, you could express these ideas in other ways. Here, **power** refers to the authority that Jesus has to rule over his kingdom. Alternate translation: “may people glorify Jesus and may he rule over everyone” or “may people honor Jesus always and may he reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 6 ne7x guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father Here, the words **God** and **Father** refer to one person, not two. This is God the Father who exists with the Son and the Holy Spirit as God. The name **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” or “for God, who is the Father of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 1 7 ldv8 figs-quotemarks ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: The clauses **Behold, he is coming with the clouds**, **every eye will see him, even those who pierced him**, and **will mourn because of him** are quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 27669d801fe4d1329fb6c8cead2a1dfa5951fffd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: SethAdcock Date: Mon, 7 Nov 2022 11:58:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 225/266] Edit 'en_tn_67-REV.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e5ad420198..87bd5ba1ce 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ REV 7 14 b7mi figs-metaphor ἔπλυναν τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν, REV 7 14 ym21 figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the blood of the Lamb Here, **blood** is used to refer to the death of Lamb. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 7 14 xl4x writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 7 15 qs23 εἰσιν…αὐτούς 1 they … them Here, **they** and **them** refer to those people who have come out of the great tribulation. -REV 7 15 us3i figs-merism ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς 1 day and night Here, **day** and **night** are used together to mean “all the time” or “without stopping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +REV 7 15 us3i figs-merism ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς 1 day and night Here, **day** and **night** are used together to mean “all the time” or “without stopping”. Alernate translation: “continually” or “always” or “unendingly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 7 15 k9f2 figs-metaphor σκηνώσει ἐπ’ αὐτούς 1 will spread his tent over them Protecting them is spoken of as if he were giving them shelter to live under. Alternate translation: “will shelter them” or “will protect them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 7 16 p6u7 οὐ πεινάσουσιν…αὐτοὺς 1 They … them Here, **They** and **them** refer to those people who have come out of the great tribulation. REV 7 16 t45h figs-metaphor οὐδὲ μὴ πέσῃ ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ὁ ἥλιος 1 The sun will not beat down The heat of the **sun** is compared to punishment that causes people to suffer. Alternate translation: “and the sun will not burn them” or “and the sun will not make them weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 6e56e436c2ce0466a0490fe9d65be5b54d153fe6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 00:20:34 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 228/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 14 +++++++------- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index a4c59847a6..e93f061d5c 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ HEB 2 18 gqfo grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** int HEB 2 18 jnzj figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς 1 Here, the word **himself** emphasizes Jesus in order to set up the comparison with everyone else who is **tempted**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that emphasizes **he**, that is, Jesus. Alternate translation: “is one who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) HEB 2 18 xde4 figs-activepassive πειρασθείς…πειραζομένοις 1 was tempted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **tempted** rather than focusing on the person or thing doing the “tempting.” If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject, since many things “tempt” people. Alternate translation: “things having tempted him … whom things tempt” or “having experienced temptation … who experience temptation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 2 18 a3a6 πέπονθεν αὐτὸς, πειρασθείς 1 who are tempted Here, the phrase **having been tempted** could identify: (1) the situation in which Jesus **suffered**. Alternate translation: “he himself had suffered when he was tempted” (2) what resulted from the “suffering.” Alternate translation: “he was tempted when he suffered” -HEB 3 intro mu26 0 # Hebrews 3 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

3. Example of the wilderness generation (3:1–4:13)
* Exhortation: The Son is greater than Moses (3:1–6)
* Exhortation: Strive to enter the rest! (3:7–4:11)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [3:7b–11](../03/07.md), [15](../03/15.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### “Today”

The quotation from [Psalm 95](../../psa/95/01.md) includes the word “today.” The author mentions “today” again in [3:13](../03/13.md), [15](../03/15.md). In both of these verses, he refers to how we always call the current day “today.” So, anything that happens during the time we call “today” must happen every day, since every day is “today.” In this way, the author shows that the quotation from [Psalm 95](../../psa/95/01.md) applies to his audience every day. In these verses, translate “today” with a word or phrase that someone would use for the current day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/biblicaltimeday]])

### Rest

The quotation from [Psalm 95](../../psa/95/01.md) includes the word “rest.” In the context of the Psalm, this “rest” probably refers to the land that God promised to give to the Israelites. However, scholars debate what the author of Hebrews means when he uses the word “rest.” This is important because the author speaks much more about “rest” in chapter 4. There are two major options for what “rest” could mean: (1) “rest” could refer to how people rest, that is, to the state or experience of “resting.” (2) “rest” could refer to the place where people rest. For the author of Hebrews, this place of “rest” is either in heaven or on a renewed earth. Before you choose how to translate “rest,” consider reading [Hebrews 4:1–11](../../heb/04/01.md) so that you can decide what the author means when he uses “rest.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/rest]])

## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

### The “house” in [3:1–6](../03/01.md)

In [3:1–6](../03/01.md), the author refers to a “house.” In the author’s culture, “house” could refer to a building that people live in, or it could refer to a “household” or a group of related people. In these verses, the author uses both meanings of “house.” In [3:2](../03/02.md), [5–6](../03/05.md), “house” refers to a group of related people, God’s people. In [3:3–4](../03/03.md), “house” refers to a building that people live in. In these verses, the author uses a “house” (the building) as an example to explain more about the “house” (the people). If you do not have a word that could mean both “building” and “people,” you may need to express “house” with two different words. If so, you will need to make sure that your readers know that the author is comparing a building to people, especially in [3:3–4](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/house]])

### Rhetorical questions

The author asks several questions in this chapter (see [3:16–18](../03/16.md)). He is not asking these questions because he wants the audience to provide him with information. Rather, he is asking these questions because he wants the audience to think about the quotation from Psalm 95. In [3:16–17](../03/16.md), the second question in each verse answers the first question. In [3:18](../03/18.md), the second half of the question answers the first half of the question. For ways to translate these questions, see the notes on [3:16–18](../03/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### The quotation from Psalm 95

David wrote [Psalm 95](../../psa/95/01.md) many years after the events that the psalm refers to. You can read the story about these events in [Num 14:1–38](../../num/14/01.md) (see also the related story in [Exodus 17:1–7](../../exo/17/01.md)). In these stories, the Israelites complain and disobey God, and God punishes them. David refers back to these stories to encourage the Israelites, whom he ruled, to act differently. He wanted them to listen to and obey God. The author of Hebrews quotes what David wrote for a similar reason. He wants to encourage his audience to listen to and obey God, and he shows that what David wrote still applies to his audience. Consider reading the Old Testament stories and Psalm 95 before translating this chapter. See the notes for places where the author refers directly to Psalm 95 or to the Old Testament stories. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])

### What does “for 40 years” modify?

In [3:10](../03/10.md), “for 40 years” tells how long the Israelites saw God’s works. However, in [3:17](../03/17.md), it refers to the time during which God “was upset” with the Israelites. This is not a contradiction, because the author knew that the Israelites saw God’s works and that God was upset with them during the same period of “40 years.” There is no need to harmonize these two verses. +HEB 3 intro mu26 0 # Hebrews 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n3. Example of the wilderness generation (3:1–4:13)\n * Exhortation: The Son is greater than Moses (3:1–6)\n * Exhortation: Strive to enter the rest! (3:7–4:11)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [3:7b–11](../03/07.md), [15](../03/15.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Today”\n\nThe quotation from [Psalm 95](../../psa/95/01.md) includes the word “today.” The author mentions “today” again in [3:13](../03/13.md), [15](../03/15.md). In both of these verses, he refers to how we always call the current day “today.” So, anything that happens during the time we call “today” must happen every day, since every day is “today.” In this way, the author shows that the quotation from [Psalm 95](../../psa/95/01.md) applies to his audience every day. In these verses, translate “today” with a word or phrase that someone would use for the current day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/biblicaltimeday]])\n\n### Rest\n\nThe quotation from [Psalm 95](../../psa/95/01.md) includes the word “rest.” In the context of the Psalm, this “rest” probably refers to the land that God promised to give to the Israelites. However, scholars debate what the author of Hebrews means when he uses the word “rest.” This is important because the author speaks much more about “rest” in chapter 4. There are two major options for what “rest” could mean: (1) “rest” could refer to how people rest, that is, to the state or experience of “resting.” (2) “rest” could refer to the place where people rest. For the author of Hebrews, this place of “rest” is either in heaven or on a renewed earth. Before you choose how to translate “rest,” consider reading [Hebrews 4:1–11](../../heb/04/01.md) so that you can decide what the author means when he uses “rest.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/rest]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The “house” in [3:1–6](../03/01.md)\n\nIn [3:1–6](../03/01.md), the author refers to a “house.” In the author’s culture, “house” could refer to a building that people live in, or it could refer to a “household” or a group of related people. In these verses, the author uses both meanings of “house.” In [3:2](../03/02.md), [5–6](../03/05.md), “house” refers to a group of related people, God’s people. In [3:3–4](../03/03.md), “house” refers to a building that people live in. In these verses, the author uses a “house” (the building) as an example to explain more about the “house” (the people). If you do not have a word that could mean both “building” and “people,” you may need to express “house” with two different words. If so, you will need to make sure that your readers know that the author is comparing a building to people, especially in [3:3–4](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/house]])\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nThe author asks several questions in this chapter (see [3:16–18](../03/16.md)). He is not asking these questions because he wants the audience to provide him with information. Rather, he is asking these questions because he wants the audience to think about the quotation from Psalm 95. In [3:16–17](../03/16.md), the second question in each verse answers the first question. In [3:18](../03/18.md), the second half of the question answers the first half of the question. For ways to translate these questions, see the notes on [3:16–18](../03/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The quotation from Psalm 95\n\nDavid wrote [Psalm 95](../../psa/95/01.md) many years after the events that the psalm refers to. You can read the story about these events in [Num 14:1–38](../../num/14/01.md) (see also the related story in [Exodus 17:1–7](../../exo/17/01.md)). In these stories, the Israelites complain and disobey God, and God punishes them. David refers back to these stories to encourage the Israelites, whom he ruled, to act differently. He wanted them to listen to and obey God. The author of Hebrews quotes what David wrote for a similar reason. He wants to encourage his audience to listen to and obey God, and he shows that what David wrote still applies to his audience. Consider reading the Old Testament stories and Psalm 95 before translating this chapter. See the notes for places where the author refers directly to Psalm 95 or to the Old Testament stories. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n### What does “for 40 years” modify?\n\nIn [3:10](../03/10.md), “for 40 years” tells how long the Israelites saw God’s works. However, in [3:17](../03/17.md), it refers to the time during which God “was very angry” with the Israelites. This is not a contradiction, because the author knew that the Israelites saw God’s works and that God was very angry with them during the same period of “40 years.” There is no need to harmonize these two verses. HEB 3 1 m1cv grammar-connect-logic-result ὅθεν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the word **Therefore** introduces an inference from what the author has said about Jesus in [2:5–18](../02/05.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that clearly introduces an inference. Alternate translation: “As a result of all that” or “Because of those things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 3 1 tp7e figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 holy brothers Although the word **brothers** is masculine, the author is using it to refer to all believers, both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 3 1 af15 figs-possession κλήσεως ἐπουρανίου, μέτοχοι 1 you share in a heavenly calling Here the author uses the possessive form to indicate that believers “share” a **heavenly calling**. Believers could “share” this **calling** with: (1) other believers. Alternate translation: “who share together in a heavenly calling” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “share with Jesus a heavenly calling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -312,17 +312,17 @@ HEB 3 9 td5w figs-doublet ἐπείρασαν…ἐν δοκιμασίᾳ 1 Her HEB 3 9 q7c2 figs-abstractnouns ἐν δοκιμασίᾳ 1 by testing me If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **examination**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “examine.” Alternate translation: “by examining me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 3 9 k3kf figs-abstractnouns τὰ ἔργα μου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **works**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “perform” or “do.” Alternate translation: “what I performed” or “what I did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 3 9 fg7n figs-explicit καὶ εἶδον τὰ ἔργα μου 1 Here, the clause **they saw my works** could refer to: (1) how the **fathers tested** God even though they **saw** the amazing **works** that God did to rescue them and bring them through the wilderness. Alternate translation: “even though they saw my powerful deeds” (2) how God acted to punish the **fathers** for how they **tested** him. Alternate translation: “and they saw how I punished them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 3 10 cgs9 figs-quotations τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη. διὸ προσώχθισα τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ, καὶ εἶπον, ἀεὶ πλανῶνται τῇ καρδίᾳ; αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὰς ὁδούς μου 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate this verse as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to express the rest of the quote in the surrounding verses as an indirect quote as well. Alternate translation: “for 40 years. Therefore, he was upset with that generation, and he said, ‘They are always going astray in their hearts, and they have not known my ways.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +HEB 3 10 cgs9 figs-quotations τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη. διὸ προσώχθισα τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ, καὶ εἶπον, ἀεὶ πλανῶνται τῇ καρδίᾳ; αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὰς ὁδούς μου 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate this verse as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to express the rest of the quote in the surrounding verses as an indirect quote as well. Alternate translation: “for 40 years. Therefore, he was very angry with that generation, and he said, ‘They are always going astray in their hearts, and they have not known my ways.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 3 10 qap2 figs-infostructure τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη 1 Here, the phrase **for 40 years** goes with the end of the previous verse and tells how long “they saw my works”([3:9](../03/09.md)). You could include these words at the end of verse 9, or you could include them here in verse 10 and show with punctuation that they belong with the previous sentence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -HEB 3 10 upb8 translate-unknown προσώχθισα 1 I was displeased Here, the phrase **I was upset** indicates that God was properly angry or displeased with the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to proper or appropriate anger and displeasure. Alternate translation: “I was displeased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -HEB 3 10 ohlh figs-123person διὸ προσώχθισα…εἶπον 1 Just as in [3:9](../03/09.md), God speaks directly using first person pronouns. However, in [3:7–8](../03/07.md), the author of the quotation refers to God in the third person. Use the same translation strategy that you used in [3:9](../03/09.md). Alternate translation: “Therefore, as God says, I was upset … I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +HEB 3 10 upb8 translate-unknown προσώχθισα 1 I was displeased Here, the phrase **I was very angry** indicates that God was properly angry or displeased with the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to proper or appropriate anger and displeasure. Alternate translation: “I was displeased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +HEB 3 10 ohlh figs-123person διὸ προσώχθισα…εἶπον 1 Just as in [3:9](../03/09.md), God speaks directly using first person pronouns. However, in [3:7–8](../03/07.md), the author of the quotation refers to God in the third person. Use the same translation strategy that you used in [3:9](../03/09.md). Alternate translation: “Therefore, as God says, I was very angry … I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) HEB 3 10 bfu5 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπον, ἀεὶ πλανῶνται τῇ καρδίᾳ; αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὰς ὁδούς μου; 1 If a direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I said that they are always going astray in their hearts, and they have not known my ways.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) HEB 3 10 lz7n figs-parallelism ἀεὶ πλανῶνται τῇ καρδίᾳ; αὐτοὶ δὲ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὰς ὁδούς μου 1 Here the quotation includes two statements that mean almost the same thing. This was considered good poetry in the author’s culture. If this would not be good poetry in your culture, and if the repetition would be confusing, you could combine the two statements. Alternate translation: “They are always going astray from my ways in their hearts” or “Their hearts have never know my ways” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) HEB 3 10 kh4v figs-metaphor ἀεὶ πλανῶνται 1 They have always gone astray in their hearts Here the author of the quotation speaks as if the Israelites were traveling down the wrong road. He speaks in this way to indicate that they were not following God properly. Someone who is **going astray** does not want to do what is right. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “They are not following me” or “They are happy to disobey me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 3 10 rmqh figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 In the author’s culture, the word **hearts** refers to the places where humans think and plan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer part of the human body where your culture believes that humans think and plan, or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in their minds” or “in what they plan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 3 10 l5t7 figs-metaphor τὰς ὁδούς μου 1 They have not known my ways Here, God speaks as if he has **ways** or paths on which he walks. When the audience does not know these **ways**, that means that they do not know what God wants or values. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “how I want them to conduct their lives” or “what I value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 3 11 mu48 grammar-connect-words-phrases ὡς 1 Here, the word **As** could introduce: (1) a result from what the ancestors did. Alternate translation: “So” or “Therefore,” (2) a reason why the people will not **enter into my rest**. If you choose this option, you may need to include some implied information about how the ancestors did not **enter** the **rest**. Alternate translation: “They did not enter the land that I had promised, just as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -HEB 3 11 ipk1 figs-quotations ὡς ὤμοσα ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ μου, εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσίν μου. 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate this verse as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to express the rest of the quote in previous verses as an indirect quote as well. Alternate translation: “for 40 years. Therefore, he was upset with that generation, and he said, ‘They are always going astray in their hearts, and they have not known my ways.’” “As he swore in his wrath, ‘If they will enter into my rest … !’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +HEB 3 11 ipk1 figs-quotations ὡς ὤμοσα ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ μου, εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσίν μου. 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate this verse as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to express the rest of the quote in previous verses as an indirect quote as well. Alternate translation: “for 40 years. Therefore, he was very angry with that generation, and he said, ‘They are always going astray in their hearts, and they have not known my ways.’” “As he swore in his wrath, ‘If they will enter into my rest … !’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 3 11 yyhz figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ μου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **wrath**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “wrathful” or “angry.” Alternate translation: “as I was wrathful” or “angrily” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 3 11 kl9e figs-quotesinquotes ὤμοσα ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ μου, εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσίν μου. 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I swore in my wrath that they would never enter into my rest … !” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) HEB 3 11 h967 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσίν μου 1 Here God uses the word **If** to introduce a statement that he knows will not be true. What the form means is that **they** will definitely not **enter into my rest**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea with a strong negation. Alternate translation: “They will never enter into my rest!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) @@ -360,8 +360,8 @@ HEB 3 16 ldi4 ἀκούσαντες παρεπίκραναν 1 The author uses HEB 3 16 yfdd figs-go οἱ ἐξελθόντες 1 Here, the phrase **came out** refers to leaving a country or area. Use a word for this kind of movement in your language. Alternate translation: “those who went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) HEB 3 16 j14d translate-names ἐξ Αἰγύπτου 1 The word **Egypt** is the name of a country in northern Africa. The Israelites were slaves in this country until they **came out from** it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 3 16 djja translate-names διὰ Μωϋσέως 1 The word **Moses** is the name of a man. God had him lead the Israelites when he delivered them from being slaves in the land of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -HEB 3 17 swy4 figs-rquestion τίσιν…προσώχθισεν τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη? οὐχὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήσασιν, ὧν τὰ κῶλα ἔπεσεν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ? 1 With whom was he angry for forty years? Was it not with those who sinned, whose dead bodies fell in the wilderness? The author does not ask these questions because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks them to involve the audience in what he is arguing. The second question gives the answer to the first question: “It was those who sinned, whose corpses fell in the wilderness.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea by using a form that identifies those **with whom he was upset** with **those who sinned**. Alternate translation: “you know who they are with whom he was upset for 40 years. It was those who sinned, whose corpses fell in the wilderness.” or “with whom was he upset for 40 years? It was with those who sinned, whose corpses fell in the wilderness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -HEB 3 17 goid προσώχθισεν τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη 1 The author uses the phrases **was he upset** and **for 40 years** to refer back to the words that the quotation used. See how you translated “I was upset” and “for 40 years” in [3:10](../03/10.md). Alternate translation: “was he displeased for those 40 years” +HEB 3 17 swy4 figs-rquestion τίσιν…προσώχθισεν τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη? οὐχὶ τοῖς ἁμαρτήσασιν, ὧν τὰ κῶλα ἔπεσεν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ? 1 With whom was he angry for forty years? Was it not with those who sinned, whose dead bodies fell in the wilderness? The author does not ask these questions because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks them to involve the audience in what he is arguing. The second question gives the answer to the first question: “It was those who sinned, whose corpses fell in the wilderness.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea by using a form that identifies those **with whom he was very angry** with **those who sinned**. Alternate translation: “you know who they are with whom he was very angry for 40 years. It was those who sinned, whose corpses fell in the wilderness.” or “with whom was he very angry for 40 years? It was with those who sinned, whose corpses fell in the wilderness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +HEB 3 17 goid προσώχθισεν τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη 1 The author uses the phrases **was he very angry** and **for 40 years** to refer back to the words that the quotation used. See how you translated “I was very angry” and “for 40 years” in [3:10](../03/10.md). Alternate translation: “was he displeased for those 40 years” HEB 3 17 uhga figs-idiom ὧν τὰ κῶλα ἔπεσεν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 The author uses these words because he found them in [Numbers 14:29](../../num/14/29.md), where God tells Moses what is going to happen to **those who sinned**. The phrase **corpses fell** refers to people dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea with a word or phrase that refers to people dying. Alternate translation: “who fell down dead in the wilderness” or “who were buried in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 3 18 l1gc figs-rquestion τίσιν…ὤμοσεν μὴ εἰσελεύσεσθαι εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἀπειθήσασιν? 1 To whom did he swear that they would not enter his rest, if it was not to those who disobeyed him? The author does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the audience in what he is arguing. The second half of the question gives the answer to the first half: “it was those who disobeyed.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea by using a form that identifies those **who disobeyed** with “those to whom he swore.” Alternate translation: “you know who they are to whom he swore that they would not enter into his rest. It was to those who disobeyed.” or “to whom did he swear that they would not enter into his rest? It was to those who disobeyed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) HEB 3 18 q16u ὤμοσεν μὴ εἰσελεύσεσθαι εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσιν αὐτοῦ 1 they would not enter his rest The author uses the clause **they would not enter into his rest** to refer back to the words that the quotation used. See how you translated “If they will enter into my rest” in [3:11](../03/11.md). Alternate translation: “did he swear, ‘they will never enter into my rest,’” From 760c773edc3500c1eb7216640047f01070bb00f9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 00:22:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 229/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index e93f061d5c..5e05b68733 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -322,9 +322,9 @@ HEB 3 10 kh4v figs-metaphor ἀεὶ πλανῶνται 1 They have always gone HEB 3 10 rmqh figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 In the author’s culture, the word **hearts** refers to the places where humans think and plan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer part of the human body where your culture believes that humans think and plan, or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “in their minds” or “in what they plan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 3 10 l5t7 figs-metaphor τὰς ὁδούς μου 1 They have not known my ways Here, God speaks as if he has **ways** or paths on which he walks. When the audience does not know these **ways**, that means that they do not know what God wants or values. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “how I want them to conduct their lives” or “what I value” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 3 11 mu48 grammar-connect-words-phrases ὡς 1 Here, the word **As** could introduce: (1) a result from what the ancestors did. Alternate translation: “So” or “Therefore,” (2) a reason why the people will not **enter into my rest**. If you choose this option, you may need to include some implied information about how the ancestors did not **enter** the **rest**. Alternate translation: “They did not enter the land that I had promised, just as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -HEB 3 11 ipk1 figs-quotations ὡς ὤμοσα ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ μου, εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσίν μου. 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate this verse as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to express the rest of the quote in previous verses as an indirect quote as well. Alternate translation: “for 40 years. Therefore, he was very angry with that generation, and he said, ‘They are always going astray in their hearts, and they have not known my ways.’” “As he swore in his wrath, ‘If they will enter into my rest … !’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +HEB 3 11 ipk1 figs-quotations ὡς ὤμοσα ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ μου, εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσίν μου. 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate this verse as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to express the rest of the quote in previous verses as an indirect quote as well. Alternate translation: “for 40 years. Therefore, he was very angry with that generation, and he said, ‘They are always going astray in their hearts, and they have not known my ways.’” “As he swore in his wrath, ‘If they will enter into my rest …!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 3 11 yyhz figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ μου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **wrath**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “wrathful” or “angry.” Alternate translation: “as I was wrathful” or “angrily” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 3 11 kl9e figs-quotesinquotes ὤμοσα ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ μου, εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσίν μου. 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I swore in my wrath that they would never enter into my rest … !” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +HEB 3 11 kl9e figs-quotesinquotes ὤμοσα ἐν τῇ ὀργῇ μου, εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσίν μου. 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I swore in my wrath that they would never enter into my rest …!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) HEB 3 11 h967 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσίν μου 1 Here God uses the word **If** to introduce a statement that he knows will not be true. What the form means is that **they** will definitely not **enter into my rest**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea with a strong negation. Alternate translation: “They will never enter into my rest!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) HEB 3 11 tz3l figs-explicit εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν κατάπαυσίν μου 1 They will never enter my rest Here, the word **rest** could refer to: (1) the state of “resting.” Alternate translation: “they will participate in the way that I rest” or “they will rest with me” (2) the place where people rest, particularly the land that God promised to give to his people. Alternate translation: “they will enter into my resting place” or “they will enter into the land of rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 3 11 tsov figs-abstractnouns κατάπαυσίν μου 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **rest**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “rest.” Make sure that your translation fits with the option you chose in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “the way that I rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 1b3e0a0c1f0a8f561275ca16f19cb68c350207b2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 00:29:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 230/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 12 ++++++------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 5e05b68733..7296d43c9f 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -33,21 +33,21 @@ HEB 1 4 qt7q figs-metaphor κεκληρονόμηκεν 1 he has inherited Here HEB 1 4 uu4s figs-ellipsis παρ’ αὐτοὺς 1 Here the author omits some words that may be needed in your language to make a complete comparison. He omits these words because he stated them in the first half of the comparison (a **name**). If your language needs these words to make a complete comparison, you could include them here. Alternate translation: “than their names” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 1 5 d964 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces the support or basis that proves that the Son is “superior to the angels” ([1:4](../01/04.md)). The supporting statements that **For** introduces can be found in [1:5–14](../01/05.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces support or basis for a claim. Alternate translation: “Here is the proof for that:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 1 5 ww5h figs-rquestion τίνι γὰρ εἶπέν ποτε τῶν ἀγγέλων, Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε? καὶ πάλιν, ἐγὼ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ εἰς Πατέρα, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι εἰς Υἱόν? 1 For to which of the angels did God ever say, “You are my son … a son to me”? The author does not ask these questions because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks them to involve the audience in what he is arguing. The questions assume that the answer to both is “none of them,” for God said these words to his own Son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the ideas with strong negations. Alternate translation: “For God never said to any of the angels ‘You are my son, and I today I have become your father.’ And again, ‘I will be as a father to him, and he will be as a son to me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -HEB 1 5 pzkc writing-quotations τίνι γὰρ εἶπέν ποτε τῶν ἀγγέλων…καὶ πάλιν 1 Here the author quotes from important texts, the Old Testament Scriptures. He does not introduce the quotations as quotations, but instead he introduces them as words that God has spoken to his Son, not to angels. However, the audience would have understood that these were quotations from the Old Testament. The first quotation comes from [Psalm 2:7](../../psa/02/07.md), and the second quotation comes from [2 Samuel 7:14](../../2sa/07/14.md). Since the author introduces these quotations as words that God has said to his Son, not to angels, you should introduce these quotations as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotations are from the Old Testament, you could include footnotes or use some other form to identify the quotations. The phrase **And again** is a normal form that the author uses to connect a second quotation to a first quotation. Alternate translation: “For to which of the angels did he ever speak … And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 1 5 pzkc writing-quotations τίνι γὰρ εἶπέν ποτε τῶν ἀγγέλων…καὶ πάλιν 1 Here the author quotes the Old Testament Scriptures. He does not introduce the quotations as quotations, but instead he introduces them as words that God has spoken to his Son, not to angels. However, the audience would have understood that these were quotations from the Old Testament. The first quotation comes from [Psalm 2:7](../../psa/02/07.md), and the second quotation comes from [2 Samuel 7:14](../../2sa/07/14.md). Since the author introduces these quotations as words that God has said to his Son, not to angels, you should introduce these quotations as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotations are from the Old Testament, you could include footnotes or use some other form to identify the quotations. The phrase **And again** is a normal form that the author uses to connect a second quotation to a first quotation. Alternate translation: “For to which of the angels did he ever speak … And” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 1 5 wmyy figs-quotations εἶπέν ποτε…Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε? καὶ πάλιν, ἐγὼ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ εἰς Πατέρα, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι εἰς Υἱόν? 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentences as indirect quotes instead of as direct quotes. Alternate translation: “did he ever say that he was his son, that today he had fathered him, and again, that he would be as a father to him, and that he would be as a son to him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 1 5 fdsv translate-kinship Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε…ἐγὼ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ εἰς Πατέρα, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι εἰς Υἱόν 1 In their original contexts, these two quotations referred to the king of Israel as one who became God’s **son** when he began to rule. Thus, God was his **father**. When the author applies these words not to angels but to Jesus, he identifies the **father** as God the Father and the **son** as God the Son. He does not mean that Jesus becomes **son** at some point or begins to exist at some point. Rather, he means that God the Father declares and reveals Jesus to be God the Son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include some words or a footnote that clarifies the meaning. Alternate translation: “You are my son, today I have proclaimed that I am your father … I proclaim that I am his father and that he is my son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) HEB 1 5 t48e figs-parallelism Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε 1 You are my son … I have become your father Here the quotation includes two statements that mean almost the same thing. One statement uses **son** language, and the other uses “father” language. This was considered good poetry in the author’s culture. If this would not be good poetry in your culture, and if the repetition would be confusing, you could combine the two statements. Alternate translation: “Today I have fathered you, my son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) HEB 1 5 wkoz figs-yousingular σύ…σε 1 Because the quotation is referring to one **son**, **You** and **you** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) HEB 1 5 jzhs figs-parallelism ἐγὼ ἔσομαι αὐτῷ εἰς Πατέρα, καὶ αὐτὸς ἔσται μοι εἰς Υἱόν 1 Here the quotation includes two statements that mean almost the same thing. One statement uses **father** language, and the other uses **son** language. This was considered good poetry in the author’s culture. If this would not be good poetry in your culture, and if the repetition would be confusing, you could combine the two statements. Alternate translation: “I will be as a father to him, who is my son” or “He will be as a son to me, his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) HEB 1 6 u0km grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ πάλιν 1 Here, the word **But** introduces a contrast with the previous verse, which talks about what God has not said to angels. In this verse, the author identifies what God has said to angels. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that would introduce this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “Again, and in contrast,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -HEB 1 6 n7ph writing-quotations δὲ πάλιν…λέγει 1 he says Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament. He does not introduce it as a quotation but instead as words that God has spoken to angels about his Son. However, the audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, here from the Greek translation of [Deuteronomy 32:43](../../deu/32/43.md). Since the author introduces this quotation as words that God has said to the angels, you should introduce the quotation as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotation. The phrase **But again** was a normal way in the author’s culture to introduce another quotation. Alternate translation: “Further … God speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 1 6 n7ph writing-quotations δὲ πάλιν…λέγει 1 he says Here the author quotes from the Old Testament Scriptures. He does not introduce it as a quotation but instead as words that God has spoken to angels about his Son. However, the audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, here from the Greek translation of [Deuteronomy 32:43](../../deu/32/43.md). Since the author introduces this quotation as words that God has said to the angels, you should introduce the quotation as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotation. The phrase **But again** was a normal way in the author’s culture to introduce another quotation. Alternate translation: “Further … God speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 1 6 wnl5 figs-pastforfuture εἰσαγάγῃ…λέγει 1 Here the author uses the present tense to introduce what God says. He may be referring to a past event (if **brings** refers to the incarnation or the ascension of Jesus) or a future event (if **brings** refers to the return of Jesus at the end). The author uses the present tense to focus on what God **says** rather than when he **says** it. Consider what tense would be appropriate for referring primarily to what a person says. Alternate translation: “he brought … he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]]) HEB 1 6 llcd figs-infostructure ὅταν δὲ πάλιν εἰσαγάγῃ τὸν πρωτότοκον εἰς τὴν οἰκουμένην, λέγει 1 Here, the word **again** could modify: (1) **he says**. In this case, **again** tells the audience that the author is quoting an important text **again**. Alternate translation: “But, when he brings the firstborn into the world, again he says” (2) **he brings**. In this case, **again** tells the audience that the **firstborn** has already been in **the world**, and God is “bringing” him into it **again**. The “bringing” would then refer to how Jesus returns to heaven when he ascends or how he comes back again to earth at the end. Alternate translation: “But, when he again brings the firstborn into the world, he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 1 6 b4s2 figs-metaphor τὸν πρωτότοκον 1 the firstborn Here, the phrase **the firstborn** refers to Jesus. The author refers to him as the **firstborn** to emphasize his importance and authority over everyone else. It does not imply that there was a time before Jesus existed or that God gave birth to him at some point. Rather, it implies that Jesus has adopted siblings; they are everyone who believes in him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “his honored Son” or “his first Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 1 6 lnxs εἰς τὴν οἰκουμένην 1 Here, the phrase **the world** could refer to: (1) the “world that is coming” (see [2:5](../02/05.md)), which is heaven or the heavenly world. In this case, the verse refers to Jesus’ ascension into heaven. Alternate translation: “into the coming world” (2) this world as it currently exists. In this case, the verse refers either to Jesus’ incarnation or to his return to earth at the end. Alternate translation: “into our world” HEB 1 6 w5kl figs-quotations λέγει, καὶ προσκυνησάτωσαν αὐτῷ πάντες ἄγγελοι Θεοῦ 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the statement as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “he says that all the angels of God should worship him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 1 6 b6dy figs-imperative3p καὶ προσκυνησάτωσαν αὐτῷ πάντες ἄγγελοι Θεοῦ 1 Here the author of the quotation uses a third person imperative. If you have third person imperatives in your language, you could use one here. If you do not have third person imperatives, you could express the idea using a word or phrase such as “need to” or “must.” Alternate translation: “And all the angels of God need to worship him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative3p]]) -HEB 1 7 bwuh writing-quotations καὶ πρὸς μὲν τοὺς ἀγγέλους λέγει 1 Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament. He does not introduce it as a quotation but instead as words that God has spoken about angels. However, the audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, here from the Greek translation of [Psalm 104:4](../../psa/104/04.md). Since the author introduces this quotation as words that God has said about the angels, you should introduce the quotation as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotation. The word **And** was a normal way in the author’s culture to introduce another quotation. Alternate translation: “On the one hand, with regard to the angels, God speaks,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 1 7 bwuh writing-quotations καὶ πρὸς μὲν τοὺς ἀγγέλους λέγει 1 Here the author quotes from the Old Testament. He does not introduce it as a quotation but instead as words that God has spoken about angels. However, the audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, here from the Greek translation of [Psalm 104:4](../../psa/104/04.md). Since the author introduces this quotation as words that God has said about the angels, you should introduce the quotation as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotation. The word **And** was a normal way in the author’s culture to introduce another quotation. Alternate translation: “On the one hand, with regard to the angels, God speaks,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 1 7 acjd figs-quotations λέγει, ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα, καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “he says that he makes his angels spirits, and his servants flames of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 1 7 urbi figs-parallelism ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ πνεύματα, καὶ τοὺς λειτουργοὺς αὐτοῦ πυρὸς φλόγα 1 Here the quotation includes two statements that mean almost the same thing. This was considered good poetry in the author’s culture. If this would not be good poetry in your culture, and if repetition would be confusing, you could combine the two statements. Alternate translation: “The one who makes his servant angels spirits and flames of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) HEB 1 7 wqd8 writing-pronouns ὁ ποιῶν…αὐτοῦ…αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the words **The one** and **his** refer to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the reference explicit. Alternate translation: “God makes his … his” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ HEB 1 7 isd8 figs-metaphor ὁ ποιῶν τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτο HEB 1 7 d9yj figs-possession πυρὸς φλόγα 1 Here the author uses the possessive form to describe **flames** that are made of **fire**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea with an adjective such as “fiery.” Alternate translation: “fiery flames” or “flames made of fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) HEB 1 8 nk2j grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **But on the other hand** introduces a contrast with what God said about the angels in [1:7](../01/07.md). The author contrasts the fact that God has created the angels with how the **Son** rules forever. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces this kind of contrast. Alternate translation: “However, on the other hand,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) HEB 1 8 yp11 figs-ellipsis πρὸς…τὸν Υἱόν 1 Here, the author does not include “he says” because he used these words in the last verse ([1:7](../01/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could include “he says” here. Alternate translation: “with regard to the Son, he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -HEB 1 8 p1xx writing-quotations πρὸς…τὸν Υἱόν 1 But to the Son he says Here and in the next verse, the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament. He does not introduce it as a quotation but instead as words that God has spoken about his Son. However, the audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, here from [Psalm 45:6–7](../psa/45/06.md). Since the author introduces this quotation as words that God has said about his Son, you should introduce the quotation as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotation. Alternate translation: “with regard to the Son, God speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 1 8 p1xx writing-quotations πρὸς…τὸν Υἱόν 1 But to the Son he says Here and in the next verse, the author quotes from the Old Testament. He does not introduce it as a quotation but instead as words that God has spoken about his Son. However, the audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, here from [Psalm 45:6–7](../psa/45/06.md). Since the author introduces this quotation as words that God has said about his Son, you should introduce the quotation as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotation. Alternate translation: “with regard to the Son, God speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 1 8 jlql πρὸς…τὸν Υἱόν 1 Here, the phrase **with regard to** could indicate that: (1) God is speaking about the **Son**. Alternate translation: “concerning the Son” (2) God is speaking directly to the **Son**. Alternate translation: “to the Son” HEB 1 8 b155 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱόν 1 Son The word **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) HEB 1 8 x9uc figs-quotations πρὸς…τὸν Υἱόν, ὁ θρόνος σου, ὁ Θεὸς, εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ αἰῶνος, καὶ ἡ ῥάβδος τῆς εὐθύτητος ῥάβδος τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ. 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to express the rest of the quote in the following verse as an indirect quote as well. Alternate translation: “to the Son he says that he is God and that his throne is forever and ever, and the scepter of righteousness is the scepter of his kingdom.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ HEB 4 3 ypr4 figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 If HEB 4 3 vym3 figs-metaphor ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world The author speaks of how God created the **world** as if he set the **world** on a **foundation** or solid base. In the author’s culture, this was a common way to refer to how God created everything. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that refers to how God created everything. Alternate translation: “from the beginning of the world” or “from the time when the world was created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 4 4 q2n3 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces the proof for what the author has claimed about how God’s “works were finished from the foundation of the world” (see [4:3](../04/03.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces proof or support. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 4 4 fzgj writing-pronouns εἴρηκεν…που 1 Here, just as in [4:3](../04/03.md), the word **he** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, whom the author identifies as the speaker of the Psalms quotation (see [3:7](../03/07.md)). Alternate translation: “God’s Spirit has somewhere spoken” (2) God considered as a unity. Alternate translation: “God has somewhere spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -HEB 4 4 hsuj writing-quotations εἴρηκεν…που περὶ τῆς ἑβδόμης οὕτως 1 Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament. He does not introduce it as a quotation but instead as words that someone (probably the Holy Spirit) has spoken. However, the audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, specifically from [Genesis 2:2](../../gen/02/02.md). This passage tells the story of how God created everything in six days and then rested on the seventh day. Since the author introduces the quotation as words that someone has spoken, you should do the same. The word **somewhere** shows that the words come from Scripture without stating exactly where. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotation. Alternate translation: “in another place he has said thus about the seventh day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 4 4 hsuj writing-quotations εἴρηκεν…που περὶ τῆς ἑβδόμης οὕτως 1 Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament. He does not introduce it as a quotation but instead as words that someone (probably the Holy Spirit) has spoken. However, the audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, specifically from [Genesis 2:2](../../gen/02/02.md). This passage tells the story of how God created everything in six days and then rested on the seventh day. Since the author introduces the quotation as words that someone has spoken, you should do the same. The word **somewhere** shows that the words come from Scriptures without stating exactly where. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotation. Alternate translation: “in another place he has said thus about the seventh day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 4 4 a7ij figs-quotations περὶ τῆς ἑβδόμης…καὶ κατέπαυσεν ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ; 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “about the seventh day that God rested on that day from all his works.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 4 4 hbm5 translate-ordinal τῆς ἑβδόμης…τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ 1 the seventh day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “day seven … day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) HEB 4 4 jojq figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **works**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “work” or “do.” Alternate translation: “from the things that he was doing” or “from what he was working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ HEB 5 4 p6hc figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ καλούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ HEB 5 4 uz3k figs-ellipsis καθώσπερ καὶ Ἀαρών 1 This phrase leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the sentence. Alternate translation: “just as also Aaron was called by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 5 4 m937 translate-names Ἀαρών 1 The word **Aaron** is the name of a man. He was the first person whom God chose to a be a high priest for his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 5 5 gu9w οὐχ ἑαυτὸν ἐδόξασεν γενηθῆναι ἀρχιερέα 1 Alternate translation: “did not make himself great by choosing to be a high priest” -HEB 5 5 y2wk writing-quotations ὁ λαλήσας πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as words that God has spoken to **Christ**. However, the audience would have understood that these were quotations from the Old Testament, specifically from [Psalm 2:7](../../psa/02/07.md). Since the author introduces the quotation as words that God has said to **Christ**, you should introduce the quotation as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “the one who said these words to him declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 5 5 y2wk writing-quotations ὁ λαλήσας πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Here the author quotes from the Old Testament Scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as words that God has spoken to **Christ**. However, the audience would have understood that these were quotations from the Old Testament, specifically from [Psalm 2:7](../../psa/02/07.md). Since the author introduces the quotation as words that God has said to **Christ**, you should introduce the quotation as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “the one who said these words to him declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 5 5 c45n figs-quotations ὁ λαλήσας πρὸς αὐτόν, Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “the one having spoken to him said that he was his son; today he had fathered him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 5 5 pr3f figs-ellipsis ὁ λαλήσας πρὸς αὐτόν 1 the one speaking to him said This clause leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the sentence. Alternate translation: “the one who spoke to him glorified him to become a high priest, saying” or “he was glorified to become a high priest by the one who spoke to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 5 5 i694 Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε 1 You are my Son; today I have become your Father Since the author repeats here the same words that he quoted in [1:5](../01/05.md), you should translate these words in exactly the same way as you did in that verse. From c097b01e39cb5c1ce18e328d0542f5f663b59ebe Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 00:32:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 231/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 22 +++++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 7296d43c9f..5bc1a34661 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ HEB 1 9 t9yw figs-metaphor ἔχρισέν σε…ἔλαιον ἀγαλλιά HEB 1 9 w1l1 figs-possession ἔλαιον ἀγαλλιάσεως 1 Here the quotation uses the possessive form to show that the **oil** leads to **exultation**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea with a word or phrase that indicates result. Alternate translation: “with the oil that leads to exultation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) HEB 1 9 h3ne figs-abstractnouns ἀγαλλιάσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **exultation**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “exult” or “rejoice.” Alternate translation: “that makes you rejoice” or “which causes you to exult” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 1 9 akn8 figs-extrainfo τοὺς μετόχους σου 1 Here the author does not clarify who the **companions** are. In the context of the quotation, they probably referred to other people in the royal family who did not become king. In the context of Hebrews, they probably refer to those who believe in Jesus. God saves them, but he does not seat them at his right hand like he does with Jesus. However, neither the quotation nor the author of Hebrews state explicitly who the **companions** are, so you should leave their identify unspecified if possible. Alternate translation: “those who are with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) -HEB 1 10 nsd4 writing-quotations καί 1 Here and in the next two verses, the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament. He uses **And** to indicate that these are more words that God says “with regard to the Son” (see [1:8](../01/08.md)). The audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, here from [Psalm 102:25–27](../psa/102/25.md). Since the author introduces this quotation as words that God has said about the Son, you should introduce the quotation as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotation. Alternate translation: “God says further,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 1 10 nsd4 writing-quotations καί 1 Here and in the next two verses, the author quotes from the Old Testament. He uses **And** to indicate that these are more words that God says “with regard to the Son” (see [1:8](../01/08.md)). The audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, here from [Psalm 102:25–27](../psa/102/25.md). Since the author introduces this quotation as words that God has said about the Son, you should introduce the quotation as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotation. Alternate translation: “God says further,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 1 10 pbzo figs-quotations καί, σὺ κατ’ ἀρχάς, Κύριε, τὴν γῆν ἐθεμελίωσας, καὶ ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν σού εἰσιν οἱ οὐρανοί 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to express the rest of the quote in the next two verses as an indirect quote as well. Alternate translation: “And further, according to the beginnings the Lord founded the earth, and the heavens are the works of his hands.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 1 10 html figs-parallelism σὺ κατ’ ἀρχάς, Κύριε, τὴν γῆν ἐθεμελίωσας, καὶ ἔργα τῶν χειρῶν σού εἰσιν οἱ οὐρανοί 1 This part of the quotation includes two statements that mean almost the same thing. One statement uses **earth** language, and the other uses **heavens** language. This was considered good poetry in the author’s culture, and **heavens** and **earth** together refer to everything that God made. If this would not be good poetry in your culture, and if the repetition would be confusing, you could combine the two statements. Alternate translation: “according to the beginnings, O Lord, you founded the earth and the heavens” or “according to the beginnings, O Lord, you made everything, both earth and heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) HEB 1 10 yp0w figs-yousingular σὺ…ἐθεμελίωσας…σού 1 Since the words **you** and **your** refer to one person, the Son, **you** and **your** are singular here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ HEB 1 12 ncsi figs-parallelism σὺ…ὁ αὐτὸς εἶ, καὶ τὰ ἔ HEB 1 12 vg0t figs-rpronouns σὺ…εἶ 1 Here, the word translated **yourself** emphasizes the contrast between “they” and “you.” Consider using a natural way to emphasize this contrast in your language. Alternate translation: “it is you who are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) HEB 1 12 i761 translate-unknown σὺ…ὁ αὐτὸς εἶ 1 they will be changed Here, to be **the same** is the exact opposite of being **changed**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that describes someone who never changes. Alternate translation: “you yourself never change” or “you yourself stay exactly as you are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 1 12 v5mf figs-idiom ἔτη σου οὐκ ἐκλείψουσιν 1 your years do not end Here, the phrase **your years will not fail** means that a person is alive during every “year.” They will never run out of **years**, which means that they are always alive. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that indicates that a person never dies or always lives. Alternate translation: “your life will never end” or “you will never run out of years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -HEB 1 13 pqs9 writing-quotations πρὸς τίνα δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἴρηκέν ποτε 1 General Information: Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament. He does not introduce it as a quotation but instead as words that God has spoken to his Son, not to angels. However, the audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, specifically from [Psalm 110:1](../../psa/110/01.md). Since the author introduces the quotation as words that God has said to his Son, not to angels, you should introduce the quotations as words that someone has or has not said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotation. Alternate translation: “But to which of the angels has he ever spoken the words (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 1 13 pqs9 writing-quotations πρὸς τίνα δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἴρηκέν ποτε 1 General Information: Here the author quotes from the Old Testament. He does not introduce it as a quotation but instead as words that God has spoken to his Son, not to angels. However, the audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, specifically from [Psalm 110:1](../../psa/110/01.md). Since the author introduces the quotation as words that God has said to his Son, not to angels, you should introduce the quotations as words that someone has or has not said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotation. Alternate translation: “But to which of the angels has he ever spoken the words (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 1 13 z0hn figs-quotations εἴρηκέν ποτε, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου, ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the question as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “has he ever said that he should sit as his right hand until he makes his enemies a footstool for his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 1 13 kz68 figs-rquestion πρὸς τίνα δὲ τῶν ἀγγέλων εἴρηκέν ποτε, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου, ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου, ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου? 1 But to which of the angels has God said at any time … feet”? The author does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the audience in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “none of them,” for God only said these words to his own Son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea with a strong negation. See how translated the similar question in [1:5](../01/05.md). Alternate translation: “But God has never said to any of the angels, ‘Sit at my right hand until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) HEB 1 13 z0me writing-pronouns εἴρηκέν ποτε 1 Here, **he** refers to God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make what **he** refers to explicit. Alternate translation: “has God ever said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ HEB 2 4 jsav writing-pronouns αὐτοῦ 1 Here, the word **his** could refer HEB 2 5 i3bh grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 For it was not to the angels that God subjected Here, the word **For** primarily introduces a new topic into the discussion. However, it may also indicate that what the author says about this new topic supports or gives a basis for an earlier claim. If this is so, **For** could introduce support for the claim in [2:1](../02/01.md) about the need to “give attention,” or it could introduce support for the arguments in [1:5–14](../01/05.md) about how the Son is superior to the angels. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a new section, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 2 5 rqr9 translate-unknown τὴν οἰκουμένην τὴν μέλλουσαν 1 the world to come Here, the word **world** is the same word that is translated “world” in [1:6](../01/06.md), and the author probably has the same **world** in mind here. He specifies that it is **coming**, which means that humans on earth do not yet experience this **world** but will experience it some day, when Jesus comes back. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in the same way you did in [1:6](../01/06.md) and include the idea that humans will someday experience this **world**. Alternate translation: “the new world that God will give us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 2 5 bztr figs-exclusive λαλοῦμεν 1 Here, the word **we** refers to the author, who is one who “speaks.” However, the author assumed that the audience was involved in the conversation by “hearing” what he “spoke,” so he uses **we**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer to just the speaker by using a pronoun such as “I.” Alternate translation: “I am speaking” or “I am telling you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -HEB 2 6 jh56 writing-quotations διεμαρτύρατο…πού τις λέγων 1 General Information: Here and in the next two verses, the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament. He intentionally uses vague words to introduce the quotation, and he does not identify who wrote the words or where they could be found. The quotation comes from [Psalm 8:4–6](../../psa/08/04.md). Since the author intentionally avoids giving information about where the quotation comes from, you should not include such information in your translation. If your readers would not know where the quote comes from, you could include the reference in a footnote. Alternate translation: “you can read these words in the Scriptures:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 2 6 jh56 writing-quotations διεμαρτύρατο…πού τις λέγων 1 General Information: Here and in the next two verses, the author quotes from the Old Testament. He intentionally uses vague words to introduce the quotation, and he does not identify who wrote the words or where they could be found. The quotation comes from [Psalm 8:4–6](../../psa/08/04.md). Since the author intentionally avoids giving information about where the quotation comes from, you should not include such information in your translation. If your readers would not know where the quote comes from, you could include the reference in a footnote. Alternate translation: “you can read these words in the Scriptures:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 2 6 m30v figs-quotations λέγων, τί ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι μιμνῄσκῃ αὐτοῦ, ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου, ὅτι ἐπισκέπτῃ αὐτόν? 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to express the rest of the quote in the floowing two verses as an indirect quote as well. Alternate translation: “asking about what man is that you remember, or a son of man, that you watch over him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 2 6 df5a figs-rquestion τί ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι μιμνῄσκῃ αὐτοῦ, ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου, ὅτι ἐπισκέπτῃ αὐτόν? 1 What is man, that you are mindful of him? The author does not include this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he includes it to involve the audience in what he is arguing. The question assumes that the answer is “nothing,” for nothing about **man** or a **son of man** is significant enough for God to **remember** or **watch over** him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea with a strong negation. Alternate translation: “Man has nothing that should make you remember him, and a son of man has nothing that should make you watch over him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) HEB 2 6 mz3y figs-parallelism τί ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος, ὅτι μιμνῄσκῃ αὐτοῦ, ἢ υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου, ὅτι ἐπισκέπτῃ αὐτόν 1 Here, the quotation includes two questions that mean almost the same thing. This was considered good poetry in the author’s culture. If this would not be good poetry in your culture, and if the repetition would be confusing, you could combine the two statements. Alternate translation: “What is man, that you care about him” or “What is a son of man that you remember him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ HEB 2 11 k1q5 figs-litotes οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται 1 is not ashamed to HEB 2 11 h8rz figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐπαισχύνεται…καλεῖν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the person who is **ashamed** rather than focusing on the person doing the “shaming.” Alternate translation: “he does not feel shame when he calls” or “he does not worry when others shame him for calling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 2 11 a8h9 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὺς 1 brothers Although the word **brothers** is masculine, the author is using it to refer to all believers, both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 2 11 gacv translate-kinship ἀδελφοὺς αὐτοὺς καλεῖν 1 In [2:10](../02/10.md), believers are called **sons** of God; here believers are called **brothers** of Jesus. The words **sons** and **brothers** both refer to everyone who believes, and the terms identify how believers are part of God’s family. This is an important idea in Hebrews, so preserve the language of kinship if possible. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea by using an analogy. Alternate translation: “to refer to them as people who are like brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) -HEB 2 12 y2es writing-quotations λέγων 1 Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament. He does not introduce it as a quotation but instead as words that Jesus the Son has spoken to God about his **brothers**. However, the audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, here from [Psalm 22:22](../../psa/22/22.md). Since the author introduces this quotation as words that the Son has spoken to God, you should introduce the quotation as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotation. Alternate translation: “as you can see when he says,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 2 12 y2es writing-quotations λέγων 1 Here the author quotes from the Old Testament. He does not introduce it as a quotation but instead as words that Jesus the Son has spoken to God about his **brothers**. However, the audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, here from [Psalm 22:22](../../psa/22/22.md). Since the author introduces this quotation as words that the Son has spoken to God, you should introduce the quotation as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotation. Alternate translation: “as you can see when he says,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 2 12 dtkn figs-quotations λέγων, ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄνομά σου τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου; ἐν μέσῳ ἐκκλησίας ὑμνήσω σε 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “saying that he will proclaim your name to his brothers; he will sing to you in the midst of the assembly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 2 12 cou1 figs-parallelism ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄνομά σου τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου; ἐν μέσῳ ἐκκλησίας ὑμνήσω σε 1 Here, the quotation includes two statements that mean almost the same thing. This was considered good poetry in the author’s culture. If this would not be good poetry in your culture, and if the repetition would be confusing, you could combine the two statements. The author of Hebrews particularly focuses on the word **brothers**, so be sure to include that term in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will sing praise to you in the midst of my brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) HEB 2 12 kewm figs-yousingular σου…σε 1 Since the author of the quotation is speaking to God, here **you** is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ HEB 2 12 yh0b figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου 1 Althou HEB 2 12 bui0 translate-kinship τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου 1 Just as in [2:11](../02/11.md), the author refers to believers as **brothers** of Jesus, which identifies believers as part of God’s family. This is an important idea in Hebrews, so preserve the language of kinship if possible. See how you translated **brothers** in [2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “to the people who are like my brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) HEB 2 12 tn8n figs-explicit ἐκκλησίας 1 from inside the assembly Here, the audience would know that the **assembly** was a gathering to worship God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the gathering to glorify God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 2 12 qz6b figs-abstractnouns ἐν μέσῳ ἐκκλησίας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **assembly**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “assemble” or “gather together.” Alternate translation: “among the people who assemble together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 2 13 dx1q writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν -1 General Information: Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament. He does not introduce them as quotations but instead as words that Jesus the Son has spoken. However, the audience would have understood that these are quotations from the Old Testament. The first quotation comes from [Isaiah 8:17](../../isa/08/17.md), and the second quotation comes from [Isaiah 8:18](../../isa/08/18.md). Since the author introduces these quotation as words that the Son has spoken, you should introduce the quotations as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotations are from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotations. Alternate translation: “And again he says … And again he says,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 2 13 dx1q writing-quotations καὶ πάλιν -1 General Information: Here the author quotes from the Old Testament. He does not introduce them as quotations but instead as words that Jesus the Son has spoken. However, the audience would have understood that these are quotations from the Old Testament. The first quotation comes from [Isaiah 8:17](../../isa/08/17.md), and the second quotation comes from [Isaiah 8:18](../../isa/08/18.md). Since the author introduces these quotation as words that the Son has spoken, you should introduce the quotations as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotations are from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotations. Alternate translation: “And again he says … And again he says,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 2 13 efbv figs-quotations καὶ πάλιν, ἐγὼ ἔσομαι πεποιθὼς ἐπ’ αὐτῷ. καὶ πάλιν, ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ καὶ τὰ παιδία, ἅ μοι ἔδωκεν ὁ Θεός 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentences as indirect quotes instead of as direct quotes. Alternate translation: “And again he says that he will trust him. And again he says that people should behold him and the little children whom God gave him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 2 13 s1fp writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 And again, Here, the word **him** refers to God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make explicit that the pronoun refers to God. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 2 13 y4vb figs-exclamations ἰδοὺ, ἐγὼ 1 Here, the word **Behold** draws attention to **I and the little children**. It asks the audience to pay special attention to what follows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that draws attention to what follows. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ HEB 3 6 v817 translate-unknown κατάσχωμεν 1 Here, the phrase **hold f HEB 3 6 kp9y figs-abstractnouns τὴν παρρησίαν καὶ τὸ καύχημα τῆς ἐλπίδος κατάσχωμεν 1 if we hold fast to our courage and the hope of which we boast If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **confidence**, **boasting**, and **hope**, you could express those ideas by using verbs and adjectives or in another natural way. Alternate translation: “we keep being confident and proud about what we hope for” or “we continue to boldly await and speak joyfully about the things that we expect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 3 6 br2z figs-possession τὴν παρρησίαν καὶ τὸ καύχημα τῆς ἐλπίδος 1 Here the author uses the possessive form to describe **confidence** and **boasting** about or concerning **{our} hope**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural construction. Alternate translation: “the confidence and the boasting concerning our hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) HEB 3 7 qry7 grammar-connect-logic-result διό 1 Here, the word **Therefore** introduces an exhortation that is based on the claim from the previous verse that we are his “house” as long as “we hold fast” (see [3:6](../03/06.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an exhortation that is based on a previous statement. Alternate translation: “So then”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -HEB 3 7 c4sl writing-quotations καθὼς λέγει τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 General Information: Here and in the next four verses, the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament. The audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, here from [Psalm 95:7b–11](../../psa/95/07.md), which refers to a story that can be found in [Numbers 14:1–38](../../num/14/01.md). See the chapter introduction for more information about this story. Since the author introduces this quotation as words that the **Holy Spirit says**, you should introduce the quotation as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotation. Alternate translation: “as says the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 3 7 c4sl writing-quotations καθὼς λέγει τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 General Information: Here and in the next four verses, the author quotes from the Old Testament. The audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, here from [Psalm 95:7b–11](../../psa/95/07.md), which refers to a story that can be found in [Numbers 14:1–38](../../num/14/01.md). See the chapter introduction for more information about this story. Since the author introduces this quotation as words that the **Holy Spirit says**, you should introduce the quotation as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotation. Alternate translation: “as says the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 3 7 vcio figs-quotations καθὼς λέγει τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, σήμερον ἐὰν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούσητε 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the clause as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to express the rest of the quote in the next four verses as an indirect quote as well. Alternate translation: “you should do just what the Holy Spirit says: that today, if you hear his voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 3 7 ntzk translate-unknown σήμερον 1 Here, the word **Today** refers to the period of time between when the sun rises and when it rises again. Even more specifically, it identifies that this period of time is the current one. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers clearly to that current time period. Alternate translation: “Right now” or “At this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 3 7 u66q grammar-connect-condition-fact ἐὰν 1 if you hear his voice Here the author is speaking as if “hearing his voice” were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what the author is saying is not certain, then you could express the idea by using a word such as “when.” Alternate translation: “whenever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ HEB 4 3 ypr4 figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 If HEB 4 3 vym3 figs-metaphor ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world The author speaks of how God created the **world** as if he set the **world** on a **foundation** or solid base. In the author’s culture, this was a common way to refer to how God created everything. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that refers to how God created everything. Alternate translation: “from the beginning of the world” or “from the time when the world was created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 4 4 q2n3 grammar-connect-words-phrases γάρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces the proof for what the author has claimed about how God’s “works were finished from the foundation of the world” (see [4:3](../04/03.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces proof or support. Alternate translation: “In fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 4 4 fzgj writing-pronouns εἴρηκεν…που 1 Here, just as in [4:3](../04/03.md), the word **he** could refer to: (1) the Holy Spirit, whom the author identifies as the speaker of the Psalms quotation (see [3:7](../03/07.md)). Alternate translation: “God’s Spirit has somewhere spoken” (2) God considered as a unity. Alternate translation: “God has somewhere spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -HEB 4 4 hsuj writing-quotations εἴρηκεν…που περὶ τῆς ἑβδόμης οὕτως 1 Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament. He does not introduce it as a quotation but instead as words that someone (probably the Holy Spirit) has spoken. However, the audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, specifically from [Genesis 2:2](../../gen/02/02.md). This passage tells the story of how God created everything in six days and then rested on the seventh day. Since the author introduces the quotation as words that someone has spoken, you should do the same. The word **somewhere** shows that the words come from Scriptures without stating exactly where. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotation. Alternate translation: “in another place he has said thus about the seventh day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 4 4 hsuj writing-quotations εἴρηκεν…που περὶ τῆς ἑβδόμης οὕτως 1 Here the author quotes from the Old Testament. He does not introduce it as a quotation but instead as words that someone (probably the Holy Spirit) has spoken. However, the audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, specifically from [Genesis 2:2](../../gen/02/02.md). This passage tells the story of how God created everything in six days and then rested on the seventh day. Since the author introduces the quotation as words that someone has spoken, you should do the same. The word **somewhere** shows that the words come from Scriptures without stating exactly where. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify the quotation. Alternate translation: “in another place he has said thus about the seventh day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 4 4 a7ij figs-quotations περὶ τῆς ἑβδόμης…καὶ κατέπαυσεν ὁ Θεὸς ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ; 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “about the seventh day that God rested on that day from all his works.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 4 4 hbm5 translate-ordinal τῆς ἑβδόμης…τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ 1 the seventh day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “day seven … day seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) HEB 4 4 jojq figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **works**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “work” or “do.” Alternate translation: “from the things that he was doing” or “from what he was working” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ HEB 5 5 y2wk writing-quotations ὁ λαλήσας πρὸς αὐτόν 1 Here HEB 5 5 c45n figs-quotations ὁ λαλήσας πρὸς αὐτόν, Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “the one having spoken to him said that he was his son; today he had fathered him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 5 5 pr3f figs-ellipsis ὁ λαλήσας πρὸς αὐτόν 1 the one speaking to him said This clause leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the first half of the sentence. Alternate translation: “the one who spoke to him glorified him to become a high priest, saying” or “he was glorified to become a high priest by the one who spoke to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 5 5 i694 Υἱός μου εἶ σύ, ἐγὼ σήμερον γεγέννηκά σε 1 You are my Son; today I have become your Father Since the author repeats here the same words that he quoted in [1:5](../01/05.md), you should translate these words in exactly the same way as you did in that verse. -HEB 5 6 bce6 writing-quotations καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει 1 General Information: Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as words that God has spoken to Christ. However, the audience would have understood that these were quotations from the Old Testament, specifically from [Psalm 110:4](../../psa/110/04.md). Since the author introduces the quotation as words that God has said to Christ, you should introduce the quotation as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. The phrase **in another {place}** shows that the words come from a different part of the Old Testament, here a different psalm. Alternate translation: “he also declared, as it is recorded in another place in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 5 6 bce6 writing-quotations καὶ ἐν ἑτέρῳ λέγει 1 General Information: Here the author quotes from the Old Testament Scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as words that God has spoken to Christ. However, the audience would have understood that these were quotations from the Old Testament, specifically from [Psalm 110:4](../../psa/110/04.md). Since the author introduces the quotation as words that God has said to Christ, you should introduce the quotation as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. The phrase **in another {place}** shows that the words come from a different part of the Old Testament, here a different psalm. Alternate translation: “he also declared, as it is recorded in another place in the Scriptures,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 5 6 ds6v writing-pronouns καὶ…λέγει 1 he also says Here, the word **he** refers to God the Father, who speaks these words to his Son. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make explicit that **he** refers to God. Alternate translation: “God also says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 5 6 k5uw figs-quotations ἐν ἑτέρῳ…σὺ ἱερεὺς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 in another place If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “in another place that he is a priest forever, after the order of Melchizedek.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 5 6 pb9k figs-yousingular σὺ 1 Because the quotation is referring to one person (Christ), **you** is singular here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) @@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ HEB 7 16 oiwa figs-abstractnouns κατὰ δύναμιν ζωῆς ἀκατα HEB 7 16 m4kl figs-explicit ζωῆς ἀκαταλύτου 1 Here, the phrase **indestructible life** refers to how Jesus died but then resurrected and is alive again. The phrase also explains what being a priest “forever” (see [Psalm 110:4](../psa/110/04.md)) means. The author will cite this psalm again in the following verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make what **indestructible life** refers to more explicit. Alternate translation: “of a life that death could not destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 17 xmj8 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For scripture witnesses about him Here, the word **For** introduces the evidence or proof that Jesus has become a priest “according to the power of an indestructible life” (see [7:16](../07/16.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces evidence or proof. Alternate translation: “You know that is true because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 7 17 gqya figs-activepassive μαρτυρεῖται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on what is **testified** rather than focusing on who or what does the “testifying.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it when he spoke [Psalm 110:4](../psa/110/04.md). Alternate translation: “God is testifying” or “the psalm is testifying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 7 17 t8nv writing-quotations μαρτυρεῖται 1 Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as something that has been **testified**. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically from [Psalm 110:4](../psa/110/04.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “it is being testified in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 7 17 t8nv writing-quotations μαρτυρεῖται 1 Here the author quotes from the Old Testament Scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as something that has been **testified**. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically from [Psalm 110:4](../psa/110/04.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “it is being testified in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 7 17 oo1b figs-quotations μαρτυρεῖται…ὅτι σὺ ἱερεὺς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “it is being testified that he is a priest forever, after the order of Melchizedek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 7 17 g6zd σὺ ἱερεὺς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 according to the order of Melchizedek Since the author repeats here the same words that he quoted in [5:6](../05/06.md), you should translate these words in exactly the same way as you did in that verse. HEB 7 18 bzht grammar-connect-words-phrases μὲν γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation of what the quote in the previous verse means. The phrase **on the one hand** signals to the audience that this explanation has two parts. The second part begins with “on the other hand” in [7:19b](../07/19.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words that introduce a two-part explanation. If you use the following alternate translation, you will need to follow something like the alternate translation for “on the other hand” in 7:19b. Alternate translation: “First then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ HEB 7 21 q1vm grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 And it was not without an oa HEB 7 21 y3uo figs-ellipsis ὁ…μετὰ 1 And it was not without an oath! This phrase leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the end of the previous verse ([7:20](../07/20.md)). Alternate translation: “he became a priest with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) HEB 7 21 hook writing-pronouns ὁ…μετὰ ὁρκωμοσίας διὰ τοῦ λέγοντος πρὸς αὐτόν 1 And it was not without an oath! Here, the words **he** and **him** refer to Jesus the Son. The phrase **the one saying** refers to God the Father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make explicit that the pronouns refer to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Son with an oath-taking, through God the Father saying to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 7 21 ythb figs-abstractnouns μετὰ ὁρκωμοσίας διὰ τοῦ λέγοντος πρὸς αὐτόν 1 And it was not without an oath! If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **oath-taking**, you could express the idea by using a verbal phrase such as “taking an oath.” Alternate translation: “through God taking an oath when he said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 7 21 fzr9 writing-quotations διὰ τοῦ λέγοντος πρὸς αὐτόν 1 And it was not without an oath! Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as words that God has spoken to Christ. However, the audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, specifically from [Psalm 110:4](../psa/110/04.md). Since the author introduces the quotation as words that God has said to Christ, you should introduce the quotation as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “through the one speaking to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 7 21 fzr9 writing-quotations διὰ τοῦ λέγοντος πρὸς αὐτόν 1 And it was not without an oath! Here the author quotes from the Old Testament Scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as words that God has spoken to Christ. However, the audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, specifically from [Psalm 110:4](../psa/110/04.md). Since the author introduces the quotation as words that God has said to Christ, you should introduce the quotation as words that someone has said. If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “through the one speaking to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 7 21 o4wg figs-quotations πρὸς αὐτόν, ὤμοσεν Κύριος, καὶ οὐ μεταμεληθήσεται, σὺ ἱερεὺς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα; 1 And it was not without an oath! If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the quotation as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “to him that the Lord swore and will not change his mind, saying that he is a priest forever—” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 7 21 zw04 figs-123person ὤμοσεν Κύριος, καὶ οὐ μεταμεληθήσεται 1 And it was not without an oath! Here, God speaks the quotation, but the **Lord** in the quotation is God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the first person instead. Alternate translation: “I, the Lord, swore and will not change my mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) HEB 7 21 xbtg figs-idiom οὐ μεταμεληθήσεται 1 And it was not without an oath! Here, the phrase **change his mind** refers to how somebody first decides to do one thing but then later decides to do something different. The quotation indicates that **the Lord** will not decide to do something different. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “will not revoke what he has said” or “will not decide to do something different” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ HEB 8 5 k5r1 figs-activepassive κεχρημάτισται Μωϋσῆς, μέλ HEB 8 5 ja1v translate-unknown κεχρημάτισται 1 It is just as Moses was warned by God when he was Here, the word **warned** refers to receiving a message from God. This message could be a warning, an instruction, or a revelation. The main point is that the message requires a response. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to receiving a message from God. Alternate translation: “had been instructed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 8 5 agjf grammar-connect-time-simultaneous μέλλων 1 It is just as Moses was warned by God when he was Here, the phrase **being about** introduces something that happened at the same time as **Moses** was **warned**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this relationship clearer. Alternate translation: “at the time when he was about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) HEB 8 5 qb7g figs-explicit μέλλων ἐπιτελεῖν τὴν σκηνήν 1 was about to construct the tabernacle Here the author refers to how God revealed to Moses what the **tabernacle**, the sanctuary that the Israelites used when they were in the desert, should be like. Moses then told the Israelites how to **complete the tabernacle**. You can read the instructions that God gave to Moses about the tabernacle and its service in [Exodus 25–30](../exo/25/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “when he and the Israelites were going to construct the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 8 5 vbkq writing-quotations γάρ φησίν 1 was about to construct the tabernacle Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as something that God said to Moses. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically from [Exodus 25:40](../exo/25/40.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “as God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 8 5 vbkq writing-quotations γάρ φησίν 1 was about to construct the tabernacle Here the author quotes from the Old Testament Scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as something that God said to Moses. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically from [Exodus 25:40](../exo/25/40.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “as God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 8 5 on9c figs-quotations ὅρα, γάρ φησίν, ποιήσεις πάντα κατὰ τὸν τύπον τὸν δειχθέντα σοι ἐν τῷ ὄρει; 1 was about to construct the tabernacle If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “for he says that Moses should see that he makes everything according to the type that was shown to him on the mountain.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 8 5 jk6i figs-yousingular ὅρα…ποιήσεις…σοι 1 See that Because God is speaking to one person (Moses), **you** is singular here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) HEB 8 5 iym5 figs-idiom ὅρα 1 See that Here, the phrase **See that** calls attention to or emphasizes the command that follows. It does not mean that Moses was supposed to **See** with his eyes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that draws attention to the command. Alternate translation: “Be sure that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From eb4c0ee62c87175df85b6d374abfbadc4a2afa14 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 00:47:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 232/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 16 ++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 5bc1a34661..29197a3eb8 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ HEB 6 20 onb9 translate-unknown πρόδρομος 1 Here, the word **forerunne HEB 6 20 a16c figs-infostructure πρόδρομος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν εἰσῆλθεν 1 Here, the phrase **on our behalf** could modify: (1) **entered**. In this case, Jesus has **entered** for our sake, or to help us. Alternate translation: “has entered for our sake as a forerunner” (2) **forerunner**. In this case, Jesus opened the way **on our behalf**. Alternate translation: “has entered as a forerunner who leads us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 6 20 q9tt grammar-connect-time-sequential γενόμενος 1 Here, the phrase **having become** introduces action that could happen: (1) before Jesus **entered**. In this case, God makes him a **high priest**, and then he enters the heavenly sanctuary. Alternate translation: “already having become” (2) at the same time as Jesus **entered**. In this case, the “entering” and the “becoming” describe the same thing or happen at the same time. Alternate translation: “when he became” or “at the same time as he became” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) HEB 6 20 zgj6 κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 after the order of Melchizedek Here the author uses the same words he used in [5:6](../05/06.md), [10](../05/10.md). You should translate this phrase in exactly the same way as you did in those verses. -HEB 7 intro y8j3 0 # Hebrews 7 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

5. The Son as high priest (5:1–10:18)
* Teaching: Melchizedek the priest (7:1–10)
* Teaching: The Son is high priest in the order of Melchizedek (7:11–28)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [7:17](../07/17.md), [21](../07/21.md), which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### High priests

In this chapter, the author frequently discusses high priests. He speaks about their “order,” which refers to the requirements, system, and service that go along with being a priest in that “order.” He focuses on two “orders.” First is the order of Aaron, made up of priests who are descended from Levi. These priests are required by Moses’ law and must offer sacrifices for themselves as well as for the rest of the people since they also sin. Also, each priest eventually dies and must be replaced by another. Second is the order of Melchizedek, made up of priests who have an “indestructible life.” This order only includes Melchizedek and Jesus. Jesus only offers sacrifices for the sins of other people, since he does not sin. Also, he never dies, so he can be a priest forever. Consider how to refer to these two different kinds of priests in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])

### Melchizedek

In this chapter, the author refers to Melchizedek as he is described in [Genesis 14:18–20](../gen/14/18.md), including how the story does not mention his father, mother, birth, or death. Scholars debate whether the author thought that Melchizedek was a supernatural being, such as an angel, or whether the author simply describes the character Melchizedek without referring to the historical person named Melchizedek. What is clear is that the author thinks that Melchizedek was “made like” Jesus, not the other way around (see [7:3](../07/03.md)). In other words, the author speaks about Melchizedek because the description of him in Genesis is a helpful way to think about Jesus. Since Melchizedek was greater than Abraham, Jesus, whom Melchizedek is like, is greater than Abraham’s descendants who became priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/melchizedek]])

### Tithes

In [7:1–10](../07/01.md), the author refers multiple times to giving and collecting “tithes” or “a tenth.” These words refer to the practice of separating out one tenth of what a person earned or grew and giving it to someone else. In the law that God gave through Moses, the Israelites were required to give a “tenth” or “tithe” to priests. This enabled the priests to perform their service without having to do other work. The author uses the “tithes” language to show that Abraham, Levi’s great-grandfather, paid a “tithe” to Melchizedek. That means that the descendants of Abraham who received “tithes” actually paid “tithes” through Abraham to Melchizedek. In the author’s argument, this shows that Melchizedek and his priesthood are greater than Levi and his priesthood. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/tenth]])

### “Swearing” and the “oath”

Just as in chapter 6, the author refers multiple times to “swearing” and using an “oath.” In this context, “swearing” refers to the action of guaranteeing a promise, while the “oath” refers to the guaranteeing words themselves. The author implies that words spoken with an “oath” have more significance or indicate something greater than words without an “oath.” If your readers would misunderstand “swearing” and “oath,” you could use language that comes from how people guarantee what they say in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oath]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### The “loin” of Abraham

In [7:5](../07/05.md), [10](../07/10.md), the author refers to the “loin” of Abraham. This word is a polite way to refer to the male sexual organ. In [7:5](../07/05.md), the author’s point is that all the Israelites are descended from Abraham, since they all come from his “loin.” In [7:10](../07/10.md), the author’s point is that Levi, the great-grandson of Abraham, could be considered to be inside Abraham’s “loin” before Abraham and Sarah had their son, Isaac. In the author’s culture, one could speak of the descendants of a man as if they were inside the man’s sexual organ. Consider natural ways to express these ideas in your language, and see the notes on these two verses. +HEB 7 intro y8j3 0 # Hebrews 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n5. The Son as high priest (5:1–10:18)\n * Teaching: Melchizedek the priest (7:1–10)\n * Teaching: The Son is high priest in the order of Melchizedek (7:11–28)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [7:17](../07/17.md), [21](../07/21.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### High priests\n\nIn this chapter, the author frequently discusses high priests. He speaks about their “order,” which refers to the requirements, system, and service that go along with being a priest in that “order.” He focuses on two “orders.” First is the order of Aaron, made up of priests who are descended from Levi. These priests are required by Moses’ law and must offer sacrifices for themselves as well as for the rest of the people since they also sin. Also, each priest eventually dies and must be replaced by another. Second is the order of Melchizedek, made up of priests who have an “indestructible life.” This order only includes Melchizedek and Jesus. Jesus only offers sacrifices for the sins of other people, since he does not sin. Also, he never dies, so he can be a priest forever. Consider how to refer to these two different kinds of priests in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])\n\n### Melchizedek\n\nIn this chapter, the author refers to Melchizedek as he is described in [Genesis 14:18–20](../gen/14/18.md), including how the story does not mention his father, mother, birth, or death. Scholars debate whether the author thought that Melchizedek was a supernatural being such as an angel, or whether the author simply describes the character Melchizedek without referring to the historical person named Melchizedek. What is clear is that the author thinks that Melchizedek was “made like” Jesus, not the other way around (see [7:3](../07/03.md)). In other words, the author speaks about Melchizedek because the description of him in Genesis is a helpful way to think about Jesus. Since Melchizedek was greater than Abraham, Jesus, whom Melchizedek is like, is greater than Abraham’s descendants who became priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/melchizedek]])\n\n### Tithes\n\nIn [7:1–10](../07/01.md), the author refers multiple times to giving and collecting “tithes” or “a tenth.” These words refer to the practice of separating out one tenth of what a person earned or grew and giving it to someone else. In the law that God gave through Moses, the Israelites were required to give a “tenth” or “tithe” to priests. This enabled the priests to perform their service without having to do other work. The author uses the “tithes” language to show that Abraham, Levi’s great-grandfather, paid a “tithe” to Melchizedek. That means that the descendants of Abraham who received “tithes” actually paid “tithes” through Abraham to Melchizedek. In the author’s argument, this shows that Melchizedek and his priesthood are greater than Levi and his priesthood. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/tenth]])\n\n### “Swearing” and the “oath”\n\nJust as in chapter 6, the author refers multiple times to “swearing” and using an “oath.” In this context, “swearing” refers to the action of guaranteeing a promise, while the “oath” refers to the guaranteeing words themselves. The author implies that words spoken with an “oath” have more significance or indicate something greater than words without an “oath.” If your readers would misunderstand “swearing” and “oath,” you could use language that comes from how people guarantee what they say in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oath]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The “loin” of Abraham\n\nIn [7:5](../07/05.md), [10](../07/10.md), the author refers to the “loin” of Abraham. This word is a polite way to refer to the male sexual organ. In [7:5](../07/05.md), the author’s point is that all the Israelites are descended from Abraham, since they all come from his “loin.” In [7:10](../07/10.md), the author’s point is that Levi, the great-grandson of Abraham, could be considered to be inside Abraham’s “loin” before Abraham and Sarah had their son, Isaac. In the author’s culture, one could speak of the descendants of a man as if they were inside the man’s sexual organ. Consider natural ways to express these ideas in your language, and see the notes on these two verses. HEB 7 1 mwy8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the word **For** signals that the author will now go on to explain who “Melchizedek” is and why he is important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 7 1 smhy figs-idiom οὗτος…ὁ Μελχισέδεκ 1 Here, the phrase **this Melchizedek** identifies this **Melchizedek** as the same one whom the author was speaking about in the previous verse (see [6:20](../06/20.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that clearly identifies that this is the same **Melchizedek**. Alternate translation: “Melchizedek, the one whom I just mentioned,” or “this man Melchizedek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 7 1 rfc9 translate-names Σαλήμ 1 Salem The word **Salem** is the name of a city that existed somewhere in the middle of what is now Israel. Some scholars think that it is another name for the city of Shechem, while other scholars think it is another name for the city of Jerusalem. Since our author is referring directly to [Genesis 14:18](../gen/14/18.md), you should preserve this name as much as possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) @@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ HEB 8 7 np7l figs-idiom οὐκ ἂν δευτέρας ἐζητεῖτο τόπ HEB 8 7 pktf figs-activepassive οὐκ…ἐζητεῖτο τόπος 1 had been faultless If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the **place** that is **sought** rather than focusing on the person doing the “seeking.” If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “no one would have sought a place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 8 8 ya4n grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 General Information: Here, the word **For** introduces support for what the author has claimed about how the first covenant was not “faultless” (see [8:7](../08/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that introduces support for a claim. Alternate translation: “We know that the first first covenant was not faultless, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 8 8 sqb4 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 with the people Here, the word **them** refers to the people with whom God made the “first covenant”: the people of Israel. The author may be referring specifically to the people whom God led out of Egypt, or he may be referring to all the people who lived under the “first covenant.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify to whom **them** refers. Alternate translation: “with the Israelite ancestors” or “with the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -HEB 8 8 jd18 writing-quotations λέγει 1 with the people Here and in the following four verses, the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as words that God has spoken. However, the audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, specifically from [Jeremiah 31:31–34](../jer/31/31.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “God spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 8 8 jd18 writing-quotations λέγει 1 with the people Here and in the following four verses, the author quotes from the Old Testament Scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as words that God has spoken. However, the audience would have understood that this was a quotation from the Old Testament, specifically from [Jeremiah 31:31–34](../jer/31/31.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “God spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 8 8 ncqt figs-quotations λέγει, ἰδοὺ, ἡμέραι ἔρχονται, λέγει Κύριος, καὶ συντελέσω, ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον Ἰούδα, διαθήκην καινήν; 1 with the people If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate these words as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. If you translate these words as an indirect quote, you also need to translate the words in the following four verses as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “he says that you should behold, as days are coming, so he says, when he will complete a new covenant with the house of Israel and with the house of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 8 8 xhp8 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ἡμέραι 1 See The **Lord** is using the term **Behold** to focus the audience’s attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Listen! Days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 8 8 qzx8 figs-idiom ἡμέραι ἔρχονται 1 See Here, the clause **days are coming** indicates that some event is going to happen soon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that anticipates that something is about to happen. Alternate translation: “the time will soon be here” or “it is almost the moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ HEB 9 19 tgc2 translate-unknown ἐρίου κοκκίνου 1 hyssop Here, the HEB 9 19 nrn5 translate-unknown ὑσσώπου 1 hyssop The word **hyssop** refers to a woody plant with small leaves that can be used for sprinkling liquids by dipping the leaves in the liquid and then shaking them or brushing them over the target. If this plant is unknown, you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “part of a plant with small branches and many leaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 9 19 zl8f figs-explicit τὸ βιβλίον 1 hyssop Here, the word **scroll** refers to the roll or book on which Moses wrote everything that God had told him. You can read about this **scroll** in [Exodus 24:1–8](../exo/24/01.md). These verses do not directly mention Moses sprinkling **the scroll**, but the author knew more about this than we do, and there is no reason to harmonize what he says with the story in Exodus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “the scroll of God’s words” or “the scroll of the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 9 19 elh7 figs-rpronouns αὐτό…τὸ βιβλίον 1 hyssop Here, the word translated **itself** emphasizes **the scroll**. Consider using a natural way to emphasize **the scroll** in your language. Alternate translation: “that very scroll” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) -HEB 9 20 e3lr writing-quotations λέγων 1 the blood of the covenant Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as something that Moses said to the people. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically from [Exodus 24:8](../exo/24/08.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “and he spoke to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 9 20 e3lr writing-quotations λέγων 1 the blood of the covenant Here the author quotes from the Old Testament Scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as something that Moses said to the people. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically from [Exodus 24:8](../exo/24/08.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “and he spoke to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 9 20 lskz figs-quotations λέγων, τοῦτο τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης, ἧς ἐνετείλατο πρὸς ὑμᾶς ὁ Θεός 1 the blood of the covenant If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “saying that this is the blood of the covenant that God commanded for you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]} HEB 9 20 k7kh writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 the blood of the covenant Here, the word **This** refers to the blood that Moses “sprinkled” (see [9:19](../09/19.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make explicit that the pronoun refers to the blood. Alternate translation: “This blood is” or “What I have sprinkled is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 9 20 j7en figs-possession τὸ αἷμα τῆς διαθήκης 1 the blood of the covenant Here the author uses the possessive form to describe how **the blood** inaugurates or confirms **the covenant**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “the blood that confirms the covenant” or “the blood that inaugurates the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -1255,7 +1255,7 @@ HEB 10 4 bvu5 figs-doublet ταύρων καὶ τράγων 1 the blood of bull HEB 10 5 q4ye grammar-connect-logic-result διὸ 1 General Information: Here, the word **Therefore** introduces an inference based on what the author has said about how “blood of bulls and goats” does not “take away sins” (see [10:4](../10/04.md)). Because that is true, Jesus speaks the words that the author quotes. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an inference. Alternate translation: “So then” or “Because of that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 10 5 xp0e grammar-connect-time-simultaneous εἰσερχόμενος 1 you did not desire Here, the word **entering** introduces an action that could happen (1) at the same as he **says** the quotation that follows. Alternate translation: “as he enters” (2) before he **says** the quotation that follows. Alternate translation: “as he was about to enter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) HEB 10 5 coab figs-explicit εἰσερχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον 1 you did not desire Here, the phrase **entering into the world** refers to Jesus’ incarnation, when he became human and lived in the **world**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “becoming human and entering into the world” or “entering into the world as a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 10 5 sp70 writing-quotations λέγει 1 you did not desire Here and in the following two verses, the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as something that Christ the Son said to God the Father. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically from [Psalm 40:6–8](../psa/40/06.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “he says to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 10 5 sp70 writing-quotations λέγει 1 you did not desire Here and in the following two verses, the author quotes from the Old Testament Scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as something that Christ the Son said to God the Father. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically from [Psalm 40:6–8](../psa/40/06.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “he says to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 10 5 wlz2 figs-quotations λέγει, θυσίαν καὶ προσφορὰν οὐκ ἠθέλησας, σῶμα δὲ κατηρτίσω μοι. 1 you did not desire If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. If you do, you also will need to translate the two following verses as indirect quotes. Alternate translation: “he says that sacrifice and offering God did not desire, but a body God prepared for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]} HEB 10 5 kqdh figs-doublet θυσίαν καὶ προσφορὰν 1 you did not desire These two terms mean basically the same thing. The author of the quotation uses both of them to show that he is referring to animal sacrifices in general. If your language does not use repetition to do this or if you do not have two words for these ideas, you could use one phrase and make it general in another way. Alternate translation: “Sacrifices” or “Any kind of offering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) HEB 10 5 ml8e figs-yousingular οὐκ ἠθέλησας…κατηρτίσω 1 you did not desire Because Christ is speaking to one person (God the Father), **you** is singular here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) @@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@ HEB 10 14 tfmy τετελείωκεν εἰς τὸ διηνεκὲς τοὺς HEB 10 14 c298 figs-idiom εἰς τὸ διηνεκὲς 1 those who are being sanctified Here, the phrase **for all time** identifies that something is always true or effective. In other words, there will never be a time when it is not true or effective. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea with a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “forever” or “permanently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 10 14 dz9n figs-activepassive τοὺς ἁγιαζομένους 1 those who are being sanctified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **sanctified** rather than focusing on the person doing the “sanctifying.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “those whom God is sanctifying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 10 15 qk8j figs-explicit μαρτυρεῖ…ἡμῖν 1 General Information: Here the author does not state what the **Holy Spirit** is “testifying” about. He implies that it is what he said in the previous verses about how Jesus’ offering effectively removes sin and leads to holiness and perfection (see [10:12–14](../10/12.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “testifies to us that Christ takes away sins” or “testifies to us that Christ perfects his people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 10 15 zhyi writing-quotations μετὰ γὰρ τὸ εἰρηκέναι 1 General Information: Here the author introduces a quote from an important text, the Old Testament scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as something that **the Holy Spirit** has **said** to **us**. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically from [Jeremiah 31:33](../jer/31/33.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “for after he spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 10 15 zhyi writing-quotations μετὰ γὰρ τὸ εἰρηκέναι 1 General Information: Here the author introduces a quote from the Old Testament Scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as something that **the Holy Spirit** has **said** to **us**. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically from [Jeremiah 31:33](../jer/31/33.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “for after he spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 10 15 qt90 grammar-connect-time-sequential μετὰ…τὸ εἰρηκέναι 1 General Information: Here, the word **after** indicates that the author will refer to something that was **said** before something else was **said**. The first thing that was **said** could be: (1) all of [10:16](../10/16.md). The second thing is introduced by “And {then}” at the beginning of [10:17](../10/17.md). Alternate translation: “after he said these words from the Lord” (2) the first part of [10:16](../10/16.md), up to “says the Lord.” The second is introduced by “says the Lord” and continues to the end of [10:17](../10/17.md). Alternate translation: “after the Holy Spirit said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) HEB 10 16 czh3 figs-quotations αὕτη ἡ διαθήκη ἣν διαθήσομαι πρὸς αὐτοὺς μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας ἐκείνας, λέγει Κύριος, διδοὺς νόμους μου ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν ἐπιγράψω αὐτούς 1 with them If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate these words as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. ]Alternate translation: “that this is the covenant that he will covenant with them after those days, so he says, putting his laws in their hearts, and he will write them on their mind.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 10 16 s783 αὕτη ἡ διαθήκη ἣν διαθήσομαι πρὸς αὐτοὺς μετὰ τὰς ἡμέρας ἐκείνας, λέγει Κύριος, διδοὺς νόμους μου ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν διάνοιαν αὐτῶν ἐπιγράψω αὐτούς 1 after those days These words are part of the quotation from [Jeremiah 31:33](../jer/31/33.md) that the author already quoted in [8:10](../08/10.md). Here, the author repeats the words he used there almost exactly. He changes “with the house of Israel” to “with them,” and he reverses the order in which “hearts’ and “mind” appear. Repeat the words you used in [8:10](../08/10.md), but make these two minor changes. @@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@ HEB 10 29 i6e6 translate-unknown κοινὸν 1 the blood by which he was sanct HEB 10 29 hr3a translate-unknown ἐνυβρίσας 1 the blood by which he was sanctified Here, the word **insulted** refers to mocking or making fun of someone or something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea with a word or phrase that refers to treating someone badly by making fun of them or saying bad things about them. Alternate translation: “having mocked” or “having spoken badly about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 10 29 qr6c figs-explicit τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς χάριτος 1 the Spirit of grace Here, the word **Spirit** refers to God’s **Spirit**, the Holy Spirit. The author describes the Holy Spirit as **of grace** because the **Spirit** gives **grace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could more clearly refer to the Holy Spirit, who gives **grace**. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit who gives grace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 10 30 pu4n grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces support for what the author has said about how God will punish those who shame and dishonor the Son and the Spirit (see [10:29](../10/29.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces support for a claim. Alternate translation: “You can tell that is true, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) -HEB 10 30 ynr1 writing-quotations τὸν εἰπόντα…καὶ πάλιν 1 Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament scriptures. He does not introduce the words as quotations but instead introduces them as words that God has **said**. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament. The first quotation comes from [Deuteronomy 32:35](../deu/32/35.md), and the second quotation comes from [Deuteronomy 32:36](../deu/32/36.md). The words **And again** are a normal way to include a closely related quotation. See how you translated **And again** in [1:5](../01/05.md) and [2:13](../02/13.md). If your readers would not know that these quotations are from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify them. Alternate translation: “the one who said … And he also said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 10 30 ynr1 writing-quotations τὸν εἰπόντα…καὶ πάλιν 1 Here the author quotes from the Old Testament Scriptures. He does not introduce the words as quotations but instead introduces them as words that God has **said**. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament. The first quotation comes from [Deuteronomy 32:35](../deu/32/35.md), and the second quotation comes from [Deuteronomy 32:36](../deu/32/36.md). The words **And again** are a normal way to include a closely related quotation. See how you translated **And again** in [1:5](../01/05.md) and [2:13](../02/13.md). If your readers would not know that these quotations are from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify them. Alternate translation: “the one who said … And he also said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 10 30 vub5 figs-quotations τὸν εἰπόντα, ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις; ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω; καὶ πάλιν, κρινεῖ Κύριος τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ 1 If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentences as indirect quotes instead of as direct quotes. Alternate translation: “the one having said that vengeance is his; he will repay. And again that the Lord will judge his people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 10 30 v8ad figs-abstractnouns ἐμοὶ ἐκδίκησις 1 Vengeance belongs to me If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **Vengeance**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “avenge.” Alternate translation: “I will avenge” or “Avenging is what I will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 10 30 pdw9 figs-metaphor ἐγὼ ἀνταποδώσω 1 I will pay back Here God speaks as if he were going to **pay** people **back** for what he owed them. God speaks in this way to indicate that the way he will punish people will match what they have done wrong, just like a repayment matches a debt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “I will give people what they deserve” or “I will fittingly punish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1503,7 +1503,7 @@ HEB 11 5 r3yl figs-activepassive πίστει Ἑνὼχ μετετέθη 1 It w HEB 11 5 qlfz translate-unknown μετετέθη…μετέθηκεν αὐτὸν…τῆς μεταθέσεως 1 It was by faith that Enoch was taken up so that he did not see death Here, the words **transferred** and **transfer** refer to a change in location from earth to heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different word for this kind of change of location. Alternate translation: “was relocated … relocated him … his relocation” or “was lifted up … lifted him up … his lifting up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 11 5 ki2t figs-idiom τοῦ μὴ ἰδεῖν θάνατον 1 see death Here, the phrase **see death** refers to experiencing death or dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in plain language. Alternate translation: “so that he did not experience death” or “so that he did not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 11 5 ob9p figs-abstractnouns θάνατον 1 see death If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **death**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “die.” Alternate translation: “himself dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 11 5 gfnv writing-quotations καὶ 1 see death Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament scriptures. While he does not introduce the quotation with any special words, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically from [Genesis 5:24](../gen/05/24.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could use words that introduce a quotation from an important text. Alternate translation: “and as you can read in the Scriptures,” or “as it is said in Genesis,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 11 5 gfnv writing-quotations καὶ 1 see death Here the author quotes from the Old Testament Scriptures. While he does not introduce the quotation with any special words, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically from [Genesis 5:24](../gen/05/24.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could use words that introduce a quotation from an important text. Alternate translation: “and as you can read in the Scriptures,” or “as it is said in Genesis,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 11 5 d8cx figs-quotations καὶ οὐχ ηὑρίσκετο, διότι μετέθηκεν αὐτὸν ὁ Θεός 1 see death If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “and the Scriptures report that he was not found, because God transferred him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 11 5 r625 figs-activepassive οὐχ ηὑρίσκετο 1 see death If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on **Enoch**, who **was not found**, rather than focusing on the people who could not “find” him. If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “People did not find him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 11 5 wegt figs-idiom οὐχ ηὑρίσκετο 1 see death Here, the phrase **He was not found** indicates that no one knew where Enoch was, because he was not on earth any longer. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that someone is no longer in an area or space. Alternate translation: “He disappeared” or “He was gone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1604,7 +1604,7 @@ HEB 11 17 dpik figs-abstractnouns τὰς ἐπαγγελίας 1 when he was te HEB 11 17 u7t2 translate-unknown τὸν μονογενῆ 1 when he was tested Here, the phrase **one and only** refers to a person’s only child. While Abraham had another son named Ishmael, **Isaac** was the only child that he had with his wife Sarah, and so he was the **one and only** child whom God had promised. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that identifies an only child. Alternate translation: “his only child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 11 18 rqmd writing-pronouns ὃν 1 to whom it had been said Here, the word **whom** refers to Abraham. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make to whom **whom** refers explicit. Alternate translation: “which man Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 11 18 wy2j figs-activepassive ἐλαλήθη 1 to whom it had been said If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on what is **said** rather than focusing on the person doing the “saying.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 11 18 za2s writing-quotations ἐλαλήθη 1 to whom it had been said Here the author quotes from an important text, the Old Testament scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as something that God said to Abraham. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically from [Genesis 21:12](../gen/21/12.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “it was spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +HEB 11 18 za2s writing-quotations ἐλαλήθη 1 to whom it had been said Here the author quotes from the Old Testament Scriptures. He does not introduce the words as a quotation but instead introduces them as something that God said to Abraham. However, the audience would have understood that these were words from the Old Testament, specifically from [Genesis 21:12](../gen/21/12.md). If your readers would not know that the quotation is from the Old Testament, you could include a footnote or use some other form to identify it. Alternate translation: “it was spoken” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) HEB 11 18 k6s6 figs-quotations ἐλαλήθη, ὅτι ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα; 1 to whom it had been said If you do not use this form in your language, you could translate the sentence as an indirect quote instead of as a direct quote. Alternate translation: “it was said that through Isaac his offspring would be named,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) HEB 11 18 kqyh translate-names Ἰσαὰκ 1 to whom it had been said The word **Isaac** is the name of a man. He was the only son of Abraham and Sarah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 11 18 g294 figs-activepassive κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the **offspring** that is **named** rather than focusing on the person doing the “naming.” If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “people will name your offspring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 2ffa37144fe5c273c40ea8fa1781d15c14ca63c9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 00:51:26 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 233/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 29197a3eb8..10f6674951 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ HEB 7 intro y8j3 0 # Hebrews 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n HEB 7 1 mwy8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the word **For** signals that the author will now go on to explain who “Melchizedek” is and why he is important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 7 1 smhy figs-idiom οὗτος…ὁ Μελχισέδεκ 1 Here, the phrase **this Melchizedek** identifies this **Melchizedek** as the same one whom the author was speaking about in the previous verse (see [6:20](../06/20.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that clearly identifies that this is the same **Melchizedek**. Alternate translation: “Melchizedek, the one whom I just mentioned,” or “this man Melchizedek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 7 1 rfc9 translate-names Σαλήμ 1 Salem The word **Salem** is the name of a city that existed somewhere in the middle of what is now Israel. Some scholars think that it is another name for the city of Shechem, while other scholars think it is another name for the city of Jerusalem. Since our author is referring directly to [Genesis 14:18](../gen/14/18.md), you should preserve this name as much as possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -HEB 7 1 h4n1 translate-names τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου 1 The phrase **Most High God** refers to God and describes as the most powerful and greatest being. The author uses this phrase since it appears in [Genesis 14:18](../gen/14/18.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a title that describes God as powerful and great. Alternate translation: “of God, who is more powerful than anything else” or “of the Most Exalted God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +HEB 7 1 h4n1 translate-names τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Ὑψίστου 1 The phrase **Most High God** refers to God and describes him as the most powerful and greatest being. The author uses this phrase since it appears in [Genesis 14:18](../gen/14/18.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a title that describes God as powerful and great. Alternate translation: “of God, who is more powerful than anything else” or “of the Most Exalted God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 7 1 ucr1 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ 1 The word **Abraham** is the name of a man. He is the man from whom all the Israelites and Jews are descended. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 7 1 ji3f grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ὑποστρέφοντι 1 Here, the word **returning** refers to action that happened at the same time as when Melchizedek **met Abraham**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this connection more explicit. Alternate translation: “when he was returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) HEB 7 1 rx36 figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὑποστρέφοντι ἀπὸ τῆς κοπῆς τῶν βασιλέων 1 Abraham returning from the slaughter of the kings The phrase **the slaughter of the kings** refers to a story in [Genesis 14:1–16](../gen/14/01.md). Four **kings** conquered a city in which Abraham’s nephew was living, and they captured his nephew. Abraham took the fighting men that he had, and he conquered and “slaughtered” the armies of these four **kings**. He recovered all the valuable things that these **kings** had taken, including his nephew. When he was going back home after defeating the **kings**, he met **Melchizedek**. If your readers would need to know more about this background than the author states explicitly, you could include some extra information in your translation, or you could use a footnote to explain the story. Alternate translation: “Abraham, who was returning from the battle in which he defeated the four kings who had kidnapped his nephew,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 54f8e3e0a6defbd57efa2a4fcfb81888925e45ed Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 01:02:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 234/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 10f6674951..77e79063b4 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -713,9 +713,9 @@ HEB 7 1 ji3f grammar-connect-time-simultaneous ὑποστρέφοντι 1 Here HEB 7 1 rx36 figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὑποστρέφοντι ἀπὸ τῆς κοπῆς τῶν βασιλέων 1 Abraham returning from the slaughter of the kings The phrase **the slaughter of the kings** refers to a story in [Genesis 14:1–16](../gen/14/01.md). Four **kings** conquered a city in which Abraham’s nephew was living, and they captured his nephew. Abraham took the fighting men that he had, and he conquered and “slaughtered” the armies of these four **kings**. He recovered all the valuable things that these **kings** had taken, including his nephew. When he was going back home after defeating the **kings**, he met **Melchizedek**. If your readers would need to know more about this background than the author states explicitly, you could include some extra information in your translation, or you could use a footnote to explain the story. Alternate translation: “Abraham, who was returning from the battle in which he defeated the four kings who had kidnapped his nephew,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 1 np7o figs-synecdoche τῶν βασιλέων 1 Here, the word **kings** refers to both the **kings** and their armies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could refer explicitly to their armies. Alternate translation: “of the kings and their fighting men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) HEB 7 2 q87x writing-pronouns ᾧ 1 It was to him Here, the word **whom** refers back to Melchizedek. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make explicit that the pronoun refers to Melchizedek. Alternate translation: “to whom—that is, Melchizedek—” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -HEB 7 2 dplz translate-unknown δεκάτην…ἐμέρισεν 1 Here, the word **apportioned** refers to how a person might divide a group of things into “portions” and share give each portion to a person. Here, Abraham divides up what he has into ten portions, and he gives Melchizedek one of those portions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “handed over one tenth” or “presented one part out of ten” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +HEB 7 2 dplz translate-unknown δεκάτην…ἐμέρισεν 1 Here, the word **apportioned** refers to how a person might divide a group of things into “portions” and give each portion to a person. Here, Abraham divides up what he has into ten portions, and he gives Melchizedek one of those portions. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “gifted one tenth” or “presented one part out of ten” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 7 2 pw9x figs-explicit ἀπὸ πάντων 1 Here, the phrase **all {things}** refers to the things that Abraham took from the kings that he had defeated. This would have included what the kings took from their enemies and things that they themselves had. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make explicit what **all {things} refers to. Alternate translation: “from all that he had plundered from the kings” or “from everything that he took after defeating the kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 7 2 x3bd figs-explicit πρῶτον μὲν ἑρμηνευόμενος 1 Here the author does not state what is **translated**. The word **first** implies that it is the first name for this person: “Melchizedek.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that the author is translaing the name “Melchizedek.” Alternate translation: “his name first being translated as” or “first indeed the name ‘Melchizedek’ being translated as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 7 2 x3bd figs-explicit πρῶτον μὲν ἑρμηνευόμενος 1 Here the author does not state what is **translated**. The word **first** implies that it is the first name for this person: “Melchizedek.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that the author is translating the name “Melchizedek.” Alternate translation: “his name first being translated as” or “first indeed the name ‘Melchizedek’ being translated as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 2 trz1 translate-names πρῶτον μὲν ἑρμηνευόμενος βασιλεὺς δικαιοσύνης, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ βασιλεὺς Σαλήμ, ὅ ἐστιν, βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης 1 Here the author provides translations of Melchizedek’s name (“Melchizedek”) and his title (**king of Salem**) from Hebrew, the language that Abraham spoke. The name “Melchizedek” means **king of righteousness**, and the name **Salem** sounds like the Hebrew word for **peace**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form in your language that gives the meaning of names. Alternate translation: “first indeed his name means ‘king of righteousness,’ and then also ‘Salem’ means ‘peace,’ so ‘king of Salem’ means ‘king of peace,’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 7 2 kfsz figs-activepassive πρῶτον μὲν ἑρμηνευόμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author wishes to emphasize what the words mean in a different language rather than focusing on the person doing the translating. Alternate translation: “first whose name we translate as” or “first indeed meaning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 7 2 abh4 figs-possession βασιλεὺς δικαιοσύνης…βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης 1 king of righteousness … king of peace Here the author uses the possessive form to speak about a **king** who is characterized by **righteousness** and **peace**. This means that he rules in a “righteous” and “peaceful” way and that what he does leads to **righteousness** and **peace** in his kingdom. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “king who rules righteously … king who rules peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) From d9e75728a555fefa47c96f7f3a2c2b8d8eaea390 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 01:16:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 235/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 77e79063b4..c14df9fdd1 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ HEB 7 5 l9zq figs-distinguish Λευεὶ τὴν ἱερατείαν λαμβά HEB 7 5 pjj8 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἱερατείαν λαμβάνοντες 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **priesthood**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who are called to be priests” or “who act as priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 7 5 wash figs-explicit ἐντολὴν ἔχουσιν…κατὰ τὸν νόμον 1 Here the author refers specifically to the law that God gave through Moses. He probably is thinking about the **command** about Levites and tithes in [Numbers 18:21–24](../num/18/21.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that the author is referring to a specific part of Moses’ law. Alternate translation: “are commanded in Moses’ law” or “are told by God in the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 5 hn3k figs-abstractnouns ἀποδεκατοῦν 1 from the people If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **tithe**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “tenth” or in some other natural way. Alternate translation: “to receive one out of ten portions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 7 5 ri2y translate-kinship τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτῶν 1 from their brothers Here, the word **brothers** refers to anyone who is descended from **Abraham** and Jacob, which would be all Israelites. It does not refer just to children of one’s parents. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to everyone from one tribe or nation. Alternate translation: “from their fellow Israelites” or “from the others in their nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) +HEB 7 5 ri2y translate-kinship τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτῶν 1 from their brothers Here, the word **brothers** refers to anyone who is descended from **Abraham** and Jacob, which would be all Israelites. It does not refer just to male children of one’s own parents. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to everyone from one tribe or nation. Alternate translation: “from their fellow Israelites” or “from the others in their nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) HEB 7 5 busq figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτῶν 1 Although the word **brothers** is masculine, it refers to any relative, both male and female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “from their relatives” or “from their brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 7 5 rx2f grammar-connect-logic-contrast καίπερ 1 Here, the phrase **even though** introduces something that is unexpected given what the author has already said. In other words, it is surprising that the **sons of Levi** receive tithes from **their brothers** when they have all **come from the loin of Abraham**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is contrary to what is expected. Alternate translation: “although” or “despite how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) HEB 7 5 x4za figs-idiom ἐξεληλυθότας ἐκ τῆς ὀσφύος Ἀβραάμ 1 they, too, have come from Abraham’s body The phrase **from the loin of Abraham** identifies everyone who has **come** from that **loin** as descendants of **Abraham**. The word **loin** refers to the male sexual organ, so anyone who has come from someone’s **loin** is descended from that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that identifies people who have descended from one ancestor. Alternate translation: “they have Abraham as a common ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 31832418954ad5d97e6909fcb77d6c297967b4e0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 20:23:12 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 236/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index c14df9fdd1..df1bcbe5b8 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -737,13 +737,13 @@ HEB 7 5 l29w grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ οἱ μὲν 1 Here, the wo HEB 7 5 j5c3 ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Λευεὶ 1 Here, the phrase **from the sons of Levi** could refer to: (1) how only some of the **sons of Levi** became priests. Alternate translation: “out of the sons of Levi” (2) how every one of the **sons of Levi** is a priest. Alternate translation: “who are sons of Levi and” HEB 7 5 ffl4 translate-kinship τῶν υἱῶν Λευεὶ 1 In the author’s culture, the word **sons** could refer to all the descendants of an important person. Here, **sons of Levi** identifies everyone who is descended from **Levi**, one of the grandsons of Abraham. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to descendants. Only men could **receive the priesthood**, so you could use a masculine form here. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Levi” or “Levi’s tribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) HEB 7 5 xbci translate-names Λευεὶ 1 The word **Levi** is the name of a man. He was one of the twelve sons of Jacob, the son of Abraham. All Israelites are descended from these twelve sons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -HEB 7 5 l9zq figs-distinguish Λευεὶ τὴν ἱερατείαν λαμβάνοντες 1 The sons of Levi who receive the priesthood Here, the phrase **who receive the priesthood** identifies the specific **sons of Levi** that the author is speaking about. Use a form in your language identifies, not one that simply describes. Alternate translation: “of Levi, specifically those who receive the priesthood,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +HEB 7 5 l9zq figs-distinguish Λευεὶ τὴν ἱερατείαν λαμβάνοντες 1 The sons of Levi who receive the priesthood Here, the phrase **who receive the priesthood** identifies the specific **sons of Levi** that the author is speaking about. Use a form which in your language identifies, not one that simply describes. Alternate translation: “of Levi, specifically those who receive the priesthood,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) HEB 7 5 pjj8 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἱερατείαν λαμβάνοντες 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **priesthood**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “who are called to be priests” or “who act as priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 7 5 wash figs-explicit ἐντολὴν ἔχουσιν…κατὰ τὸν νόμον 1 Here the author refers specifically to the law that God gave through Moses. He probably is thinking about the **command** about Levites and tithes in [Numbers 18:21–24](../num/18/21.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that the author is referring to a specific part of Moses’ law. Alternate translation: “are commanded in Moses’ law” or “are told by God in the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 5 hn3k figs-abstractnouns ἀποδεκατοῦν 1 from the people If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **tithe**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “tenth” or in some other natural way. Alternate translation: “to receive one out of ten portions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 7 5 ri2y translate-kinship τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτῶν 1 from their brothers Here, the word **brothers** refers to anyone who is descended from **Abraham** and Jacob, which would be all Israelites. It does not refer just to male children of one’s own parents. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to everyone from one tribe or nation. Alternate translation: “from their fellow Israelites” or “from the others in their nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) +HEB 7 5 ri2y translate-kinship τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτῶν 1 from their brothers Here, the word **brothers** refers to anyone who is descended from **Abraham** and Jacob, which would be all Israelites. It does not refer just to male children of one’s parents. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to everyone from one tribe or nation. Alternate translation: “from their fellow Israelites” or “from the others in their nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) HEB 7 5 busq figs-gendernotations τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς αὐτῶν 1 Although the word **brothers** is masculine, it refers to any relative, both male and female. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “from their relatives” or “from their brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) -HEB 7 5 rx2f grammar-connect-logic-contrast καίπερ 1 Here, the phrase **even though** introduces something that is unexpected given what the author has already said. In other words, it is surprising that the **sons of Levi** receive tithes from **their brothers** when they have all **come from the loin of Abraham**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is contrary to what is expected. Alternate translation: “although” or “despite how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +HEB 7 5 rx2f grammar-connect-logic-contrast καίπερ 1 Here, the phrase **even though** introduces something that is unexpected, given what the author has already said. In other words, it is surprising that the **sons of Levi** receive tithes from **their brothers** when they have all **come from the loin of Abraham**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that is contrary to what is expected. Alternate translation: “although” or “despite how” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) HEB 7 5 x4za figs-idiom ἐξεληλυθότας ἐκ τῆς ὀσφύος Ἀβραάμ 1 they, too, have come from Abraham’s body The phrase **from the loin of Abraham** identifies everyone who has **come** from that **loin** as descendants of **Abraham**. The word **loin** refers to the male sexual organ, so anyone who has come from someone’s **loin** is descended from that person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that identifies people who have descended from one ancestor. Alternate translation: “they have Abraham as a common ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 7 5 m23m translate-names Ἀβραάμ 1 The word **Abraham** is the name of a man. He is the man from whom all the Israelites and Jews are descended. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 7 6 bg0k grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the word **But** introduces the second half of the contrast. The first half is in the previous verse ([7:5](../07/05.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word that introduces the second half of a contrast, or you could leave **But** untranslated. Alternate translation: “And on the other hand,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) @@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ HEB 7 7 wdtx figs-idiom χωρὶς…πάσης ἀντιλογίας 1 The ph HEB 7 7 ddwg figs-explicit τὸ ἔλαττον ὑπὸ τοῦ κρείττονος εὐλογεῖται 1 The author assumes that his audience would apply this general principle to what he has said about Melchizedek blessing Abraham. If your readers would not naturally make this application, you could make it explicit. Alternate translation: “the lesser, in this case Abraham, is blessed by the greater, in this case Melchizedek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 7 k6pc figs-activepassive τὸ ἔλαττον ὑπὸ τοῦ κρείττονος εὐλογεῖται 1 the lesser person is blessed by the greater person If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the greater blesses the lesser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 7 7 hper figs-nominaladj τὸ ἔλαττον…τοῦ κρείττονος 1 The author is using the adjectives **lesser** and **greater** as nouns in order to refer to people who are **lesser** and **greater**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate these with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “a lesser person … a greater person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -HEB 7 8 sf79 figs-infostructure ὧδε μὲν…ἐκεῖ δὲ 1 In this case … in that case Here, the phrase **indeed here** introduces the first situation: that of the priests descended from Levi. The phrase **but there** introduces the second situation: that of Melchizedek the priest. The author compares how they both receive **tithes** (implicitly with Melchizedek) and contrasts how the priests descended from Levi die but Melchizedek **lives on**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that introduce two situations that the author wishes to compare and contrast. Alternate translation: “in the case of the Levites, … but in the case of Melchizedek,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +HEB 7 8 sf79 figs-infostructure ὧδε μὲν…ἐκεῖ δὲ 1 In this case … in that case The phrase **indeed here** introduces the first situation: that of the priests descended from Levi. The phrase **but there** introduces the second situation: that of Melchizedek the priest. The author compares how they both receive **tithes** (implicitly with Melchizedek) and contrasts how the priests descended from Levi die but Melchizedek **lives on**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that introduce two situations that the author wishes to compare and contrast. Alternate translation: “in the case of the Levites … but in the case of Melchizedek,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 7 8 negg figs-explicit ἀποθνῄσκοντες ἄνθρωποι 1 Here, the phrase **mortal men** refers specifically to the priests descended from Levi. The author is emphasizing that all these priests die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make clearer to whom **mortal men** refers . Alternate translation: “priests who will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 8 iymo figs-abstractnouns δεκάτας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **tithes**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “tenth” or in some other natural way. Alternate translation: “one out of ten portions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 7 8 seiq writing-pronouns μαρτυρούμενος ὅτι ζῇ 1 Here, the word **he** refers to Melchizedek. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make clearer to whom **he** refers. Alternate translation: “Melchizedek is testified about that he lives on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) From ea9687a096878da44e4d727935a12dca72350343 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 20:32:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 237/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index df1bcbe5b8..ffa29b04e1 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -762,11 +762,11 @@ HEB 7 7 hper figs-nominaladj τὸ ἔλαττον…τοῦ κρείττονο HEB 7 8 sf79 figs-infostructure ὧδε μὲν…ἐκεῖ δὲ 1 In this case … in that case The phrase **indeed here** introduces the first situation: that of the priests descended from Levi. The phrase **but there** introduces the second situation: that of Melchizedek the priest. The author compares how they both receive **tithes** (implicitly with Melchizedek) and contrasts how the priests descended from Levi die but Melchizedek **lives on**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use phrases that introduce two situations that the author wishes to compare and contrast. Alternate translation: “in the case of the Levites … but in the case of Melchizedek,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 7 8 negg figs-explicit ἀποθνῄσκοντες ἄνθρωποι 1 Here, the phrase **mortal men** refers specifically to the priests descended from Levi. The author is emphasizing that all these priests die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make clearer to whom **mortal men** refers . Alternate translation: “priests who will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 8 iymo figs-abstractnouns δεκάτας 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **tithes**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “tenth” or in some other natural way. Alternate translation: “one out of ten portions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 7 8 seiq writing-pronouns μαρτυρούμενος ὅτι ζῇ 1 Here, the word **he** refers to Melchizedek. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make clearer to whom **he** refers. Alternate translation: “Melchizedek is testified about that he lives on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +HEB 7 8 seiq writing-pronouns μαρτυρούμενος ὅτι ζῇ 1 Here, the word **he** refers to Melchizedek. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make clear to whom **he** refers. Alternate translation: “Melchizedek is testified about that he lives on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 7 8 n9nb figs-explicit μαρτυρούμενος ὅτι ζῇ 1 The author explicitly contrasts **mortal men** and **he lives on**. He does not explicitly restate the fact that Melchizedek too receives **tithes**, but he does imply it. If your readers would not make this inference, and if they would be confused about why the author does not mention **tithes** with Melchizedek, you could make the idea explicit. Alternate translation: “he is testified about that he received a tithe and that he lives on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 7 8 d1yr figs-activepassive μαρτυρούμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus Melchizedek, who **is testified**, rather than focusing on the person doing the “testifying.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that God did it when he spoke through Moses in [Genesis 14:18–20](../gen/14/18.md). Alternate translation: “God testifies about him” or “Moses testifies about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 7 8 d1yr figs-activepassive μαρτυρούμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on Melchizedek, who **is testified about**, rather than focusing on the person doing the “testifying.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that God did it when he spoke through Moses in [Genesis 14:18–20](../gen/14/18.md). Alternate translation: “God testifies about him” or “Moses testifies about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 7 8 c9zz figs-explicit μαρτυρούμενος ὅτι ζῇ 1 is testified that he lives on Here, just as in [7:3](../07/03.md), the author is describing the character “Melchizedek” as he appears in [Genesis 14:18–20](../gen/14/18.md). The author of that story does not mention anything about Melchizedek’s death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it explicit that the author is referring to what the Old Testament tells us about Melchizedek. Alternate translation: “he is testified about that he lives on, since there is no record of his death in the Scriptures” or “the lack of any record of his death testifies that he lives on” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 7 9 v1kt figs-idiom ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν 1 The phrase **so to speak** identifies what follows as something that the author considers to be imprecise or that claims more than he might wish to claim in the end. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an argument that the author does not want to commit fully to. Alternate translation: “as one might say” or “in a manner of speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +HEB 7 9 v1kt figs-idiom ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν 1 The phrase **so to speak** identifies what follows as something that the author considers to be imprecise or that claims more than he might wish to claim in the end. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an argument to which the author does not want to fully commit. Alternate translation: “as one might say” or “in a manner of speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 7 9 zvd3 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Λευεὶς 1 The word **Levi** is the name of a man. He was one of the twelve sons of Jacob, the son of **Abraham**. The word **Abraham** is also the name of a man. He was the ancestor of all the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 7 9 e9gc figs-metonymy Λευεὶς, ὁ δεκάτας λαμβάνων 1 Here, the name **Levi** refers to the descendants of **Levi** who were priests and collected **tithes**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it explicit that **Levi** stands for the descendants of **Levi**. Alternate translation: “Levi’s descendants, the ones collecting tithes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 7 9 v1yu figs-abstractnouns καὶ…ὁ δεκάτας λαμβάνων, δεδεκάτωται 2 Levi, who received tithes, also paid tithes through Abraham If your language does not use abstract nouns for the idea behind **tithe** and **tithes**, you could express the ideas by using an adjective such as “tenth” or in some other natural way. Alternate translation: “the one collecting one out of ten portions, also had paid one out of ten portions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From f0d5a13bcbba6242e5d1a46e24b1f25b032bd948 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 20:41:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 238/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index ffa29b04e1..3e9e00aac4 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -771,11 +771,11 @@ HEB 7 9 zvd3 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Λευεὶς 1 The word **Levi** HEB 7 9 e9gc figs-metonymy Λευεὶς, ὁ δεκάτας λαμβάνων 1 Here, the name **Levi** refers to the descendants of **Levi** who were priests and collected **tithes**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it explicit that **Levi** stands for the descendants of **Levi**. Alternate translation: “Levi’s descendants, the ones collecting tithes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 7 9 v1yu figs-abstractnouns καὶ…ὁ δεκάτας λαμβάνων, δεδεκάτωται 2 Levi, who received tithes, also paid tithes through Abraham If your language does not use abstract nouns for the idea behind **tithe** and **tithes**, you could express the ideas by using an adjective such as “tenth” or in some other natural way. Alternate translation: “the one collecting one out of ten portions, also had paid one out of ten portions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 7 9 odg8 figs-explicit δι’ Ἀβραὰμ…δεδεκάτωται 1 Here the author refers to how Abraham **paid a tithe** to Melchizedek, an event the author has already mentioned (see [7:4](../07/04.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make more explicit that the author is referring to that event. Alternate translation: “had paid a tithe to Melchizedek through Abraham after Abraham defeated his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 7 10 g26s figs-idiom ἔτι…ἐν τῇ ὀσφύϊ τοῦ πατρὸς ἦν 1 Levi was in the body of his ancestor The phrase **the loin of {his} father** refers to the male sexual organ. In the author’s culture, one way to speak about children was to refer to them as the product of the father’s semen. So, Abraham’s descendants can be referred to as if they were semen that was still inside Abraham. The author uses this figure of speech to make two points. First, Levi and the priests descended from him had not yet been born and thus could be considered semen that was still inside Abraham. Second, because they were inside Abraham, they participated in whatever Abraham did. This included giving a tithe to Melchizedek. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that closely identifies Levi and Abraham while showing that Levi was not yet born. Alternate translation: “he was not yet born, and Abraham represented him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +HEB 7 10 g26s figs-idiom ἔτι…ἐν τῇ ὀσφύϊ τοῦ πατρὸς ἦν 1 Levi was in the body of his ancestor The phrase **the loin of {his} father** refers to the male sexual organ. In the author’s culture, one way to speak about children was to refer to them as the product of the father’s semen. So, Abraham’s descendants can be referred to as if they were semen that was still inside Abraham. The author uses this figure of speech to make two points. First, Levi and the priests descended from him had not yet been born and thus could be considered semen that was still inside Abraham. Second, because they were inside Abraham, they participated in whatever Abraham did. This included giving a tithe to Melchizedek. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that closely identifies Levi and Abraham, while showing that Levi was not yet born. Alternate translation: “he was not yet born, and Abraham represented him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 7 10 bd2l translate-kinship τοῦ πατρὸς 1 Here the author uses the word **father** to refer in general to a male ancestor. Abraham was more specifically Levi’s great-grandfather on his father’s side. Use an appropriate word for this relationship in your culture. Alternate translation: “of his ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) HEB 7 10 p0zd translate-names Μελχισέδεκ 1 The word **Melchizedek** is the name of a man, the same man that the author has been discussing in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 7 10 l5dd writing-pronouns αὐτῷ 1 Here, the word **him** refers to Abraham. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make explicit that the pronoun refers to Abraham. Alternate translation: “Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -HEB 7 11 kdb8 grammar-connect-words-phrases μὲν οὖν 1 Now Here, the word **then** shows the audience that the author is continuing the argument about Melchizedek and the priests descended from Levi. The word **indeed** signals the first part of a contrast. The second part is the question in the second half of this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words or phrases that introduce a development in the argument that takes the form of a contrast. Alternate translation: “therefore” or “then one the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +HEB 7 11 kdb8 grammar-connect-words-phrases μὲν οὖν 1 Now Here, the word **then** shows the audience that the author is continuing the argument about Melchizedek and the priests descended from Levi. The word **indeed** signals the first part of a contrast. The second part is the question in the second half of this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words or phrases that introduce a development in the argument that takes the form of a contrast. Alternate translation: “therefore” or “then on the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 7 11 ruvi grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ μὲν οὖν τελείωσις διὰ τῆς Λευειτικῆς ἱερωσύνης ἦν 1 Here the author is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he is already convinced that the condition is not true. He knows that **perfection** did not happen **through the Levitical priesthood**. He proves that the conditional statement is not true by reminding the audience that God did indeed appoint **another priest** who is **according to the order of Melchizedek**. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If indeed then, perfection had actually been through the Levitical priesthood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]]) HEB 7 11 yvxw figs-abstractnouns τελείωσις…ἦν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **perfection**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “perfect.” Alternate translation: “people could become perfect” or “what is perfect was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 7 11 nw53 translate-unknown τῆς Λευειτικῆς ἱερωσύνης 1 Here, the phrase **the Levitical priesthood** refers to the people, the system, and the practices that were connected with how the descendants of Levi served as priests to God for the rest of the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to all these components. Alternate translation: “the way that the descendants of Levi served as priests” or “the priesthood that the descendants of Levi practiced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) From 7e2a8d327ad9b6170b154b5ed6442f6daeb8f690 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 20:54:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 239/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 3e9e00aac4..677dc3241f 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ HEB 7 11 ruvi grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ μὲν οὖν τελε HEB 7 11 yvxw figs-abstractnouns τελείωσις…ἦν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **perfection**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “perfect.” Alternate translation: “people could become perfect” or “what is perfect was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 7 11 nw53 translate-unknown τῆς Λευειτικῆς ἱερωσύνης 1 Here, the phrase **the Levitical priesthood** refers to the people, the system, and the practices that were connected with how the descendants of Levi served as priests to God for the rest of the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to all these components. Alternate translation: “the way that the descendants of Levi served as priests” or “the priesthood that the descendants of Levi practiced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 7 11 eyek figs-abstractnouns τῆς Λευειτικῆς ἱερωσύνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **priesthood**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how the Levites served as priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 7 11 t3pe grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a clarification or explanation of what the author just said. In other words, he speaks about **perfection** and the **Levitical priesthood** because this **priesthood** was the **basis** for the whole **law**. He wishes his audience to know that he what he says about **perfection** and **priesthood** applies to the whole **law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a clarification or explanation. Alternate translation: “now” or “in fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +HEB 7 11 t3pe grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a clarification or explanation of what the author just said. In other words, he speaks about **perfection** and the **Levitical priesthood** because this **priesthood** was the **basis** for the whole **law**. He wishes his audience to know that what he says about **perfection** and **priesthood** applies to the whole **law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a clarification or explanation. Alternate translation: “now” or “in fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 7 11 etid figs-infostructure εἰ μὲν οὖν τελείωσις διὰ τῆς Λευειτικῆς ἱερωσύνης ἦν, ὁ λαὸς γὰρ ἐπ’ αὐτῆς νενομοθέτηται, 1 Here the author provides a clarification after he makes his claim. If your readers would find this order confusing, you could put the clarification before the claim. Alternate translation: “Now on the basis of the Levitical priesthood the people had been given the law. If indeed then, perfection was through the Levitical priesthood,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 7 11 ui2m figs-explicit ὁ λαὸς…νενομοθέτηται 1 Here the author refers to the **law** that God gave through Moses to the **people** of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make explicit to which **law** and which **people** the author is referring. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people had been given Moses’ law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 11 a17s figs-activepassive ὁ λαὸς…νενομοθέτηται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the **people**, who were **given {the} law**, rather than focusing on the person doing the “giving.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God had given the law to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From d1cc168a21627b843c6151b95848c7767d349f76 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 20:55:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 240/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 677dc3241f..9b1fde8803 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ HEB 7 11 yvxw figs-abstractnouns τελείωσις…ἦν 1 If your language HEB 7 11 nw53 translate-unknown τῆς Λευειτικῆς ἱερωσύνης 1 Here, the phrase **the Levitical priesthood** refers to the people, the system, and the practices that were connected with how the descendants of Levi served as priests to God for the rest of the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to all these components. Alternate translation: “the way that the descendants of Levi served as priests” or “the priesthood that the descendants of Levi practiced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 7 11 eyek figs-abstractnouns τῆς Λευειτικῆς ἱερωσύνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **priesthood**, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how the Levites served as priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 7 11 t3pe grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a clarification or explanation of what the author just said. In other words, he speaks about **perfection** and the **Levitical priesthood** because this **priesthood** was the **basis** for the whole **law**. He wishes his audience to know that what he says about **perfection** and **priesthood** applies to the whole **law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a clarification or explanation. Alternate translation: “now” or “in fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -HEB 7 11 etid figs-infostructure εἰ μὲν οὖν τελείωσις διὰ τῆς Λευειτικῆς ἱερωσύνης ἦν, ὁ λαὸς γὰρ ἐπ’ αὐτῆς νενομοθέτηται, 1 Here the author provides a clarification after he makes his claim. If your readers would find this order confusing, you could put the clarification before the claim. Alternate translation: “Now on the basis of the Levitical priesthood the people had been given the law. If indeed then, perfection was through the Levitical priesthood,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +HEB 7 11 etid figs-infostructure εἰ μὲν οὖν τελείωσις διὰ τῆς Λευειτικῆς ἱερωσύνης ἦν, ὁ λαὸς γὰρ ἐπ’ αὐτῆς νενομοθέτηται, 1 Here the author provides a clarification after he makes his claim. If your readers would find this order confusing, you could put the clarification before the claim. Alternate translation: “Now on the basis of the Levitical priesthood, the people had been given the law. If indeed then, perfection was through the Levitical priesthood,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 7 11 ui2m figs-explicit ὁ λαὸς…νενομοθέτηται 1 Here the author refers to the **law** that God gave through Moses to the **people** of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make explicit to which **law** and which **people** the author is referring. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people had been given Moses’ law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 11 a17s figs-activepassive ὁ λαὸς…νενομοθέτηται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the **people**, who were **given {the} law**, rather than focusing on the person doing the “giving.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God had given the law to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 7 11 wgp5 figs-rquestion τίς ἔτι χρεία κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ, ἕτερον ἀνίστασθαι ἱερέα, καὶ οὐ κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Ἀαρὼν λέγεσθαι? 1 what further need would there have been for another priest to arise after the manner of Melchizedek, and not be considered to be after the manner of Aaron? The author does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the audience in what he is arguing. The question implies that the answer is “there was no further need.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea by using a strong negation. Alternate translation: “there was no further at all for another priest to arise according to the order of Melchizedek and not be said to be according to the order of Aaron.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From a8f53fc1b906214f81ddf6db39e9596d160d79d8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 21:03:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 241/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 9b1fde8803..807173965e 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -783,10 +783,10 @@ HEB 7 11 eyek figs-abstractnouns τῆς Λευειτικῆς ἱερωσύνη HEB 7 11 t3pe grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces a clarification or explanation of what the author just said. In other words, he speaks about **perfection** and the **Levitical priesthood** because this **priesthood** was the **basis** for the whole **law**. He wishes his audience to know that what he says about **perfection** and **priesthood** applies to the whole **law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a clarification or explanation. Alternate translation: “now” or “in fact,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 7 11 etid figs-infostructure εἰ μὲν οὖν τελείωσις διὰ τῆς Λευειτικῆς ἱερωσύνης ἦν, ὁ λαὸς γὰρ ἐπ’ αὐτῆς νενομοθέτηται, 1 Here the author provides a clarification after he makes his claim. If your readers would find this order confusing, you could put the clarification before the claim. Alternate translation: “Now on the basis of the Levitical priesthood, the people had been given the law. If indeed then, perfection was through the Levitical priesthood,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 7 11 ui2m figs-explicit ὁ λαὸς…νενομοθέτηται 1 Here the author refers to the **law** that God gave through Moses to the **people** of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make explicit to which **law** and which **people** the author is referring. Alternate translation: “the Israelite people had been given Moses’ law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 7 11 a17s figs-activepassive ὁ λαὸς…νενομοθέτηται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the **people**, who were **given {the} law**, rather than focusing on the person doing the “giving.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God had given the law to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 7 11 a17s figs-activepassive ὁ λαὸς…νενομοθέτηται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the **people** who were **given {the} law**, rather than focusing on the person doing the “giving.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God had given the law to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 7 11 wgp5 figs-rquestion τίς ἔτι χρεία κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ, ἕτερον ἀνίστασθαι ἱερέα, καὶ οὐ κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Ἀαρὼν λέγεσθαι? 1 what further need would there have been for another priest to arise after the manner of Melchizedek, and not be considered to be after the manner of Aaron? The author does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the audience in what he is arguing. The question implies that the answer is “there was no further need.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea by using a strong negation. Alternate translation: “there was no further at all for another priest to arise according to the order of Melchizedek and not be said to be according to the order of Aaron.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) HEB 7 11 jt8l figs-abstractnouns τίς ἔτι χρεία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **need**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “need” or an adjective such as “necessary.” Alternate translation: “why was it still necessary” or “why was it needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -HEB 7 11 kmfw figs-explicit κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ, ἕτερον ἀνίστασθαι ἱερέα, καὶ οὐ κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Ἀαρὼν λέγεσθαι? 1 Here the author is referring back to the words that he quoted in [5:6](../05/06.md) from [Psalm 110:4](../psa/110/04.md): “You are a priest forever, after the order of Melchizedek.” It is these words that “say” that Jesus is a priest **according to the order of Melchizedek* and not **according to the order of Aaron**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that the author is referring to the quotation. Alternate translation: “for another to arise who, according to the Psalm, serves according to the order of Melchizedek and is not said to serve not according to the order of Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 7 11 kmfw figs-explicit κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ, ἕτερον ἀνίστασθαι ἱερέα, καὶ οὐ κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Ἀαρὼν λέγεσθαι? 1 Here the author is referring back to the words that he quoted in [5:6](../05/06.md) from [Psalm 110:4](../psa/110/04.md): “You are a priest forever, after the order of Melchizedek.” It is these words that “say” that Jesus is a priest **according to the order of Melchizedek* and not **according to the order of Aaron**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that the author is referring to the quotation. Alternate translation: “for another to arise who, according to the psalm, serves according to the order of Melchizedek and is not said to serve according to the order of Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 11 hi4e figs-metaphor ἀνίστασθαι 1 to arise Here, the word **arise** refers to someone taking a position as if they were standing up to do something. The author speaks in this way to show that **another priest** has “stood up” to do his task as priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “appear” or “begin serving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 7 11 cc5f translate-unknown κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ…κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Ἀαρὼν 1 after the manner of Melchizedek Here, the word **order** refers to requirements and duties that go along with a specific office or position. If someone serves **according to the order of** someone else, that means that he or she meets the same requirements and perform the same duties that that person did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest … in the same way that Aaron was a priest” or “with a priesthood just like Melchizedek’s priesthood … having a priesthood just like Aaron’s priesthood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 7 11 b4n2 translate-names Μελχισέδεκ…Ἀαρὼν 1 Here, the word **Melchizedek** is the name of a man, the same one about whom the author has been speaking. The word **Aaron** is also the name of a man. He was the first descendant of “Levi” who served as a priest, and the rest of the priests are descended from him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From fb71b7376670f9e22eb0ac181ecd0da04ddac3bd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 21:07:33 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 242/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 807173965e..ed936a62fa 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -787,8 +787,8 @@ HEB 7 11 a17s figs-activepassive ὁ λαὸς…νενομοθέτηται 1 I HEB 7 11 wgp5 figs-rquestion τίς ἔτι χρεία κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ, ἕτερον ἀνίστασθαι ἱερέα, καὶ οὐ κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Ἀαρὼν λέγεσθαι? 1 what further need would there have been for another priest to arise after the manner of Melchizedek, and not be considered to be after the manner of Aaron? The author does not ask this question because he is looking for information. Rather, he asks it to involve the audience in what he is arguing. The question implies that the answer is “there was no further need.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea by using a strong negation. Alternate translation: “there was no further at all for another priest to arise according to the order of Melchizedek and not be said to be according to the order of Aaron.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) HEB 7 11 jt8l figs-abstractnouns τίς ἔτι χρεία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **need**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “need” or an adjective such as “necessary.” Alternate translation: “why was it still necessary” or “why was it needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 7 11 kmfw figs-explicit κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ, ἕτερον ἀνίστασθαι ἱερέα, καὶ οὐ κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Ἀαρὼν λέγεσθαι? 1 Here the author is referring back to the words that he quoted in [5:6](../05/06.md) from [Psalm 110:4](../psa/110/04.md): “You are a priest forever, after the order of Melchizedek.” It is these words that “say” that Jesus is a priest **according to the order of Melchizedek* and not **according to the order of Aaron**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make it more explicit that the author is referring to the quotation. Alternate translation: “for another to arise who, according to the psalm, serves according to the order of Melchizedek and is not said to serve according to the order of Aaron” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 7 11 hi4e figs-metaphor ἀνίστασθαι 1 to arise Here, the word **arise** refers to someone taking a position as if they were standing up to do something. The author speaks in this way to show that **another priest** has “stood up” to do his task as priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “appear” or “begin serving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -HEB 7 11 cc5f translate-unknown κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ…κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Ἀαρὼν 1 after the manner of Melchizedek Here, the word **order** refers to requirements and duties that go along with a specific office or position. If someone serves **according to the order of** someone else, that means that he or she meets the same requirements and perform the same duties that that person did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest … in the same way that Aaron was a priest” or “with a priesthood just like Melchizedek’s priesthood … having a priesthood just like Aaron’s priesthood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +HEB 7 11 hi4e figs-metaphor ἀνίστασθαι 1 to arise Here, the word **arise** refers to someone taking a position as if they were standing up to do something. The author speaks in this way to show that **another priest** has “stood up” to do his task as priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea plainly. Alternate translation: “to appear” or “to begin serving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 7 11 cc5f translate-unknown κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ…κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Ἀαρὼν 1 after the manner of Melchizedek Here, the word **order** refers to requirements and duties that go along with a specific office or position. If someone serves **according to the order of** someone else, that means that he or she meets the same requirements and performs the same duties which that person did. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase. Alternate translation: “in the same way that Melchizedek was a priest … in the same way that Aaron was a priest” or “with a priesthood just like Melchizedek’s priesthood … having a priesthood just like Aaron’s priesthood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 7 11 b4n2 translate-names Μελχισέδεκ…Ἀαρὼν 1 Here, the word **Melchizedek** is the name of a man, the same one about whom the author has been speaking. The word **Aaron** is also the name of a man. He was the first descendant of “Levi” who served as a priest, and the rest of the priests are descended from him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 7 11 kt3a figs-activepassive οὐ…λέγεσθαι 1 not be considered to be after the manner of Aaron If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the one who is not **said** rather than focusing on what does not do the “saying.” If you must state who does not “say,” the author implies that “God” did not say this when he spoke in [Psalm 110:4](../psa/110/04.md). Alternate translation: “for the psalm not to identify him to be” or “for God to say that he is not” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 7 12 wawz grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces further explanation and support for the idea that the “basis” of the **law** is the **priesthood** (see [7:11](../07/11.md)). The author’s point is that, because a **change of the law** occurs whenever the **priesthood is changed**, that means that the **priesthood** must be the basis for the **law**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces further support for a previous claim. Alternate translation: “You can tell that the priesthood is the basis of the law, because” or “Indeed,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) From 917b95bf0adb02efe04db3619ad21b6e8d4154fa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 21:13:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 243/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index ed936a62fa..5bf3b6464c 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ HEB 7 12 lipz figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἱερωσύνης 1 If your language HEB 7 12 s8qi figs-idiom ἐξ ἀνάγκης 1 Here, the phrase **from necessity** indicates that what follows “must” or “has to” happen. The phrase does not clarify why what follows is a **necessity**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that indicates obligation or certainty. Alternate translation: “it is required that” or “it follows that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 7 12 e8av figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἀνάγκης καὶ νόμου μετάθεσις γίνεται 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **necessity**, **change**, or **place**, you could express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the law also needs to be changed” or “it is required that the law also changes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 7 13 mwx4 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces support for what the author has implied: there has indeed been a change in the priesthood (see [7:11–12](../07/11.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that introduces support for a claim. Alternate translation: “Now the priesthood has been changed, since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -HEB 7 13 k9zi writing-pronouns ἐφ’ ὃν…λέγεται ταῦτα…μετέσχηκεν 1 For the one Here, the words **he** and **whom** both refer to Jesus, to whom the author has applied the words of [Psalm 110:4](../psa/110/04.md). The author does not refer to Jesus by name here because he uses “the Lord” in the next verse and because he emphatically uses Jesus’ name in [7:22](../07/22.md). If possible, refer to Jesus here as indirectly as the author does. If you must clarify to whom **he** and **whom** refer, you could use a word or phrase that directly identifies Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Lord about whom these things are said belongs to” or “Jesus, about whom these things are said, belongs to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +HEB 7 13 k9zi writing-pronouns ἐφ’ ὃν…λέγεται ταῦτα…μετέσχηκεν 1 For the one Here, the words **he** and **whom** both refer to Jesus, to whom the author has applied the words of [Psalm 110:4](../psa/110/04.md). The author does not refer to Jesus by name here, because he uses “the Lord” in the next verse and because he emphatically uses Jesus’ name in [7:22](../07/22.md). If possible, refer to Jesus here as indirectly as the author does. If you must clarify to whom **he** and **whom** refer, you could use a word or phrase that directly identifies Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Lord about whom these things are said belongs to” or “Jesus, about whom these things are said, belongs to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 7 13 m9mm figs-activepassive ἐφ’ ὃν…λέγεται ταῦτα 1 about whom these things are said If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on what is **said** rather than focusing on the person doing the “saying.” If you must state who did the “saying,” the author implies that “God” did it in the words of [Psalm 110:4](../psa/110/04.md). Alternate translation: “about whom God said these things” or “about whom we read these things in the Psalm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 7 13 nmdl figs-extrainfo φυλῆς ἑτέρας 1 Here, the phrase **tribe** refers to all those people who are descended from one of Jacob’s twelve sons. The author refers to **another tribe** to show that Jesus is not from the **tribe** of Levi. He will state which tribe Jesus is from in the next verse, so do not identify whose **tribe** the author speaks of until the next verse. Alternate translation: “one of the other tribes” or “a tribe that is not connected with Levi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) HEB 7 13 n3hs figs-idiom προσέσχηκεν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ 1 Here, the phrase **officiated at the altar** is another way to say that someone has served or functioned as a priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to acting as a priest. Alternate translation: “has functioned as priest” or “has done priestly work at God’s altar” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 43d07276df890ee7c0f6df75b68f846c607348f8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 21:14:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 244/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 5bf3b6464c..c83427a581 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ HEB 7 12 s8qi figs-idiom ἐξ ἀνάγκης 1 Here, the phrase **from necess HEB 7 12 e8av figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἀνάγκης καὶ νόμου μετάθεσις γίνεται 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **necessity**, **change**, or **place**, you could express the ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “the law also needs to be changed” or “it is required that the law also changes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 7 13 mwx4 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces support for what the author has implied: there has indeed been a change in the priesthood (see [7:11–12](../07/11.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that introduces support for a claim. Alternate translation: “Now the priesthood has been changed, since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 7 13 k9zi writing-pronouns ἐφ’ ὃν…λέγεται ταῦτα…μετέσχηκεν 1 For the one Here, the words **he** and **whom** both refer to Jesus, to whom the author has applied the words of [Psalm 110:4](../psa/110/04.md). The author does not refer to Jesus by name here, because he uses “the Lord” in the next verse and because he emphatically uses Jesus’ name in [7:22](../07/22.md). If possible, refer to Jesus here as indirectly as the author does. If you must clarify to whom **he** and **whom** refer, you could use a word or phrase that directly identifies Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Lord about whom these things are said belongs to” or “Jesus, about whom these things are said, belongs to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -HEB 7 13 m9mm figs-activepassive ἐφ’ ὃν…λέγεται ταῦτα 1 about whom these things are said If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on what is **said** rather than focusing on the person doing the “saying.” If you must state who did the “saying,” the author implies that “God” did it in the words of [Psalm 110:4](../psa/110/04.md). Alternate translation: “about whom God said these things” or “about whom we read these things in the Psalm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 7 13 m9mm figs-activepassive ἐφ’ ὃν…λέγεται ταῦτα 1 about whom these things are said If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on what is **said** rather than focusing on the person doing the “saying.” If you must state who did the “saying,” the author implies that “God” did it in the words of [Psalm 110:4](../psa/110/04.md). Alternate translation: “about whom God said these things” or “about whom we read these things in the psalm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 7 13 nmdl figs-extrainfo φυλῆς ἑτέρας 1 Here, the phrase **tribe** refers to all those people who are descended from one of Jacob’s twelve sons. The author refers to **another tribe** to show that Jesus is not from the **tribe** of Levi. He will state which tribe Jesus is from in the next verse, so do not identify whose **tribe** the author speaks of until the next verse. Alternate translation: “one of the other tribes” or “a tribe that is not connected with Levi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) HEB 7 13 n3hs figs-idiom προσέσχηκεν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ 1 Here, the phrase **officiated at the altar** is another way to say that someone has served or functioned as a priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to acting as a priest. Alternate translation: “has functioned as priest” or “has done priestly work at God’s altar” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 7 14 t3dm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Now Here, the word **For** introduces further, more specific explanation of what the author claimed in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces more specific information. Alternate translation: “More specifically,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) From a4ebdfb4c50f0a532d4270f16ab3c533d3dd7ef5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Tue, 15 Nov 2022 21:15:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 245/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index c83427a581..a8518dda5a 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ HEB 7 12 e8av figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἀνάγκης καὶ νόμου μετ HEB 7 13 mwx4 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces support for what the author has implied: there has indeed been a change in the priesthood (see [7:11–12](../07/11.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that introduces support for a claim. Alternate translation: “Now the priesthood has been changed, since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 7 13 k9zi writing-pronouns ἐφ’ ὃν…λέγεται ταῦτα…μετέσχηκεν 1 For the one Here, the words **he** and **whom** both refer to Jesus, to whom the author has applied the words of [Psalm 110:4](../psa/110/04.md). The author does not refer to Jesus by name here, because he uses “the Lord” in the next verse and because he emphatically uses Jesus’ name in [7:22](../07/22.md). If possible, refer to Jesus here as indirectly as the author does. If you must clarify to whom **he** and **whom** refer, you could use a word or phrase that directly identifies Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Lord about whom these things are said belongs to” or “Jesus, about whom these things are said, belongs to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 7 13 m9mm figs-activepassive ἐφ’ ὃν…λέγεται ταῦτα 1 about whom these things are said If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on what is **said** rather than focusing on the person doing the “saying.” If you must state who did the “saying,” the author implies that “God” did it in the words of [Psalm 110:4](../psa/110/04.md). Alternate translation: “about whom God said these things” or “about whom we read these things in the psalm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -HEB 7 13 nmdl figs-extrainfo φυλῆς ἑτέρας 1 Here, the phrase **tribe** refers to all those people who are descended from one of Jacob’s twelve sons. The author refers to **another tribe** to show that Jesus is not from the **tribe** of Levi. He will state which tribe Jesus is from in the next verse, so do not identify whose **tribe** the author speaks of until the next verse. Alternate translation: “one of the other tribes” or “a tribe that is not connected with Levi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +HEB 7 13 nmdl figs-extrainfo φυλῆς ἑτέρας 1 Here, the phrase **tribe** refers to all those people who are descended from one of Jacob’s twelve sons. The author refers to **another tribe** to show that Jesus is not from the **tribe** of Levi. He will state which tribe Jesus is from in the next verse, so do not identify of whose **tribe** the author speaks until the next verse. Alternate translation: “one of the other tribes” or “a tribe that is not connected with Levi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) HEB 7 13 n3hs figs-idiom προσέσχηκεν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ 1 Here, the phrase **officiated at the altar** is another way to say that someone has served or functioned as a priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to acting as a priest. Alternate translation: “has functioned as priest” or “has done priestly work at God’s altar” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 7 14 t3dm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Now Here, the word **For** introduces further, more specific explanation of what the author claimed in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces more specific information. Alternate translation: “More specifically,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 7 14 mxj1 πρόδηλον 1 Here, the phrase **{it is} obvious** indicates that what follows is common knowledge, that is, information that the author assumes his audience already knows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that introduces common knowledge. Alternate translation: “everyone knows” or “it is commonly known” From 94e631d6565eeba79d25b895b0bf3919bc1c3cc0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 00:16:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 246/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index a8518dda5a..26087c5420 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -803,12 +803,12 @@ HEB 7 13 nmdl figs-extrainfo φυλῆς ἑτέρας 1 Here, the phrase **tri HEB 7 13 n3hs figs-idiom προσέσχηκεν τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ 1 Here, the phrase **officiated at the altar** is another way to say that someone has served or functioned as a priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to acting as a priest. Alternate translation: “has functioned as priest” or “has done priestly work at God’s altar” See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 7 14 t3dm grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Now Here, the word **For** introduces further, more specific explanation of what the author claimed in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces more specific information. Alternate translation: “More specifically,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 7 14 mxj1 πρόδηλον 1 Here, the phrase **{it is} obvious** indicates that what follows is common knowledge, that is, information that the author assumes his audience already knows. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that introduces common knowledge. Alternate translation: “everyone knows” or “it is commonly known” -HEB 7 14 qsk5 figs-metaphor ἐξ Ἰούδα ἀνατέταλκεν 1 it is from Judah that our Lord was born Here the author describes Jesus’ birth as if he were the sun that “sprang up” above the horizon at sunrise. He speaks in this way to refer to Jesus’s birth as a descendant of **Judah** but also to indicate that Jesus’s birth was not completely normal. Since Jesus was born by the power of the Holy Spirit without a human father, the author uses a less common phrase to refer to the person from he whom he is descended. If possible, use a comparable phrase in your language that refers to human descent but that also indicates that Jesus’s birth was not totally normal. Alternate translation: “has come from Judah” or “has sprouted from Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +HEB 7 14 qsk5 figs-metaphor ἐξ Ἰούδα ἀνατέταλκεν 1 it is from Judah that our Lord was born Here the author describes Jesus’ birth as if he were the sun that “sprang up” above the horizon at sunrise. He speaks in this way to refer to Jesus’ birth as a descendant of **Judah** but also to indicate that Jesus’ birth was not completely normal. Since Jesus was born by the power of the Holy Spirit without a human father, the author uses a less common phrase to refer to the person from whom he is descended. If possible, use a comparable phrase in your language that refers to human descent but that also indicates that Jesus’ birth was not totally normal. Alternate translation: “has come from Judah” or “has sprouted from Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) HEB 7 14 ln94 translate-names ἐξ Ἰούδα…Μωϋσῆς 1 from Judah Here, the word **Judah** is the name of a man. He was one of the great-grandsons of Abraham. Here, the author uses the name **Judah** to refer to the **tribe** of people who are descended from **Judah**. The word **Moses** is the name of a man. God used him to give the law to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) HEB 7 14 fh67 figs-explicit οὐδὲν Μωϋσῆς ἐλάλησεν 1 Here the author refers to the law that **Moses** received from God and gave to the people of Israel. This law contained instructions about who would serve as priests, and the only instructions that Moses received were about how people from the tribe of Levi would serve as priests. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote nothing in the law” or “God gave Moses nothing to say in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 14 onns figs-explicit περὶ ἱερέων οὐδὲν 1 Here, the phrase **nothing concerning priests** indicates that the law of **Moses** contains no instructions or indications about people from the tribe of **Judah** serving as priests. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “nothing about some of them acting as priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 15 uf6c writing-pronouns ἐστιν 1 Here, the word **this** could refer to: (1) the author’s claim that God changed the priesthood. Alternate translation: “the change in priesthood is” or “the fact that God has changed the priesthood is” (2) more generally to what the author is arguing about Jesus and the priests who are descended from Levi. Alternate translation: “what I am arguing is” or “what I have said is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -HEB 7 15 jn1p καὶ περισσότερον ἔτι κατάδηλόν ἐστιν 1 What we say is clearer yet Here, the phrase **still even more obvious** is a stronger form of the phrase “{it is} obvious” in [7:14](../07/14.md). The author’s point is that everyone must acknowledge that **this** (see the previous note) is true given that the following **if** statement is also true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that everyone must agree with. Alternate translation: “And everyone must agree that this is true” or “And everyone knows that this is surely correct” +HEB 7 15 jn1p καὶ περισσότερον ἔτι κατάδηλόν ἐστιν 1 What we say is clearer yet Here, the phrase **still even more obvious** is a stronger form of the phrase “{it is} obvious” in [7:14](../07/14.md). The author’s point is that everyone must acknowledge that **this** (see the previous note) is true, given that the following **if** statement is also true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces something that everyone must agree with. Alternate translation: “And everyone must agree that this is true” or “And everyone knows that this is surely correct” HEB 7 15 md9i grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ…ἀνίσταται ἱερεὺς ἕτερος 1 if another priest arises Here the author is speaking as if **another priest** “emerging” were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what the author is saying is not certain, then you could express the idea by using a word such as “because” or “since.” Alternate translation: “now that another priest has emerged” or “because another priest has emerged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) HEB 7 15 i17g figs-explicit ἱερεὺς ἕτερος 1 General Information: Here, the phrase **another priest** refers to Jesus, who is a different kind of **priest** than the priests who are descended from Levi. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make explicit that the phrase refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is a different priest,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 15 chxb figs-metaphor ἀνίσταται 1 Here the author speaks of how Jesus has become a priest as if he were a person “emerging” from underneath a covering or screen. He speaks in this way to indicate that Jesus became a **priest** at a specific point in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to becoming a priest. Alternate translation: “takes office” or “begins to serve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 6e351ffc04e490e3209a40f54cbbdbfce57b1599 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 00:40:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 247/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 26087c5420..905ee4f1d7 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ HEB 7 15 z1yl translate-unknown κατὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα Μελχι HEB 7 15 afqi figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὴν ὁμοιότητα Μελχισέδεκ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **likeness**, you could express the idea by using an adjective such as “like” or “similar.” Alternate translation: “who is like Melchizedek” or “who is similar to Melchizedek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 7 16 nt6b writing-pronouns ὃς…γέγονεν 1 Here, the word **who** refers back to the phrase “another priest” in the previous verse ([7:15](../07/15.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could make explicit that the pronoun refers to “another priest.” If you use the following alternate translation, you may need to add a period before it. Alternate translation: “That priest has become one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 7 16 fr4a figs-infostructure οὐ κατὰ νόμον ἐντολῆς σαρκίνης…ἀλλὰ κατὰ δύναμιν ζωῆς ἀκαταλύτου 1 It was not based on the law If your language would not put the negative statement before the positive statement, you could reverse them. Alternate translation: “according to the power of an indestructible life, not according to a law of a fleshly command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -HEB 7 16 erq7 figs-possession νόμον ἐντολῆς σαρκίνης 1 the law of fleshly descent Here the author uses the possessive form to indicate that **a law** that includes **a fleshly command**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “according to a fleshly command in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +HEB 7 16 erq7 figs-possession νόμον ἐντολῆς σαρκίνης 1 the law of fleshly descent Here the author uses the possessive form to indicate that **a law** includes **a fleshly command**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “according to a fleshly command in the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) HEB 7 16 el4j figs-explicit ἐντολῆς σαρκίνης 1 Here, the phrase **fleshly command** refers to a **command** that could: (1) deal with what is **fleshly**, specifically how humans have children. In other words, the **command** relates to how priests need to be descended from Levi. Alternate translation: “of a command about physical descent” (2) apply to people who are **fleshly**, that is, those who are alive now and who do not have resurrected bodies. Alternate translation: “of command that deals with this life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 16 l4mg figs-abstractnouns ἐντολῆς σαρκίνης 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **command**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “command.” Alternate translation: “that commands what is fleshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 7 16 kw1a figs-possession κατὰ δύναμιν ζωῆς ἀκαταλύτου 1 Here the author uses the possessive form to indicate that **power** comes from or is based in the **indestructible life**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “according to the power that comes from an indestructible life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ HEB 7 18 bzht grammar-connect-words-phrases μὲν γὰρ 1 Here, the word ** HEB 7 18 dm50 figs-abstractnouns ἀθέτησις…γίνεται προαγούσης ἐντολῆς 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **annulment** and **commandment**, you could express the ideas by using verbs such as “annul” and “command.” Alternate translation: “what was formerly commanded is annulled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 7 18 x8tw figs-explicit προαγούσης ἐντολῆς 1 Here, the phrase **the former commandment** identifies what God commanded Moses to tell the people about how the descendants of Levi would serve as priests and what they would do. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of the former commandment about the Levitical priesthood” or “of the former commandment concerning priests in Moses’ law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 18 ez4i figs-doublet ἀσθενὲς, καὶ ἀνωφελές 1 These two terms mean basically the same thing and are used together to emphasize how ineffective the “former commandment” was. If your language does not use repetition to do this, or if you do not have two words for these attributes, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “is very weak” or “cannot accomplish anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -HEB 7 19 t5w7 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** introduces support for how the “former commandment” is “weak and useless” (see [7:18](../07/18.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that introduces support for a claim. Alternate translation: “indeed,” or “that is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +HEB 7 19 t5w7 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **for** introduces support for how the “former commandment” is “weak and useless” (see [7:18](../07/18.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase that introduces support for a claim. Alternate translation: “indeed,” or “that is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 7 19 ia8j figs-personification οὐδὲν…ἐτελείωσεν ὁ νόμος 1 the law made nothing perfect Here the author speaks of **the law** as if it were a person who was ineffective and could “perfect” nothing. He speaks in this way to indicate that the system of laws that God gave through Moses, particularly the laws about priests, did not lead to people or things becoming “perfect.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the law was not something that people could follow to become perfect” or “nothing was perfected through Moses’ law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) HEB 7 19 otzd grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **on the other hand** introduces the second part of the author’s explanation. Make sure you translate this phrase so that it works well with how you translated “on the one hand” in [7:18](../07/18.md). Alternate translation: “and second, there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 7 19 stc2 figs-abstractnouns ἐπεισαγωγὴ…κρείττονος ἐλπίδος 1 a better hope is introduced If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **introduction** and **hope**, you could express the idea by using verbs such as “introduce” and “hope.” Alternate translation: “God introduces something better for which we hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) From 5b4c776ab14eaecb294a422cb85ee6755a1090c4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 00:53:15 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 248/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 905ee4f1d7..788a6b598a 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -837,12 +837,12 @@ HEB 7 19 otzd grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Here, the phrase **on the o HEB 7 19 stc2 figs-abstractnouns ἐπεισαγωγὴ…κρείττονος ἐλπίδος 1 a better hope is introduced If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind **introduction** and **hope**, you could express the idea by using verbs such as “introduce” and “hope.” Alternate translation: “God introduces something better for which we hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 7 19 xp1h figs-metonymy κρείττονος ἐλπίδος 1 a better hope is introduced Here, the word **hope** refers to the contents of the **hope**, or what believers confidently expect. If it would be helpful in your language, you could clarify that the author is referring to the contents of this **hope**. Alternate translation: “of the better things that we hope for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 7 19 c9tz figs-go ἐγγίζομεν τῷ Θεῷ 1 through which we come near to God Here, the phrase **come near** refers to getting close to something but not necessarily being right next to it. Here, the author wants believers to approach God in heaven. This means that they enter into God’s presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to being in someone’s presence. Alternate translation: “we go before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) -HEB 7 20 e97r translate-versebridge 0 General Information: To help your readers understand the author’s main point in this verse and the next one, you could combine both verses into a verse bridge. You could put the background information about how the Israelite priests were not appointed with an oath while Jesus was appointed with an oath in a first sentence. Then, you could put the comparison between how Jesus was appointed with an oath and how he is the guarantor of a better covenant in a second sentence. Alternate translation: “For indeed they without swearing an oath are become priests, but he with an oath-taking, through God saying to him, “The Lord swore and will not change his mind: ‘You are a priest forever.’” So, by as much as not without swearing an oath,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) +HEB 7 20 e97r translate-versebridge 0 General Information: To help your readers understand the author’s main point in this verse and the next one, you could combine both verses into a verse bridge. You could put in a first sentence the background information about how the Israelite priests were not appointed with an oath while Jesus was appointed with an oath. Then, you could put the comparison between how Jesus was appointed with an oath and how he is the guarantor of a better covenant in a second sentence. Alternate translation: “For indeed they, without swearing an oath, are become priests, but he with an oath-taking, through God saying to him, “The Lord swore and will not change his mind: ‘You are a priest forever.’” So, by as much as not without swearing an oath,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) HEB 7 20 f3cd grammar-connect-words-phrases καθ’ ὅσον 1 General Information: Here, the phrase **by as much as** introduces the first half a comparison that the author will complete in [7:22](../07/22.md). The point is that, just as **swearing an oath** is more guaranteed than not using an oath, so Jesus’ priesthood and covenant are better than the priesthood of the descendants of Levi. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that introduces a comparison between two situations or concepts. Alternate translation: “just as it was” or “in the same way that it was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 7 20 ziqe figs-doublenegatives οὐ χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας 1 The phrase **not without swearing an oath** uses two negative words to emphasize that there was definitely an **oath** involved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with positive words, emphasizing the importance of **swearing an oath**. Alternate translation: “with swearing an oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) HEB 7 20 vf69 figs-explicit οὐ χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας 1 And it was not without an oath! Here the author again refers to [Psalm 110:4](../psa/110/04.md), which states that the Lord “swears” that “you are a priest forever.” The author quotes this psalm again in the following verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the content of the **oath** explicit. Alternate translation: “not without swearing an oath about the priesthood of the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 20 v343 figs-infostructure ὁρκωμοσίας, οἱ μὲν γὰρ χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας εἰσὶν ἱερεῖς γεγονότες, 1 And it was not without an oath! Here the author begins a comment about the **oath** and priests. This comment continues to the end of [7:21](../07/21.md). The ULT has used em-dashes to make it clear that these words are extra information that explain **not without swearing an oath**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that the author is about to give extra explanatory information. If you do, make sure that you properly signal the end of this extra information at the end of [7:22](../07/22.md). Alternate translation: “swearing an oath—by the way, they indeed without swearing an oath are become priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -HEB 7 20 atus grammar-connect-words-phrases μὲν γὰρ 1 And it was not without an oath! Here, the word **For** introduces an explanation of about why it is important there was an **oath**. The word **indeed** signals to the audience that this explanation has two parts. The second part begins with “but” in [7:21a](../07/21.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words that introduce a two-part explanation. Alternate translation: “now on the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +HEB 7 20 atus grammar-connect-words-phrases μὲν γὰρ 1 And it was not without an oath! Here, the word **for** introduces an explanation of about why it is important there was an **oath**. The word **indeed** signals to the audience that this explanation has two parts. The second part begins with “but” in [7:21a](../07/21.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words that introduce a two-part explanation. Alternate translation: “now on the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 7 20 jrue writing-pronouns οἱ 1 And it was not without an oath! Here, the word **they** refers to the priests who are descended from Levi about whom God gave laws through Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make explicit that the pronoun refers to Levitical priests. Alternate translation: “the Levitical priests” or “the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 7 20 n5bi figs-explicit χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας εἰσὶν ἱερεῖς γεγονότες 1 And it was not without an oath! Here the author points out that God did not “swear” an **oath** when he appointed the descendants of Levi to be priests. Instead, he gave laws and regulations through Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make what the author is claiming more explicit. Alternate translation: “are appointed priests by God without him swearing an oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 21 q1vm grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 And it was not without an oath! Here, the word **but** introduces the second part of the author’s explanation. Make sure you translate this word so that it works well with how you translated “indeed” in [7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “but on the other hand,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) From cdab2ea1073cb92c23e606ead08edb3c5e13e83a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 01:02:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 249/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 788a6b598a..e9d56117ce 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -842,8 +842,8 @@ HEB 7 20 f3cd grammar-connect-words-phrases καθ’ ὅσον 1 General Inform HEB 7 20 ziqe figs-doublenegatives οὐ χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας 1 The phrase **not without swearing an oath** uses two negative words to emphasize that there was definitely an **oath** involved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning with positive words, emphasizing the importance of **swearing an oath**. Alternate translation: “with swearing an oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) HEB 7 20 vf69 figs-explicit οὐ χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας 1 And it was not without an oath! Here the author again refers to [Psalm 110:4](../psa/110/04.md), which states that the Lord “swears” that “you are a priest forever.” The author quotes this psalm again in the following verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the content of the **oath** explicit. Alternate translation: “not without swearing an oath about the priesthood of the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 20 v343 figs-infostructure ὁρκωμοσίας, οἱ μὲν γὰρ χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας εἰσὶν ἱερεῖς γεγονότες, 1 And it was not without an oath! Here the author begins a comment about the **oath** and priests. This comment continues to the end of [7:21](../07/21.md). The ULT has used em-dashes to make it clear that these words are extra information that explain **not without swearing an oath**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that indicates that the author is about to give extra explanatory information. If you do, make sure that you properly signal the end of this extra information at the end of [7:22](../07/22.md). Alternate translation: “swearing an oath—by the way, they indeed without swearing an oath are become priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) -HEB 7 20 atus grammar-connect-words-phrases μὲν γὰρ 1 And it was not without an oath! Here, the word **for** introduces an explanation of about why it is important there was an **oath**. The word **indeed** signals to the audience that this explanation has two parts. The second part begins with “but” in [7:21a](../07/21.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words that introduce a two-part explanation. Alternate translation: “now on the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -HEB 7 20 jrue writing-pronouns οἱ 1 And it was not without an oath! Here, the word **they** refers to the priests who are descended from Levi about whom God gave laws through Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make explicit that the pronoun refers to Levitical priests. Alternate translation: “the Levitical priests” or “the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +HEB 7 20 atus grammar-connect-words-phrases μὲν γὰρ 1 And it was not without an oath! Here, the word **for** introduces an explanation of about why it is important that there was an **oath**. The word **indeed** signals to the audience that this explanation has two parts. The second part begins with “but” in [7:21a](../07/21.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words that introduce a two-part explanation. Alternate translation: “now on the one hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +HEB 7 20 jrue writing-pronouns οἱ 1 And it was not without an oath! Here, the word **they** refers to the priests who are descended from Levi, about whom God gave laws through Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make explicit that the pronoun refers to Levitical priests. Alternate translation: “the Levitical priests” or “the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) HEB 7 20 n5bi figs-explicit χωρὶς ὁρκωμοσίας εἰσὶν ἱερεῖς γεγονότες 1 And it was not without an oath! Here the author points out that God did not “swear” an **oath** when he appointed the descendants of Levi to be priests. Instead, he gave laws and regulations through Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make what the author is claiming more explicit. Alternate translation: “are appointed priests by God without him swearing an oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 21 q1vm grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 And it was not without an oath! Here, the word **but** introduces the second part of the author’s explanation. Make sure you translate this word so that it works well with how you translated “indeed” in [7:20](../07/20.md). Alternate translation: “but on the other hand,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 7 21 y3uo figs-ellipsis ὁ…μετὰ 1 And it was not without an oath! This phrase leaves out some words that many languages might need to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the end of the previous verse ([7:20](../07/20.md)). Alternate translation: “he became a priest with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ HEB 7 21 zw04 figs-123person ὤμοσεν Κύριος, καὶ οὐ μετα HEB 7 21 xbtg figs-idiom οὐ μεταμεληθήσεται 1 And it was not without an oath! Here, the phrase **change his mind** refers to how somebody first decides to do one thing but then later decides to do something different. The quotation indicates that **the Lord** will not decide to do something different. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable expression. Alternate translation: “will not revoke what he has said” or “will not decide to do something different” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 7 21 qtfs figs-quotesinquotes οὐ μεταμεληθήσεται, σὺ ἱερεὺς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 And it was not without an oath! If a direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “will not change his mind, swearing that you are a priest forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) HEB 7 21 e5v1 σὺ ἱερεὺς εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 And it was not without an oath! Since the author repeats here the same words that he quoted in [7:17](../07/17.md) (although he does not include the phrase “according to the order of Melchizedek”), you should translate these words in exactly the same way as you did in that verse. -HEB 7 22 h462 grammar-connect-words-phrases κατὰ τοσοῦτο 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **according to so much more** introduces the second half of the comparison that the author began in the first part of [7:20](../07/20.md). The comparison indicates that the difference in greatness between a priesthood with an oath and a priesthood without an oath is comparable to the difference in greatness between the covenants that these priesthoods are part of. In other words, the covenant that Jesus “guarantees” is greater than the covenant that God gave through Moses, just like his priesthood that is guaranteed by an oath is greater than the priesthood that God gave to the descendants of Levi. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that expresses a comparison between two situations or concepts. Alternate translation: “by that much” or “by so much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) +HEB 7 22 h462 grammar-connect-words-phrases κατὰ τοσοῦτο 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the phrase **according to so much more** introduces the second half of the comparison that the author began in the first part of [7:20](../07/20.md). The comparison indicates that the difference in greatness between a priesthood with an oath and a priesthood without an oath is comparable to the difference in greatness between the covenants of which these priesthoods are a part. In other words, the covenant that Jesus “guarantees” is greater than the covenant that God gave through Moses, just like his priesthood that is guaranteed by an oath is greater than the priesthood that God gave to the descendants of Levi. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that expresses a comparison between two situations or concepts. Alternate translation: “by that much” or “by so much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 7 22 e23d translate-unknown γέγονεν ἔγγυος 1 has given the guarantee of a better covenant Here, the word **guarantor** refers to a person who makes sure that people do what they promised or agreed to do. In other words, Jesus is the one who ensures that the **better covenant** be carried out. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable word or phrase. Alternate translation: “ensures the fulfillment” or “makes certain the accomplishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) HEB 7 22 qn5c figs-explicit κρείττονος διαθήκης 1 has given the guarantee of a better covenant Here the audience would have inferred that the **covenant** is **better** than the “old covenant,” the one that God gave through Moses to the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “of a covenant that is better than the covenant that God gave through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 23 cdsy grammar-connect-words-phrases καὶ οἱ μὲν…γεγονότες 1 has given the guarantee of a better covenant Here, the word **And** indicates that the author is adding a new point or topic to what he is discussing. The phrase **on the one hand** signals to the reader that this new point occurs in two contrasting parts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use words or phrases that more clearly introduce a new point in two contrasting parts. Make sure that you express the second half of the contrast in [7:24](../07/24.md) so that it fits with what you do here. Alternate translation: “Now on the one hand, the ones having become” or “First, the ones having become” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) From 2a3ef70abbab773a9cf14e81ecf45b9d71ca9202 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 01:16:55 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 251/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index e9d56117ce..1f20c7cca1 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -865,8 +865,8 @@ HEB 7 23 vn5m figs-abstractnouns θανάτῳ 1 has given the guarantee of a be HEB 7 23 tfba figs-explicit παραμένειν 1 has given the guarantee of a better covenant Here the author implies that they **are prevented {from} continuing** to be priests. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make the idea more explicit. Alternate translation: “from continuing to be priests” or “from continuing to act as priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 24 ywjc grammar-connect-words-phrases ὁ δὲ 1 he has a permanent priesthood Here, the words **but** and **on the other hand** introduce the second part of the contrast that the author began in [7:23](../07/23.md). Make sure you express the idea here in a way that matches how you introduced the first half of the contrast in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and on the other hand, he” or “but second, he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 7 24 y2uu writing-pronouns ὁ 1 he has a permanent priesthood Here, the word **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make explicit that the pronoun refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Son” or “Jesus the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -HEB 7 24 z20u figs-explicit μένειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 he has a permanent priesthood Here, the phrase **he remains forever** means something similar to the phrase “indestructible life” in [7:16](../07/16.md): Jesus lives forever, that is, he will never die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea more clearly. Alternate translation: “he remains alive forever” or “his life never ends” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -HEB 7 24 u941 figs-abstractnouns ἀπαράβατον ἔχει τὴν ἱερωσύνην 1 he has a permanent priesthood If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **priesthood**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “imitate.” Alternate translation: “is permanently a priest” or “who permanently acts as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +HEB 7 24 z20u figs-explicit μένειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα 1 he has a permanent priesthood Here, the phrase **he remains forever** means something similar to the phrase “indestructible life” in [7:16](../07/16.md): Jesus lives forever, that is, he will never die. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea more clearly. Alternate translation: “remains alive forever” or “lives without end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +HEB 7 24 u941 figs-abstractnouns ἀπαράβατον ἔχει τὴν ἱερωσύνην 1 he has a permanent priesthood If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind **priesthood**, you could express the idea by using a verb such as “imitate.” Alternate translation: “is permanently a priest” or “permanently acts as a priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) HEB 7 25 a4gg grammar-connect-logic-result ὅθεν 1 Therefore he Here, the phrase **because of which** introduces a conclusion based on the fact that Jesus has “the permanent priesthood” ([7:24](../07/24.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a natural form that introduces a conclusion. Alternate translation: “as a result of which” or “so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 7 25 sn4h figs-explicit σῴζειν εἰς τὸ παντελὲς 1 Therefore he Here, the word **completely** identifies the way that Jesus “saves” people as something that he himself does totally and finally. In other words, he does not need someone else to assist him in “saving” his people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the idea more explicitly. Alternate translation: “to save entirely” or “to save all the way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) HEB 7 25 b182 figs-go τοὺς προσερχομένους…τῷ Θεῷ 1 those who approach God through him Here, the word **approaching** refers to getting close to something but not necessarily being right next to it. Here, the author speaks of people **approaching God**. This means that they enter into God’s presence. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that refers to being in someone’s presence. Alternate translation: “the ones going before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) From 3fcf37e337eaa718473e83e167bc1d8c0e546b6a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 01:38:11 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 252/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 1f20c7cca1..d0c47484d6 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ HEB 7 28 gzm1 figs-possession ὁ λόγος…τῆς ὁρκωμοσίας 1 t HEB 7 28 yez2 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος…τῆς ὁρκωμοσίας 1 the word of the oath, which came after the law, appointed a Son Here, the word **word** refers to what someone says in words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message concerning the swearing of an oath” or “what God said about the swearing of an oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 7 28 msa4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱόν 1 Son The word **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) HEB 7 28 r5lc εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τετελειωμένον 1 who has been made perfect Here, the phrase **having been made perfect forever** could refer to: (1) who the **Son** is. Alternate translation: “who has been made perfect forever” (2) something that happened before the **Son** became a high priest. Alternate translation: “after he was made perfect forever” -HEB 7 28 fkl3 figs-activepassive τετελειωμένον 1 who has been made perfect If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the one who is **made perfect** rather than focusing on the person doing the “perfecting.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God having made him perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 7 28 fkl3 figs-activepassive τετελειωμένον 1 who has been made perfect If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the one who is **made perfect** rather than focusing on the person doing the “perfecting.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God having made him perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 8 intro ks94 0 # Hebrews 8 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

5. The Son as high priest (5:1–10:18)
* Teaching: The ministry of the Son (8:1–6)
* Teaching: The new covenant (8:7–13)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [8:8–12](../08/08.md), which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### New covenant

In [8:6–13](../08/06.md), the author refers to a “second,” “better,” or “new” covenant. All these phrases refer to the same covenant, the one that God promised in the words that the author quotes from [Jeremiah 31:31–34](../jer/31/31.md). This new covenant is “mediated” through Jesus the Son ([8:6](../08/06.md)), and when God initiates this covenant, the “first covenant” (the one God made with the Israelites through Moses) becomes “old” or “obsolete” ([8:13](../08/13.md)). In your translation, use words or phrases that refer to an agreement or formal contract between people or groups. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### The heavenly sanctuary

In [8:1–2](../08/01.md), the author refers to how Jesus has sat down at the right side of God’s throne and is a “servant of the holy place and the true tabernacle.” Most likely, the author considers the throne where Jesus sat down to be inside this heavenly sanctuary. Scholars debate whether “holy place” and “true tabernacle” are two different names for the same thing or whether the “holy place” is the most sacred area inside the “true tabernacle.” Either way, these names refer to the sanctuary in heaven where Jesus acts as a high priest. You should refer to the heavenly sanctuary with the same words that you use to refer to the earthly sanctuary. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

### The “house” of Israel or Judah

In [8:8](../08/08.md), [10](../08/10.md), the quotation refers to the “house” of Israel or of Judah. In this context, “house” refers figuratively to groups of people who are connected because they are all descended from the same person or because they are all ruled by the same leader. In this case, both are true: the “house” refers to the people who are descended from Abraham and are ruled by a king. In [10](../08/10.md), the “house of Israel” refers to all the Israelites. In [8:8](../08/08.md), the “house of Israel” and the “house of Judah” refer to the two different kingdoms that the original kingdom of Israel split into. In both cases, the quotation is referring to all the Israelites. Consider using a natural way to refer to a group of people who go together. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/house]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Was Jesus a priest when he lived and died on earth?

In [8:4](../08/04.md), the author argues that Jesus would not be a priest if he were on earth. His basis for this claim seems to be that God has already appointed priests to offer sacrifices on earth. Scholars frequently debate whether the author of Hebrews claims that Jesus served as a priest when he obeyed during his earthly life and when he died on the cross, or whether he only served as a priest after he came back to life and ascended to heaven. Either way, the author’s point in this verse is that Jesus would not be a priest if he were on earth right now. See the notes on this verse for ways to translate the contrary-to-fact condition.

### What is the “fault” in the first covenant?

In [8:7](../08/07.md), the author implies that the “first covenant” was not “faultless.” However, in [8:8](../08/08.md), he claims that God finds “fault” with “them,” that is, the Israelites who received that covenant. Most likely, the the “fault” in the first covenant was that it did not enable the Israelites to keep the covenant, and so they failed. This contrasts with the “new covenant,” in which God will put his laws in the minds and hearts of his people. Since the people are the “fault” in the new covenant, there is no need to harmonize these two verses. HEB 8 1 tw7l grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** introduces a new section in the author’s argument. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a new section, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 8 1 nb8q translate-unknown κεφάλαιον…ἐπὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the word **point** refers to the main or most significant idea in a speech or argument. The author could be referring to the most significant idea in: (1) everything he is writing, including what follows. Alternate translation: “the most significant thing in what is being said is this” (2) what he has already said, not including what follows. Alternate translation: “the most significant thing in what has been said is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) From ff1505b2545fba6a879b494a990d6ae1f4bf6288 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: justplainjane47 Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 01:38:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 253/266] Edit 'en_tn_59-HEB.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index d0c47484d6..1f20c7cca1 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ HEB 7 28 gzm1 figs-possession ὁ λόγος…τῆς ὁρκωμοσίας 1 t HEB 7 28 yez2 figs-metonymy ὁ λόγος…τῆς ὁρκωμοσίας 1 the word of the oath, which came after the law, appointed a Son Here, the word **word** refers to what someone says in words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message concerning the swearing of an oath” or “what God said about the swearing of an oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) HEB 7 28 msa4 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Υἱόν 1 Son The word **Son** is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) HEB 7 28 r5lc εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τετελειωμένον 1 who has been made perfect Here, the phrase **having been made perfect forever** could refer to: (1) who the **Son** is. Alternate translation: “who has been made perfect forever” (2) something that happened before the **Son** became a high priest. Alternate translation: “after he was made perfect forever” -HEB 7 28 fkl3 figs-activepassive τετελειωμένον 1 who has been made perfect If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the one who is **made perfect** rather than focusing on the person doing the “perfecting.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God having made him perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +HEB 7 28 fkl3 figs-activepassive τετελειωμένον 1 who has been made perfect If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on the one who is **made perfect** rather than focusing on the person doing the “perfecting.” If you must state who did the action, the author implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God having made him perfect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 8 intro ks94 0 # Hebrews 8 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

5. The Son as high priest (5:1–10:18)
* Teaching: The ministry of the Son (8:1–6)
* Teaching: The new covenant (8:7–13)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [8:8–12](../08/08.md), which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### New covenant

In [8:6–13](../08/06.md), the author refers to a “second,” “better,” or “new” covenant. All these phrases refer to the same covenant, the one that God promised in the words that the author quotes from [Jeremiah 31:31–34](../jer/31/31.md). This new covenant is “mediated” through Jesus the Son ([8:6](../08/06.md)), and when God initiates this covenant, the “first covenant” (the one God made with the Israelites through Moses) becomes “old” or “obsolete” ([8:13](../08/13.md)). In your translation, use words or phrases that refer to an agreement or formal contract between people or groups. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])

### The heavenly sanctuary

In [8:1–2](../08/01.md), the author refers to how Jesus has sat down at the right side of God’s throne and is a “servant of the holy place and the true tabernacle.” Most likely, the author considers the throne where Jesus sat down to be inside this heavenly sanctuary. Scholars debate whether “holy place” and “true tabernacle” are two different names for the same thing or whether the “holy place” is the most sacred area inside the “true tabernacle.” Either way, these names refer to the sanctuary in heaven where Jesus acts as a high priest. You should refer to the heavenly sanctuary with the same words that you use to refer to the earthly sanctuary. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])

## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

### The “house” of Israel or Judah

In [8:8](../08/08.md), [10](../08/10.md), the quotation refers to the “house” of Israel or of Judah. In this context, “house” refers figuratively to groups of people who are connected because they are all descended from the same person or because they are all ruled by the same leader. In this case, both are true: the “house” refers to the people who are descended from Abraham and are ruled by a king. In [10](../08/10.md), the “house of Israel” refers to all the Israelites. In [8:8](../08/08.md), the “house of Israel” and the “house of Judah” refer to the two different kingdoms that the original kingdom of Israel split into. In both cases, the quotation is referring to all the Israelites. Consider using a natural way to refer to a group of people who go together. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/house]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### Was Jesus a priest when he lived and died on earth?

In [8:4](../08/04.md), the author argues that Jesus would not be a priest if he were on earth. His basis for this claim seems to be that God has already appointed priests to offer sacrifices on earth. Scholars frequently debate whether the author of Hebrews claims that Jesus served as a priest when he obeyed during his earthly life and when he died on the cross, or whether he only served as a priest after he came back to life and ascended to heaven. Either way, the author’s point in this verse is that Jesus would not be a priest if he were on earth right now. See the notes on this verse for ways to translate the contrary-to-fact condition.

### What is the “fault” in the first covenant?

In [8:7](../08/07.md), the author implies that the “first covenant” was not “faultless.” However, in [8:8](../08/08.md), he claims that God finds “fault” with “them,” that is, the Israelites who received that covenant. Most likely, the the “fault” in the first covenant was that it did not enable the Israelites to keep the covenant, and so they failed. This contrasts with the “new covenant,” in which God will put his laws in the minds and hearts of his people. Since the people are the “fault” in the new covenant, there is no need to harmonize these two verses. HEB 8 1 tw7l grammar-connect-words-phrases δὲ 1 Now Here, the word **Now** introduces a new section in the author’s argument. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces a new section, or you could leave **Now** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Next,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 8 1 nb8q translate-unknown κεφάλαιον…ἐπὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the word **point** refers to the main or most significant idea in a speech or argument. The author could be referring to the most significant idea in: (1) everything he is writing, including what follows. Alternate translation: “the most significant thing in what is being said is this” (2) what he has already said, not including what follows. Alternate translation: “the most significant thing in what has been said is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) From 7e6a3a2759dca6b988c280416097676f1d44913d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 09:10:06 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 254/266] Attempts to fix Revelation display error --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 56 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 28 insertions(+), 28 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 8a2f450005..e9d076bcea 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Revelation

1. Opening (1:1-20)
2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)
3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)
4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)
5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)
6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)
7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)
8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)
9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)
10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)
11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)

### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?

The author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.

### What is the Book of Revelation about?

John wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?

John used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Are the events of Revelation past or future?

Since early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.

Translators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.

### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?

No other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?

One does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?

The scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:

* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)
* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)
* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### Periods of time

John referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.

### The verb “Behold” which occurs often in the book of Revelation

**Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say or do. The word literally means “look!” or “see!” However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?

For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.

* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”
* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”
* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.
* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”
* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).
* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”
* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”
* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”
* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Revelation

1. Opening (1:1-20)
2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)
3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)
4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)
5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)
6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)
7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)
8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)
9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)
10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)
11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)

### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?

The author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.

### What is the Book of Revelation about?

John wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?

John used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Are the events of Revelation past or future?

Since early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.

Translators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.

### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?

No other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?

One does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?

The scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:

* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)
* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)
* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### Periods of time

John referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.

### The verb “Behold” which occurs often in the book of Revelation

**Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say or do. The word literally means “look!” or “see!” However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?

For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.

* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”
* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”
* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.
* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”
* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).
* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”
* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”
* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”
* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapter One of Revelation

I. The Introduction to Revelation

A. The Prologue (1:1-8)

1. The Preface (1:1-3)
2. The Address and the Doxology (1:4-6)
3. The Book’s Theme (1:7-8)

II. John’s Vision of Christ

B. John’s Appointment to Write the Book of Revelation (1:9-20)

1. The Initial Appointment to Write (1:9-11)
2. The Source of the Appointment (1:12-16)
3. The Appointment Repeated and Elaborated (1:17-20)

This chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven churches

John wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.

### White

The Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”

God exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Blood

Blood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “He is coming with the clouds”

Jesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.

### “One like a son of man”

This refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”

### “The angels of the seven churches”

The word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word.

### The word “to keep” or “to obey”

The word “to keep” means “to pay attention to” or “to heed” or “to obey”. There are various ways to render the idea or meaning of this word “to keep” as a frequent idiomatic expression in the book of Revelation. Basically, the meaning of this idiom which can vary depending on the context of the book of Revelation. For example, see how you translated “to keep” in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md). If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to take to heart” or “to continually consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 1 1 rkh9 figs-abstractnouns ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What God disclosed to Jesus Christ” or “The matters that God revealed to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 1 kv41 figs-possession ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 General Information: This phrase could mean: (1) this book is **revelation** that came to Jesus from God. Alternate translation: “revelation to Jesus Christ” (2) this book is **revelation** that came from Jesus to the author of the book, namely John. Alternate translation: “revelation from Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -27,10 +27,10 @@ REV 1 4 unul figs-explicit ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμ REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Here, the phrase **who is coming** could refer to: (1) the future tense, to complete the idea that God exists in the past, present, and future. In other words, John uses **is coming** figuratively to state that God will exist in the future. Alternate translation: “who will be” or “who will still exist in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) the physical act of coming, when God will be present on earth for a final judgment. REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. Here, the **seven spirits** could refer to: (1) The Spirit of God that is described with seven attributes in [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md). Alternate translation: “the sevenfold Holy Spirit”. (2) Seven individual spirits which serve God and that also might be the “seven angels” in [8:2](../08/02.md). Alternate translation: “the seven spirit beings” or “the seven angelic spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 5 w24x καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and from Jesus Christ The first half of this verse continues the sentence from the previous verse. If you make this a new sentence, then you will need to repeat some of the information from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And may grace be to you and peace also from Jesus Christ” -REV 1 5 gz2n ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστός 1 This phrase **the faithful witness** is a title describing Jesus Christ. The phrase probably comes from [Psalm 89:37](../../psa/89/37.md). Likewise, every title that is describing Jesus Christ in this verse comes from Psalm 89, including: **the firstborn from the dead** and **the ruler of the kings of the earth**. Psalm 89 itself refers to the promises that God gave to David in [2 Samuel 7](../../2sa/07/01.md). So all of these titles describe Jesus Christ as the one who completes God’s promises to David. You may want to include some of this information in a footnote. You may also want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or indentation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 1 5 gz2n writing-quotations ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστός 1 This phrase **the faithful witness** is a title describing Jesus Christ. The phrase probably comes from [Psalm 89:37](../psa/89/37.md). Likewise, every title that is describing Jesus Christ in this verse comes from Psalm 89, including: **the firstborn from the dead** and **the ruler of the kings of the earth**. Psalm 89 itself refers to the promises that God gave to David in [2 Samuel 7](../../2sa/07/01.md). So all of these titles describe Jesus Christ as the one who completes God’s promises to David. You may want to include some of this information in a footnote. You may also want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or indentation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 5 l3h8 figs-idiom ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the firstborn from the dead This phrase **the firstborn from the dead** is an idiom meaning “the first person to die and become alive again”. The phrase probably alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../../psa/89/27.md). If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the first person to be raised from death” or “the first person to come back to life to never die again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 1 5 j1xp grammar-collectivenouns τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead The word **dead** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from those who are dead” or “from those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -REV 1 5 gqw8 grammar-collectivenouns καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς 1 This phrase **the ruler of the kings of the earth** is a title of Jesus Christ that describes his future dominion over the earth. This phrase alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../../psa/89/27.md). As with the previous phrases from [Psalm 89](../../psa/89/01.md), you may want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or formatting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 1 5 gqw8 writing-quotations καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς 1 This phrase **the ruler of the kings of the earth** is a title of Jesus Christ that describes his future dominion over the earth. This phrase alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../../psa/89/27.md). As with the previous phrases from [Psalm 89](../psa/89/01.md), you may want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or formatting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 5 ttqn figs-infostructure τῷ ἀγαπῶντι ἡμᾶς 1 A new sentence begins here that continues through the rest of the next verse. This sentence praises Jesus Christ. If it is helpful for your readers, you may want to state the main verb here at the beginning of the sentence and then repeat it again in the next verse. You may also want to break this long sentence into two or more shorter sentences. Alternate translation: “May Jesus Christ receive glory and power always because he loves us” or “May Jesus Christ receive glory and power always. He is the one who loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) REV 1 5 tqfs writing-pronouns τῷ 1 Here, **the one** refers to Jesus Christ. If this is not clear to your readers, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “To Jesus Christ, who loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 5 u6v7 figs-metaphor λύσαντι ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 has released us Here John uses **released** figuratively of forgiving people for their **sins**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “has forgiven us for our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronouns ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus Christ. If this is unclear to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is coming with the clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 7 isa6 ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 This phrase probably refers to [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). You may want to include this information in a footnote. REV 1 7 k0qo ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds” -REV 1 7 nxqe ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 These phrases probably refer to [Zechariah 12:10](../../Zech/12/10.md). You may want to include this information in a footnote. +REV 1 7 nxqe ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 These phrases probably refer to [Zechariah 12:10](../Zech/12/10.md). You may want to include this information in a footnote. REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross and a soldier **pierced** his side with a spear. Here **those who pierced him** refers to the people who killed him. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced and killed him” or “even those who stabbed him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -65,14 +65,14 @@ REV 1 9 o6k9 figs-metaphor ἐν Ἰησοῦ 1 Here John pictures **Jesus** as REV 1 9 c1a9 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 because of the word of God John uses **word of God** figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and that John proclaimed by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 9 sim8 figs-possession τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 the testimony about Jesus John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** about **Jesus** that John proclaimed. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that I proclaimed about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 1 10 s2sw figs-idiom ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι 1 I was in the Spirit Here, **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) God’s Spirit (the Holy Spirit) took control of John in order to influence John to receive divine revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (2) God caused John’s spirit to be in a state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “God influenced my spirit” or “God took control of my spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 1 10 lnj2 τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord’s day Here, **the Lord’s day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the day of the week when believers gathered to worship together in honor of the Lord’s resurrection. If this is unclear to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Sunday, the Lord’s day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +REV 1 10 lnj2 figs-explicit τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 the Lord’s day Here, **the Lord’s day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the day of the week when believers gathered to worship together in honor of the Lord’s resurrection. If this is unclear to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Sunday, the Lord’s day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 10 fa68 figs-simile φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 loud voice like a trumpet The **voice** was very **loud** so that the noise sounded **like a trumpet**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a voice as loud as a trumpet being blown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 10 ggph figs-metonymy φωνὴν μεγάλην 1 Here, **a loud voice** refers to a person speaking loudly, who is later revealed to be Jesus Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a sound of someone speaking loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 10 fu9q translate-unknown ὡς σάλπιγγος 1 A **trumpet** was an instrument for making a loud sound that, in John’s time, was probably made of metal. If you do not have trumpets in your culture, use a word in your language for a loud instrument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -REV 1 11 y4ab writing-pronouns λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** introduces a quotation. What follows is what the voice of the previous verse said. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. You may want to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “That voice said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 1 11 y4ab writing-quotations λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** introduces a quotation. What follows is what the voice of the previous verse said. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. You may want to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “That voice said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 11 kq6x translate-names Ἔφεσον…Σμύρναν…Πέργαμον…Θυάτειρα…Σάρδεις…Φιλαδέλφιαν…Λαοδίκιαν 1 Smyrna … Pergamum … Thyatira … Sardis … Philadelphia … Laodicea These are names of cities in the region of western Asia Minor that are in the modern area of southwestern Turkey today. The logic of the order seems to begin with Ephesus, the most important city at the time and then proceed to move clockwise until it reaches the city that is the furthest south at Laodicea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 12 r89l figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice Here, **voice** refers figuratively to the person speaking. The context indicates that Jesus Christ is the one speaking here. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 1 12 flem ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven poles that each hold one or more oil lamps at the top. These seven lamp holders are made of gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, so it may be that these seven churches represent Christ’s church as a whole, that is, all believers. Alternate translation: “seven golden stands holding oil lamps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 1 12 flem writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven poles that each hold one or more oil lamps at the top. These seven lamp holders are made of gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, so it may be that these seven churches represent Christ’s church as a whole, that is, all believers. Alternate translation: “seven golden stands holding oil lamps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure that recalls the same phrase from [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). The point of this comparison is that the figure John saw looked like a human. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 13 y6qk translate-unknown ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 a golden sash A **sash** was a strip of cloth worn around the chest. This one had the appearance of gold and may have been woven from golden threads. A **sash** is not a belt that is worn around the waist. Alternate translation: “strap” or “band” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 1 14 hqz1 figs-hendiadys ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες 1 Here, the phrase **head and hair** refers to the hair that is on the head. It does not mean that the skin of the head was white. Alternate translation: “the hair on his head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) @@ -89,12 +89,12 @@ REV 1 16 cb26 figs-simile ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυν REV 1 17 vz4u writing-pronouns καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 Here, the subject of **and he placed his right hand on me** should be assumed from earlier in the context at verse [1:13](../01/13.md). Verse [1:13](../01/13.md) mentions one **like a son of man** as a description of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could explicitly state the subject as Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus placed his right hand on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 17 jw5r translate-symaction καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ 1 He placed his right hand on me Here, the phrase **and he placed his right hand on me** signifies a cultural gesture or symbolic action that expresses comfort and assurance for the person who is need of encouragement at the moment of fear. The symbolic action has the accompanying verbal expression of **Do not be afraid** so as to illustrate the significance and symbolism of the cultural gesture. Alternate translation: “and he touched me with his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 1 17 uc3d figs-merism ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος 1 I am the first and the last Here, **the first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus because he is God. He existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. In this expression, **first** refers to what is before everything and **last** refers to what is after everything. This is similar to the use of alpha and omega in [verse 8](../01/08.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who existed before everything and will exist after everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) -REV 1 18 zm05 καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς 1 Here, **the one who lives** also refers to the eternal nature of Jesus as God. It could refer to: (1) God possessing eternal life in himself. Alternate translation: “the living one” (2) God being the source of life. Alternate translation: “the one who gives life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +REV 1 18 zm05 figs-explicit καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς 1 Here, **the one who lives** also refers to the eternal nature of Jesus as God. It could refer to: (1) God possessing eternal life in himself. Alternate translation: “the living one” (2) God being the source of life. Alternate translation: “the one who gives life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 18 cc7c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. See how you translated **behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “know this” or “you must understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 a4e2 figs-metaphor ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 I have the keys of death and of Hades John uses **keys** here figuratively to refer to authority or power. Just as **keys** have the ability to control the opening or locking of a door, so Jesus has the power to control death and Hades. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 18 pgql figs-explicit ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 This clause implies that Jesus can give life to those who have died and let them out of **Hades**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 18 acrx translate-transliterate τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου 1 The word **Hades** is the Greek name for the place where the spirits of dead people go. Many Bible translations just use this word as it is, and others translate it, using a word for the place of the dead in their language. The words **death** and **Hades** mean almost the same thing. Through **death** a person enters **Hades**. Alternate translation: “to release people from death, that is, from Hades” or “to free people from death and from the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **what you have seen, both the things that are and what must happen after these things** refers to the things that Jesus is showing to John throughout this book. These clauses could indicate (1) events in two time periods, present and future. In this case, the tense of **have seen** is from the perspective of John when he is writing. He cannot write something until he has seen it. Alternate translation: “what you see, that is, the things that exist now, and what must happen afterwards” or (2) events in three time periods, past, present, and future. Alternate translation: “what you have seen, what is, and what must happen afterwards” +REV 1 19 eupc figs-litany ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα 1 Here, **what you have seen, both the things that are and what must happen after these things** refers to the things that Jesus is showing to John throughout this book. These clauses could indicate (1) events in two time periods, present and future. In this case, the tense of **have seen** is from the perspective of John when he is writing. He cannot write something until he has seen it. Alternate translation: “what you see, that is, the things that exist now, and what must happen afterwards” or (2) events in three time periods, past, present, and future. Alternate translation: “what you have seen, what is, and what must happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) REV 1 20 ytmk figs-explicit τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων 1 Here, **the mystery** refers to a secret or symbolic meaning of the vision of the **seven stars**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 ttic figs-ellipsis τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων, οὓς εἶδες ἐπὶ τῆς δεξιᾶς μου, καὶ τὰς ἑπτὰ λυχνίας τὰς χρυσᾶς 1 This sentence leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “I will explain the mystery of the seven stars that you saw in my right hand, and the seven golden lampstands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ REV 2 10 a9ue figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [ REV 2 10 agx4 figs-idiom μέλλει βάλλειν ὁ διάβολος ἐξ ὑμῶν εἰς φυλακὴν, ἵνα πειρασθῆτε 1 The devil is about to throw some of you into prison Here, **to throw** is a idiomatic expression for putting someone into prison or jail. The enemies of the Christians will test them, not God himself. Translators should avoid making the impression to their readers that God is in league with Satan as an author of evil or temptation. Alternate translation: “the devil will soon cause others to put some of you in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 2 10 tlvz figs-youcrowd ἐξ ὑμῶν 1 See how you translated the second person pronouns and references in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) REV 2 10 snk8 figs-metaphor ἡμερῶν δέκα 1 Here, **ten days** is probably metaphorical for a short time or limited amount of time for testing. Daniel 1:14 is most likely the source of the expression for a short time of testing. The translator should not avoid, however, rendering the time as a literal length of time of ten days, in contrast to some unspecified amount of time in a metaphorical expression. Alternate translation: “for a short time of testing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 2 10 f5t1 figs-metaphor γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου 1 Be faithful until death The use of the word **until** does not mean that you should stop being faithful at death. Rather, the idea is to be faithful even to the point of death. Alternate translation: “Be faithful to me even if they kill you” +REV 2 10 f5t1 figs-metaphor γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου 1 Be faithful until death The use of the word **until** does not mean that you should stop being faithful at death. Rather, the idea is to be faithful even to the point of death. Alternate translation: “Be faithful to me even if they kill you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 2 10 zhj8 figs-possession τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς 1 the crown of life Here, **the crown of life** refers as a metaphor to the reward of eternal life itself. Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the crown or the wreath as the prize of life itself. Eternal life is the reward in the metaphor of a crown. Alternate translation: “life as your crown” or “life as your wreath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 2 11 g7zq figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 11 dc3n figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) @@ -284,11 +284,11 @@ REV 3 8 h90i figs-idiom μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν 1 Here, the ph REV 3 8 xyw6 figs-idiom ἐτήρησάς 1 you have obeyed my word See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 8 wsws figs-possession μου τὸν λόγον 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **word** or words that he spoke when he taught the believers in the city of Philadelphia. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the word that I spoke” or “my teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 3 8 b3kz figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομά μου 1 my name Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or “the name that I have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ … ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 3 9 vfkb figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ…ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 x78m figs-metaphor συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ 1 synagogue of Satan Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**. A **synagogue** is a place of worship and teaching for the Jewish people. See how you translated this same phrase in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). In that verse and its context Jesus also declares there that certain Jewish people were not acting like true Jews as the representative people of God. The translator should retain here in this verse the metaphor and simply define the figure of speech of a **synagogue of Satan** in an explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 3 9 q496 translate-symaction προσκυνήσουσιν 1 bow down Here, to **bow down** in front of a person’s feet represents a sign of submission. Thus, the action of bowing down is not a symbolic gesture that figuratively expresses worship. On the contrary, the gesture of bowing down symbolizes respect or obeisance. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” or “prostrate themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) REV 3 9 ah4w figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 before your feet Here, **feet** represents the person or the people before whom these individuals from the **synagogue of Satan** bow down. If this figure of speech of synecdoche would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας … τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 3 10 f9vi figs-idiom ἐτήρησας…τηρήσω 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 3 10 k8mb figs-possession τὸν λόγον τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου 1 Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **word** or command that he spoke when he taught the believers in the city of Philadelphia. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the word that I spoke about steadfastness” or “my teaching on steadfastness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 3 10 y577 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ὑπομονῆς 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **steadfastness**, you can express it with the verb “to endure.” See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:9](../01/09.md) and in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “to suffer patiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 3 10 ql9y figs-idiom τῆς ὥρας 1 The translator may wish to explain that **hour** is not sixty minutes. Rather, the **hour** is a moment of time, or a time period, of testing. If this idiom is not clear in your language, then you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time” or “the moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ REV 3 12 xiwx figs-metaphor ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ REV 3 13 u5jk figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 13 ug5m figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 3 13 cm7r figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 3 14 r6bz translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλαδελφίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Laodicea**. **Laodicea** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +REV 3 14 r6bz translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Laodicea**. **Laodicea** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 14 jg3b figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 14 wzg9 writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Laodicea See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 3 14 f65v ὁ Ἀμήν 1 the Amen Here, **The Amen** is a name for Jesus Christ. He guarantees God’s promises by saying amen to them. @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ REV 3 21 un17 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Fat REV 3 22 m13x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 22 mjv6 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 3 22 vnr6 figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 4 intro cl9f 0 # Revelation 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 8 and 11.

John has finished describing the letters to the churches. He now begins to describe a vision that God showed him.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jasper, carnelian, and emerald

These words refer to kinds of special stones that the people in John’s day considered valuable. It may be difficult for you to translate these words if people in your culture do not value special kinds of stones.

### Twenty-four elders

Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### Seven spirits of God

These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).

### Giving glory to God

God’s glory is the great beauty and radiant majesty that God has because he is God. Other Bible writers describe it as if it were a light so bright that no one can look at it. No one can give God this kind of glory, because it is already his. When people give glory to God or when God receives glory, people say that God has the glory that is his, that it is right for God to have that glory, and that people should worship God because he has that glory. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worthy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Difficult images

Such things as bolts of lightning coming from the throne, lamps that are spirits, and a sea in front of the throne may be difficult to imagine, and so the words for them may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) +REV 4 intro cl9f 0 # Revelation 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 8 and 11.

John has finished describing the letters to the churches. He now begins to describe a vision that God showed him.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jasper, carnelian, and emerald

These words refer to kinds of special stones that the people in John’s day considered valuable. It may be difficult for you to translate these words if people in your culture do not value special kinds of stones.

### Twenty-four elders

Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### Seven spirits of God

These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).

### Giving glory to God

God’s glory is the great beauty and radiant majesty that God has because he is God. Other Bible writers describe it as if it were a light so bright that no one can look at it. No one can give God this kind of glory, because it is already his. When people give glory to God or when God receives glory, people say that God has the glory that is his, that it is right for God to have that glory, and that people should worship God because he has that glory. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worthy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Difficult images

Such things as bolts of lightning coming from the throne, lamps that are spirits, and a sea in front of the throne may be difficult to imagine, and so the words for them may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]]) REV 4 1 ws2q 0 General Information: John begins to describe his vision of the throne of God. REV 4 1 vh4i μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:1-3:22](../02/01.md) Alternate translation: “After I had just seen these things” REV 4 1 suqj figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). Here, it is more natural to avoid the usual “pay attention” in the UST. The translator should probably be less literal in the translation here of **behold** due to the unique context (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ REV 4 10 sly8 translate-symaction βαλοῦσιν τοὺς στεφάνους REV 4 10 wvf9 βαλοῦσιν 1 lay This could refers to: (1) placing something. (2) throwing down forcibly, as of something worthless ([Revelation 2:22](../02/22.md)). The reader should understand that the elders are acting respectfully. REV 4 11 idj1 ὁ Κύριος καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν 1 our Lord and our God Here, **our Lord and God** is one person, the one who was sitting on the throne. REV 4 11 q91l figs-metonymy λαβεῖν τὴν δόξαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν 1 to receive the glory and the honor and the power Here, **the glory and the honor and the power** are things that God always has. Being praised for having them is spoken of as receiving them. Alternate translation: “to be praised for your glory, honor, and power” or “for everyone to praise you because you are glorious, honorable, and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 5 intro g7ey 0 # Revelation 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this in verses 9-13.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sealed scroll

Kings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, “the one who was seated on the throne” had written the scroll. Only the person called “the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David” and “the Lamb” had the authority to open it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/scroll]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])

### Twenty-four elders

Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### Christian prayers

The prayers of Christians are described as incense. Christian prayers have a good smell to God. He is pleased when Christians pray.

### Seven spirits of God

These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

The “Lion of the tribe of Judah” and the “Root of David” are metaphors that refer to Jesus. Jesus descended from the tribe of Judah and the family of David. Lions are fierce, and all animals and people are afraid of them, so they are a metaphor for a king whom everyone obeys. The words **Root of David** speak of Israel’s King David as if he were a seed that God had planted and of Jesus as if he were a root growing from that seed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 5 intro g7ey 0 # Revelation 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this in verses 9-13.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sealed scroll

Kings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, “the one who was seated on the throne” had written the scroll. Only the person called “the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David” and “the Lamb” had the authority to open it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/scroll]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])

### Twenty-four elders

Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### Christian prayers

The prayers of Christians are described as incense. Christian prayers have a good smell to God. He is pleased when Christians pray.

### Seven spirits of God

These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

The “Lion of the tribe of Judah” and the “Root of David” are metaphors that refer to Jesus. Jesus descended from the tribe of Judah and the family of David. Lions are fierce, and all animals and people are afraid of them, so they are a metaphor for a king whom everyone obeys. The words **Root of David** speak of Israel’s King David as if he were a seed that God had planted and of Jesus as if he were a root growing from that seed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 5 1 txr5 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe what he saw in his vision of the throne of God. REV 5 1 w3yi καὶ εἶδον 1 Then I saw Alternate translation: “After I saw those things, I saw” REV 5 1 u3br τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου 1 the one who was seated on the throne This is the same **one** as in [Revelation 4:2-3](../04/02.md). @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ REV 5 9 voro ἄξιος 1 See how you translated **worthy** in [Revelation 4: REV 5 9 yu7h figs-activepassive ἐσφάγης 1 For you were slaughtered Here, **you were slaughtered** is a passive verbal phrase that can be turned into an active verbal expression. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they slaughtered you” or “people killed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 5 9 qtv5 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου 1 with your blood Here, **blood** is a metonym that substitutes for blood. The phrase **with your blood** can mean “by your death” or “by dying.” Since **blood** represents a person’s life, losing the blood represents a death or the act of dying. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with your death” or “with your act of dying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 5 9 zzc7 figs-litany ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς, καὶ γλώσσης, καὶ λαοῦ, καὶ ἔθνους 1 from every tribe, language, people, and nation The clause **from every tribe and tongue and people and nation** represents a litany. The list in this litany represents all **people** of the earth and includes every ethnic group that the world contains. Use words in your language that someone would use to include all types of people, races, and ethnic groups which inhabit the world. Alternate translation: “from every ethnic group and tongue and people and nation” or “from every tribe and tongue and race and nation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) -REV 5 10 wn87 βασιλείαν καὶ ἱερεῖς 1 See how you translated **kingdom** and **priests** in [Revelation 1:06](../01/06.md). +REV 5 10 wn87 βασιλείαν καὶ ἱερεῖς 1 See how you translated **kingdom** and **priests** in [Revelation 1:6](../01/06.md). REV 5 11 xuy1 translate-numbers μυριάδες μυριάδων καὶ χιλιάδες χιλιάδων 1 ten thousands of ten thousands and thousands of thousands Here, **myriads** and **thousands** refer to numbers that represent so many in their number that people cannot count them. The numbers **myriads** and **thousands** simply mean numbers that are so great that they are countless. If people will not understand these numbers in your target language, then you can simply use natural expressions in your language for numbers that are so great that one cannot count them. Use expressions in your language that show huge numbers that are difficult to count. Alternate translation: “millions” or “too many thousands to count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) REV 5 12 m6hy ἄξιόν 1 See how you translated **Worthy** in [Revelation 4:11](../04/11.md). REV 5 12 xzbc writing-symlanguage τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) @@ -400,10 +400,10 @@ REV 5 12 gnv1 figs-activepassive λαβεῖν 1 Worthy is the Lamb who has been REV 5 12 w0dv figs-abstractnouns λαβεῖν τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ πλοῦτον, καὶ σοφίαν, καὶ ἰσχὺν, καὶ τιμὴν, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ εὐλογίαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand these abstract nouns, you can express them as verbs. See how you translated a similar sentence in [Revelation 4:11](../04/11.md). Alternate translation: “for everyone to honor, glorify, and praise him because he is powerful, wealthy, wise, and strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 5 13 sad6 figs-merism ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς 1 in heaven and on the earth and under the earth Here, the entire clause and all of its descriptions of parts of the cosmos or universe represent a merism. Essentially, the entire clause means everywhere. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 5 13 l2sn writing-symlanguage τῷ Ἀρνίῳ 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 5 14 j2f3 ἀμήν! 1 See how you translated **Amen** in [Revelation 1:6](../01/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 6 intro zkn7 0 # Revelation 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The author describes what happened after the Lamb opens each of the first six seals. The Lamb does not open the seventh seal until Chapter 8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven Seals

Kings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, the Lamb opens the seals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### The Four Horsemen

As the Lamb opens each of the first four seals, the author describes horsemen riding different colored horses. The colors of the horses seem to symbolize how the rider will affect the earth.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### The Lamb

This refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Similes

In verses 12-14, the author uses several similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 5 14 j2f3 writing-symlanguage ἀμήν! 1 See how you translated **Amen** in [Revelation 1:6](../01/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 6 intro zkn7 0 # Revelation 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The author describes what happened after the Lamb opens each of the first six seals. The Lamb does not open the seventh seal until Chapter 8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven Seals

Kings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, the Lamb opens the seals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### The Four Horsemen

As the Lamb opens each of the first four seals, the author describes horsemen riding different colored horses. The colors of the horses seem to symbolize how the rider will affect the earth.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### The Lamb

This refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Similes

In verses 12-14, the author uses several similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 1 q571 writing-symlanguage τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 6 1 g13d translate-ordinal μίαν ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the initial of the seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +REV 6 1 g13d translate-ordinal μίαν ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the initial of the seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 1 i392 translate-unknown τῶν ἑπτὰ σφραγίδων 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated **seven seals** in [Revelation 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 6 1 v9td figs-simile ὡς φωνῇ βροντῆς 1 Here, **one of the living creatures** speaks with a very loud voice. John is using **thunder** figuratively in a simile to mean a very loud noise for the voice. Alternate translation: “as with a noise of thunder” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 2 t2qg figs-activepassive ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στέφανος 1 he was given a crown If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he received a crown” or “God gave him a crown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ REV 6 17 i7t4 figs-metaphor ἦλθεν 1 has come Existing now is spoken of as REV 6 17 cq9e ὀργῆς αὐτῶν 1 their wrath Here, **their** refers to the one on the throne and the Lamb. REV 6 17 r1ta figs-metonymy τίς δύναται σταθῆναι? 1 Who is able to stand? Surviving, or staying alive, is spoken of as standing. Alternate translation: “Who can survive?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 17 pmn6 figs-rquestion τίς δύναται σταθῆναι? 1 This question is used to express their great sadness and fear that no one will be able to survive when God punishes them. Alternate translation: “no one can survive!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -REV 7 intro f27i 0 # Revelation 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Scholars have interpreted parts of this chapter in many different ways. Translators do not need to fully understand what this chapter means to accurately translate its contents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

It is important to accurately translate the large numbers in this chapter. The number 144,000 is twelve times twelve thousand.

Translators should be aware that the tribes of the people of Israel are not listed in this chapter the same as they are generally listed in the Old Testament.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-8 and 15-17.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Worship

God saves his people and keeps them through times of trouble. His people respond by worshipping him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### The Lamb

This refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +REV 7 intro f27i 0 # Revelation 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Scholars have interpreted parts of this chapter in many different ways. Translators do not need to fully understand what this chapter means to accurately translate its contents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

It is important to accurately translate the large numbers in this chapter. The number 144,000 is twelve times twelve thousand.

Translators should be aware that the tribes of the people of Israel are not listed in this chapter the same as they are generally listed in the Old Testament.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-8 and 15-17.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Worship

God saves his people and keeps them through times of trouble. His people respond by worshipping him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### The Lamb

This refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 7 1 b1yl 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of 144,000 servants of God who become marked with seals. Their marking takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal. REV 7 1 id3y τὰς τέσσαρας γωνίας τῆς γῆς 1 the four corners of the earth The **earth** is spoken of as if it were flat and square like a sheet of paper. The phrase **the four corners** refers to the north, south, east, and west. REV 7 2 sgq7 figs-metonymy σφραγῖδα 1 the seal of the living God Here, **the seal** refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God’s people. Alternate translation: “the marker” or “stamp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ REV 7 17 wc49 αὐτούς…αὐτοὺς 1 their … them Both occurrences REV 7 17 bi5i figs-metaphor ὅτι τὸ Ἀρνίον…ποιμανεῖ αὐτούς 1 For the Lamb … will be their shepherd The elder speaks of the Lamb’s care for his people as if it were a shepherd’s care for his sheep. Alternate translation: “for the Lamb … will be like a shepherd to them” or “for the Lamb … will care for them as a shepherd cares for his sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 7 17 m6m8 figs-metaphor ὁδηγήσει αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ζωῆς πηγὰς ὑδάτων 1 he will guide them to springs of living water The elder speaks of what gives life as if it were **springs** of fresh **water**. Alternate translation: “he will guide them like a shepherd guiding his sheep to fresh water” or “he will guide them to life like a shepherd guiding his sheep to living water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 7 17 g3d2 figs-metonymy ἐξαλείψει ὁ Θεὸς πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 God will wipe away every tear from their eyes Here, a **tear** represents sadness. Alternate translation: “God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears” or “God will cause them to not be sad anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 8 intro ma7f 0 # Revelation 8 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven seals and seven trumpets

This chapter begins to show what happens when the Lamb opens the seventh seal. God uses the prayers of all believers to cause dramatic things to happen on earth. John then describes what happens when angels sound the first four of seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Passive voice

John uses the passive voice several times in this chapter. This hides who performs the action. This will be difficult to convey if the translator’s language does not have a passive voice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

### Similes

In verses 8 and 10, John uses similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 8 intro ma7f 0 # Revelation 8 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven seals and seven trumpets

This chapter begins to show what happens when the Lamb opens the seventh seal. God uses the prayers of all believers to cause dramatic things to happen on earth. John then describes what happens when angels sound the first four of seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Passive voice

John uses the passive voice several times in this chapter. This hides who performs the action. This will be difficult to convey if the translator’s language does not have a passive voice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

### Similes

In verses 8 and 10, John uses similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 8 1 d652 0 Connecting Statement: The Lamb opens the seventh seal. REV 8 1 mh2b translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἑβδόμην 1 the seventh seal This is the last of the seven seals on the scroll. The word **seventh** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “the final seal” or “seal number seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 8 2 fri9 figs-activepassive ἐδόθησαν αὐτοῖς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγες 1 seven trumpets were given to them Each of the seven angels were given one trumpet. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God gave them seven trumpets. (2) the Lamb gave them seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ REV 8 12 dfm7 figs-activepassive ἐπλήγη τὸ τρίτον τοῦ ἡλ REV 8 12 ukh6 σκοτισθῇ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῶν 1 a third of them turned dark The phrase **a third of then turned dark** could mean: (1) one third of the time, they were dark. (2) one third of the sun, one third of the moon, and one third of the stars became dark. REV 8 12 t1ag ἡ ἡμέρα μὴ φάνῃ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῆς, καὶ ἡ νὺξ ὁμοίως 1 a third of the day and a third of the night had no light Alternate translation: “there was no light during one third of the day and one third of the night” or “they did not shine during one third of the day and one third of the night” REV 8 13 x375 figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν φωνῶν τῆς σάλπιγγος τῶν τριῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν μελλόντων σαλπίζειν 1 because of the remaining trumpet … angels If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “because the three angels who have not yet sounded their trumpets are about to sound them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 9 intro sq5c 0 # Revelation 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In this chapter, John continues to describe what happens when angels sound seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### Woe

John describes several “woes” in the Book of Revelation. This chapter begins to describe three “woes” announced at the end of Chapter 8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Animal imagery

This chapter includes several animals: locusts, scorpions, horses, lions, and snakes. Animals convey different qualities or traits. For example, a lion is powerful and dangerous. Translators should use the same animals in their translation if possible. If the animal is unknown, one with similar qualities or traits should be used.

### Bottomless pit

This image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])

### Abaddon and Apollyon

“Abaddon” is a Hebrew word. “Apollyon” is a Greek word. Both words mean “Destroyer.” John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. The ULT and UST write the sounds of both words with English letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate these words using the letters of the target language. The original Greek readers would have understood “Apollyon” to mean “Destroyer.” So translators may also supply what it means in the text or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])

### Repentance

Despite great signs, people are described as not repenting and so remain in their sin. People refusing to repent are also mentioned in Chapter 16. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

John uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 9 intro sq5c 0 # Revelation 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In this chapter, John continues to describe what happens when angels sound seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### Woe

John describes several “woes” in the Book of Revelation. This chapter begins to describe three “woes” announced at the end of Chapter 8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Animal imagery

This chapter includes several animals: locusts, scorpions, horses, lions, and snakes. Animals convey different qualities or traits. For example, a lion is powerful and dangerous. Translators should use the same animals in their translation if possible. If the animal is unknown, one with similar qualities or traits should be used.

### Bottomless pit

This image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])

### Abaddon and Apollyon

“Abaddon” is a Hebrew word. “Apollyon” is a Greek word. Both words mean “Destroyer.” John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. The ULT and UST write the sounds of both words with English letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate these words using the letters of the target language. The original Greek readers would have understood “Apollyon” to mean “Destroyer.” So translators may also supply what it means in the text or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])

### Repentance

Despite great signs, people are described as not repenting and so remain in their sin. People refusing to repent are also mentioned in Chapter 16. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

John uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 9 1 d26c 0 Connecting Statement: The fifth of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet. REV 9 1 jim6 εἶδον ἀστέρα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεπτωκότα 1 I saw a star from heaven that had fallen John saw the **star** after it **had fallen**. He did not watch if fall. REV 9 1 v12j ἡ κλεὶς τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the key to the shaft of the bottomless pit Alternate translation: “the key that unlocks the shaft of the bottomless pit” @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ REV 9 17 pqe8 θειώδεις 1 sulfurous yellow Alternate translation: “yel REV 9 18 x4fr translate-fraction τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 A third of the people See how you translated “A third” in [Revelation 8:7](../08/07.md). Alternate translation: “One third of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 9 20 xf3t figs-activepassive οἳ οὐκ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς ταύταις 1 those who were not killed by these plagues If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom the plagues had not killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 9 20 d3vn figs-distinguish ἃ οὔτε βλέπειν δύνανται, οὔτε ἀκούειν, οὔτε περιπατεῖν 1 things that cannot see, hear, or walk This phrase reminds us that idols are not alive and do not deserve to be worshiped. But the people did not stop worshiping them. Alternate translation: “even though these idols cannot see, hear, or walk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -REV 10 intro ys3l 0 # Revelation 10 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven thunders

John here describes the seven thunders as making sounds that he could understand as words. However, translators should use their normal word for “thunder” when translating these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### “The mystery of God”

This refers to some aspect of the hidden plan of God. It is not necessary to know what this mystery is to translate it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

John uses similes to help him describe the face, legs, and voice of the mighty angel. Translators should understand other objects in this chapter, such as the rainbow and the cloud, with their normal meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 10 intro ys3l 0 # Revelation 10 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven thunders

John here describes the seven thunders as making sounds that he could understand as words. However, translators should use their normal word for “thunder” when translating these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### “The mystery of God”

This refers to some aspect of the hidden plan of God. It is not necessary to know what this mystery is to translate it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

John uses similes to help him describe the face, legs, and voice of the mighty angel. Translators should understand other objects in this chapter, such as the rainbow and the cloud, with their normal meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 10 1 xr6f 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of a mighty angel holding a scroll. In John’s vision he is viewing what is happening from earth. This takes place between the blowing of the sixth and seventh trumpets. REV 10 1 jj2e figs-metaphor περιβεβλημένον νεφέλην 1 He was robed in a cloud John speaks of the angel as if he were wearing **a cloud** as his clothing. This expression may be understood as metaphor. However, because very unusual things were often seen in visions, it might be understood as a literally true statement in its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 10 1 qax6 figs-simile τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος 1 His face was like the sun John compares the brightness of **his face** with the brightness of **the sun**. Alternate translation: “his face was bright like the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ REV 11 19 c7pd figs-activepassive καὶ ἠνοίγη ὁ ναὸς τοῦ Θ REV 11 19 d9z7 figs-activepassive ὤφθη ἡ κιβωτὸς τῆς διαθήκης τοῦ Κυρίου ἐν τῷ ναῷ αὐτοῦ 1 the ark of his covenant was seen within his temple If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I saw the ark of his covenant in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 11 19 b6ly ἀστραπαὶ 1 flashes of lightning Use your language’s way of describing what **lightning** looks like each time it appears. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md). REV 11 19 ap5g φωναὶ, καὶ βρονταὶ 1 rumblings, crashes of thunder Here, **loud sounds and crashes of thunder** refers to the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language’s way of describing the sound of thunder. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md). -REV 12 intro cq7x 0 # Revelation 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 10-12.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Serpent

The Book of Revelation uses imagery from the Old Testament. For example, John refers to Satan as the serpent. This image comes from the account of the Garden of Eden when Satan tempted Eve. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “A great sign was seen in heaven”

By using the passive voice here, John does not say who saw this great sign in heaven. The translation may be difficult when the subject is unclear, if your language does not have a passive voice. Many English translations use the past tense here and say “A great sign appeared in heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) +REV 12 intro cq7x 0 # Revelation 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 10-12.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Serpent

The Book of Revelation uses imagery from the Old Testament. For example, John refers to Satan as the serpent. This image comes from the account of the Garden of Eden when Satan tempted Eve. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “A great sign was seen in heaven”

By using the passive voice here, John does not say who saw this great sign in heaven. The translation may be difficult when the subject is unclear, if your language does not have a passive voice. Many English translations use the past tense here and say “A great sign appeared in heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]]) REV 12 1 n4ii 0 General Information: John begins to describe a woman who appears in his vision. REV 12 1 j9yl figs-activepassive γυνὴ περιβεβλημένη τὸν ἥλιον, καὶ ἡ σελήνη ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῆς 1 a woman clothed with the sun, and with the moon under her feet If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a woman who was wearing the sun and had the moon under her feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 12 3 y4c1 0 Connecting Statement: John describes a dragon that appears in his vision. @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ REV 14 10 zl4g writing-symlanguage τῷ ποτηρίῳ τῆς ὀργῆς α REV 14 11 dds6 figs-metonymy ὁ καπνὸς τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῶν 1 The smoke from their torment The phrase **their torment** refers to the fire that torments them. Alternate translation: “the smoke from the fire that torments them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 14 11 z5ea οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνάπαυσιν 1 they have no rest Alternate translation: “they have no relief” or “the torment does not stop” REV 14 12 me1j ὧδε ἡ ὑπομονὴ τῶν ἁγίων ἐστίν 1 Here is the patient endurance of the saints See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 13:10](../13/10.md). -REV 14 12 wo34 figs-idiom τηρούντων 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 14 12 wo34 figs-idiom τηροῦντες 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 14 13 x62q οἱ νεκροὶ οἱ…ἀποθνῄσκοντες 1 the dead who die Alternate translation: “those who die” REV 14 13 hy1a οἱ ἐν Κυρίῳ ἀποθνῄσκοντες 1 who die in the Lord This may refer to believers who are killed by their enemies. Alternate translation: “who are united to the Lord and die” or “who die because they are united to the Lord” REV 14 13 v4xz figs-personification τὰ…ἔργα αὐτῶν ἀκολουθεῖ μετ’ αὐτῶν 1 their deeds will follow them These **deeds** are spoken of as if they were alive and able to **follow** those who did them. This could mean: (1) others will know the good deeds these people have done. (2) God will reward them for their deeds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ REV 14 20 xt4z ἄχρι τῶν χαλινῶν τῶν ἵππων 1 up to th REV 14 20 m2i9 τῶν χαλινῶν 1 bridle A **bridle** is device made of leather straps that goes around a horse’s head and is used for directing the horse. REV 14 20 gdl8 translate-numbers σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων 1 1,600 stadia Alternate translation: “one thousand six hundred stadia” or “sixteen hundred stadia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) REV 14 20 dbz1 translate-bdistance σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων 1 A “stadium” is 185 meters. The plural form of “stradium” is **stadia**. In modern measures this would be about “300 kilometers” or “200 miles.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -REV 15 intro zxt7 0 # Revelation 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In this chapter, John describes events and pictures that occur in heaven.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 3-4.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Victorious over the beast”

These people are spiritually victorious. While most spiritual battles cannot be seen, the Book of Revelation pictures spiritual battles as openly occurring. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### “The temple having the tent of witness, was open in heaven”

Scripture elsewhere indicates the earthly temple copied God’s perfect dwelling place in heaven. Here John seems to refer to God’s heavenly dwelling place or temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### Songs

The Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped. +REV 15 intro zxt7 0 # Revelation 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In this chapter, John describes events and pictures that occur in heaven.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 3-4.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Victorious over the beast”

These people are spiritually victorious. While most spiritual battles cannot be seen, the Book of Revelation pictures spiritual battles as openly occurring. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### “The temple having the tent of witness, was open in heaven”

Scripture elsewhere indicates the earthly temple copied God’s perfect dwelling place in heaven. Here John seems to refer to God’s heavenly dwelling place or temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### Songs

The Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped. REV 15 1 p98c 0 General Information: This verse is a summary of what will happen in 15:6-16:21. REV 15 1 l345 figs-doublet μέγα καὶ θαυμαστόν 1 great and marvelous The words **great** and **marvelous** have similar meanings and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “something that greatly amazed me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) REV 15 1 w6lf ἀγγέλους ἑπτὰ ἔχοντας πληγὰς ἑπτὰ 1 seven angels with seven plagues Alternate translation: “seven angels who had authority to send seven plagues on the earth” @@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ REV 16 19 r2vh figs-activepassive Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη ἐμνήσθ REV 16 19 g6s8 writing-symlanguage δοῦναι αὐτῇ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ 1 he gave that city the cup filled with the wine made from his furious wrath Here, **the wine** is a symbol of his **wrath**. Making people drink it is a symbol of punishing them. Alternate translation: “he made the people of that city drink the wine that represents his wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 16 20 byn4 figs-metonymy ὄρη οὐχ εὑρέθησαν 1 the mountains were no longer found The inability to see any **mountains** is metonymy expressing the idea that no mountains existed any longer. Alternate translation: “there were no longer any mountains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 16 21 i43r translate-bweight ταλαντιαία 1 a talent You may convert the **talent** to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “33 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -REV 17 intro ysn1 0 # Revelation 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins to describe how God will destroy Babylon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prostitute

Scripture often pictures idolatrous Jews as adulterous people and sometimes as prostitutes. This is not the reference here. The translator should allow this illustration to be vague. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

### Seven hills

This possibly refers to the city of Rome, which was known as the city on seven hills. However, the translator should not attempt to identify Rome in the translation.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

John uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He explains some of their meanings, but allows them to remain relatively unclear. The translator should attempt to do the same. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The beast you saw existed, does not exist now, but is about to come up”

This and similar phrases in this chapter contrast the beast with Jesus. Jesus is called “the one who is, and who was, and who is to come” elsewhere in the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in 17:11 is a paradox: “the beast … is itself also an eighth king; but it is one of those seven kings.” The translator should not attempt to resolve this paradox. It should remain a mystery. ([Revelation 17:11](../rev/17/11.md)) +REV 17 intro ysn1 0 # Revelation 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins to describe how God will destroy Babylon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prostitute

Scripture often pictures idolatrous Jews as adulterous people and sometimes as prostitutes. This is not the reference here. The translator should allow this illustration to be vague. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### Seven hills

This possibly refers to the city of Rome, which was known as the city on seven hills. However, the translator should not attempt to identify Rome in the translation.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

John uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He explains some of their meanings, but allows them to remain relatively unclear. The translator should attempt to do the same. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The beast you saw existed, does not exist now, but is about to come up”

This and similar phrases in this chapter contrast the beast with Jesus. Jesus is called “the one who is, and who was, and who is to come” elsewhere in the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in 17:11 is a paradox: “the beast … is itself also an eighth king; but it is one of those seven kings.” The translator should not attempt to resolve this paradox. It should remain a mystery. ([Revelation 17:11](../rev/17/11.md)) REV 17 1 ppd7 0 General Information: John begins to describe the part of his vision about the great prostitute. REV 17 1 c6f4 figs-abstractnouns τὸ κρίμα τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης 1 the condemnation of the great prostitute If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun “judgment”, you can express it with a verb. Alternate translation: “how God will judge the great prostitute” or “how God will condemn the great prostitute”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 17 1 f7ry writing-symlanguage τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης 1 the great prostitute Here, **the great prostitute** represents a certain sinful city. Alternate translation: “the prostitute that everyone knows about” or “a certain sinful city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) @@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ REV 17 17 el9y figs-activepassive ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λ REV 17 18 w2lu 0 Connecting Statement: The angel finishes speaking to John about the prostitute and the beast. REV 17 18 md61 figs-metaphor ἔστιν 1 is Here, **is** stands for “represents.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 17 18 uy1m figs-metonymy ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ ἔχουσα βασιλείαν 1 the great city that rules When it says that the **city** rules, it means that the leader of the city rules. Alternate translation: “the great city whose leader rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 18 intro j5qc 0 # Revelation 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy

The angel prophesies about Babylon falling, which here means being destroyed. It is spoken of as having already happened. This is common in prophecy. It emphasizes that the coming judgment will certainly happen. The angel also prophesies that the people will lament over Babylon falling. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

Prophecy frequently uses metaphors. This chapter has a slightly different apocalyptic style than the Book of Revelation overall. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +REV 18 intro j5qc 0 # Revelation 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy

The angel prophesies about Babylon falling, which here means being destroyed. It is spoken of as having already happened. This is common in prophecy. It emphasizes that the coming judgment will certainly happen. The angel also prophesies that the people will lament over Babylon falling. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

Prophecy frequently uses metaphors. This chapter has a slightly different apocalyptic style than the Book of Revelation overall. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 18 1 xxe5 0 Connecting Statement: Another angel comes down from heaven and speaks. This is a different angel than the one in the previous chapter, who spoke about the prostitute and the beast. REV 18 2 a2f5 figs-metaphor ἔπεσεν, Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 Fallen is Babylon the great The angel speaks of **Babylon** having been destroyed as if it had fallen. See how you translated this in [Revelation 14:8](../14/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 18 2 fl3m figs-personification Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 The angel speaks of the city of Babylon as if it were a prostitute. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) From b0c056c29171998fc969e5e4a8acd90bb849e0c7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 09:15:36 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 255/266] Remove chapter 1 intros --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index e9d076bcea..fa73f6722e 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Revelation

1. Opening (1:1-20)
2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)
3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)
4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)
5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)
6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)
7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)
8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)
9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)
10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)
11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)

### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?

The author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.

### What is the Book of Revelation about?

John wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?

John used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Are the events of Revelation past or future?

Since early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.

Translators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.

### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?

No other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?

One does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?

The scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:

* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)
* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)
* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### Periods of time

John referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.

### The verb “Behold” which occurs often in the book of Revelation

**Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say or do. The word literally means “look!” or “see!” However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?

For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.

* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”
* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”
* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.
* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”
* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).
* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”
* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”
* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”
* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapter One of Revelation

I. The Introduction to Revelation

A. The Prologue (1:1-8)

1. The Preface (1:1-3)
2. The Address and the Doxology (1:4-6)
3. The Book’s Theme (1:7-8)

II. John’s Vision of Christ

B. John’s Appointment to Write the Book of Revelation (1:9-20)

1. The Initial Appointment to Write (1:9-11)
2. The Source of the Appointment (1:12-16)
3. The Appointment Repeated and Elaborated (1:17-20)

This chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven churches

John wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.

### White

The Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”

God exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Blood

Blood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “He is coming with the clouds”

Jesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.

### “One like a son of man”

This refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”

### “The angels of the seven churches”

The word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word.

### The word “to keep” or “to obey”

The word “to keep” means “to pay attention to” or “to heed” or “to obey”. There are various ways to render the idea or meaning of this word “to keep” as a frequent idiomatic expression in the book of Revelation. Basically, the meaning of this idiom which can vary depending on the context of the book of Revelation. For example, see how you translated “to keep” in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md). If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to take to heart” or “to continually consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV front intro xx8l 0 empty +REV 1 intro u1e2 0 empty REV 1 1 rkh9 figs-abstractnouns ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What God disclosed to Jesus Christ” or “The matters that God revealed to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 1 kv41 figs-possession ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 General Information: This phrase could mean: (1) this book is **revelation** that came to Jesus from God. Alternate translation: “revelation to Jesus Christ” (2) this book is **revelation** that came from Jesus to the author of the book, namely John. Alternate translation: “revelation from Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 1 1 ik5v figs-explicit τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his servants** refers to people who believe in Jesus Christ and serve him as their Lord. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternative translation: “those who serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 0f5ab1c52038a77c41394a53263c94c2447ec022 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 09:22:22 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 256/266] remove Revelation chapter 6 and 7 intros --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 6 ++---- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index fa73f6722e..aaa016b212 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -REV front intro xx8l 0 empty -REV 1 intro u1e2 0 empty +REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Revelation

1. Opening (1:1-20)
2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)
3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)
4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)
5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)
6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)
7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)
8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)
9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)
10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)
11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)

### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?

The author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.

### What is the Book of Revelation about?

John wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?

John used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Are the events of Revelation past or future?

Since early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.

Translators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.

### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?

No other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?

One does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?

The scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:

* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)
* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)
* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### Periods of time

John referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.

### The verb “Behold” which occurs often in the book of Revelation

**Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say or do. The word literally means “look!” or “see!” However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?

For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.

* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”
* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”
* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.
* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”
* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).
* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”
* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”
* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”
* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapter One of Revelation

I. The Introduction to Revelation

A. The Prologue (1:1-8)

1. The Preface (1:1-3)
2. The Address and the Doxology (1:4-6)
3. The Book’s Theme (1:7-8)

II. John’s Vision of Christ

B. John’s Appointment to Write the Book of Revelation (1:9-20)

1. The Initial Appointment to Write (1:9-11)
2. The Source of the Appointment (1:12-16)
3. The Appointment Repeated and Elaborated (1:17-20)

This chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven churches

John wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.

### White

The Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”

God exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Blood

Blood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “He is coming with the clouds”

Jesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.

### “One like a son of man”

This refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”

### “The angels of the seven churches”

The word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word.

### The word “to keep” or “to obey”

The word “to keep” means “to pay attention to” or “to heed” or “to obey”. There are various ways to render the idea or meaning of this word “to keep” as a frequent idiomatic expression in the book of Revelation. Basically, the meaning of this idiom which can vary depending on the context of the book of Revelation. For example, see how you translated “to keep” in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md). If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to take to heart” or “to continually consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 1 1 rkh9 figs-abstractnouns ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What God disclosed to Jesus Christ” or “The matters that God revealed to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 1 kv41 figs-possession ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 General Information: This phrase could mean: (1) this book is **revelation** that came to Jesus from God. Alternate translation: “revelation to Jesus Christ” (2) this book is **revelation** that came from Jesus to the author of the book, namely John. Alternate translation: “revelation from Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 1 1 ik5v figs-explicit τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his servants** refers to people who believe in Jesus Christ and serve him as their Lord. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternative translation: “those who serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -401,7 +401,6 @@ REV 5 12 w0dv figs-abstractnouns λαβεῖν τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ REV 5 13 sad6 figs-merism ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς 1 in heaven and on the earth and under the earth Here, the entire clause and all of its descriptions of parts of the cosmos or universe represent a merism. Essentially, the entire clause means everywhere. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 5 13 l2sn writing-symlanguage τῷ Ἀρνίῳ 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 5 14 j2f3 writing-symlanguage ἀμήν! 1 See how you translated **Amen** in [Revelation 1:6](../01/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 6 intro zkn7 0 # Revelation 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The author describes what happened after the Lamb opens each of the first six seals. The Lamb does not open the seventh seal until Chapter 8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven Seals

Kings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, the Lamb opens the seals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### The Four Horsemen

As the Lamb opens each of the first four seals, the author describes horsemen riding different colored horses. The colors of the horses seem to symbolize how the rider will affect the earth.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### The Lamb

This refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Similes

In verses 12-14, the author uses several similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 1 q571 writing-symlanguage τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 6 1 g13d translate-ordinal μίαν ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the initial of the seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 1 i392 translate-unknown τῶν ἑπτὰ σφραγίδων 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated **seven seals** in [Revelation 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -449,7 +448,6 @@ REV 6 17 i7t4 figs-metaphor ἦλθεν 1 has come Existing now is spoken of as REV 6 17 cq9e ὀργῆς αὐτῶν 1 their wrath Here, **their** refers to the one on the throne and the Lamb. REV 6 17 r1ta figs-metonymy τίς δύναται σταθῆναι? 1 Who is able to stand? Surviving, or staying alive, is spoken of as standing. Alternate translation: “Who can survive?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 17 pmn6 figs-rquestion τίς δύναται σταθῆναι? 1 This question is used to express their great sadness and fear that no one will be able to survive when God punishes them. Alternate translation: “no one can survive!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -REV 7 intro f27i 0 # Revelation 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Scholars have interpreted parts of this chapter in many different ways. Translators do not need to fully understand what this chapter means to accurately translate its contents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

It is important to accurately translate the large numbers in this chapter. The number 144,000 is twelve times twelve thousand.

Translators should be aware that the tribes of the people of Israel are not listed in this chapter the same as they are generally listed in the Old Testament.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-8 and 15-17.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Worship

God saves his people and keeps them through times of trouble. His people respond by worshipping him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### The Lamb

This refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 7 1 b1yl 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of 144,000 servants of God who become marked with seals. Their marking takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal. REV 7 1 id3y τὰς τέσσαρας γωνίας τῆς γῆς 1 the four corners of the earth The **earth** is spoken of as if it were flat and square like a sheet of paper. The phrase **the four corners** refers to the north, south, east, and west. REV 7 2 sgq7 figs-metonymy σφραγῖδα 1 the seal of the living God Here, **the seal** refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God’s people. Alternate translation: “the marker” or “stamp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 130142f0c21ea273eabe5991e325b33866efcad4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 09:26:33 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 257/266] removed Revelation 1-8 intros --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 7 ------- 1 file changed, 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index aaa016b212..c7359ed407 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1,6 +1,4 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Revelation

1. Opening (1:1-20)
2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)
3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)
4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)
5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)
6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)
7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)
8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)
9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)
10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)
11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)

### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?

The author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.

### What is the Book of Revelation about?

John wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?

John used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Are the events of Revelation past or future?

Since early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.

Translators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.

### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?

No other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?

One does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?

The scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:

* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)
* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)
* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### Periods of time

John referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.

### The verb “Behold” which occurs often in the book of Revelation

**Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say or do. The word literally means “look!” or “see!” However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?

For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.

* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”
* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”
* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.
* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”
* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).
* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”
* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”
* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”
* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapter One of Revelation

I. The Introduction to Revelation

A. The Prologue (1:1-8)

1. The Preface (1:1-3)
2. The Address and the Doxology (1:4-6)
3. The Book’s Theme (1:7-8)

II. John’s Vision of Christ

B. John’s Appointment to Write the Book of Revelation (1:9-20)

1. The Initial Appointment to Write (1:9-11)
2. The Source of the Appointment (1:12-16)
3. The Appointment Repeated and Elaborated (1:17-20)

This chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven churches

John wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.

### White

The Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”

God exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Blood

Blood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “He is coming with the clouds”

Jesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.

### “One like a son of man”

This refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”

### “The angels of the seven churches”

The word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word.

### The word “to keep” or “to obey”

The word “to keep” means “to pay attention to” or “to heed” or “to obey”. There are various ways to render the idea or meaning of this word “to keep” as a frequent idiomatic expression in the book of Revelation. Basically, the meaning of this idiom which can vary depending on the context of the book of Revelation. For example, see how you translated “to keep” in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md). If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to take to heart” or “to continually consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 1 1 rkh9 figs-abstractnouns ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What God disclosed to Jesus Christ” or “The matters that God revealed to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 1 kv41 figs-possession ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 General Information: This phrase could mean: (1) this book is **revelation** that came to Jesus from God. Alternate translation: “revelation to Jesus Christ” (2) this book is **revelation** that came from Jesus to the author of the book, namely John. Alternate translation: “revelation from Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 1 1 ik5v figs-explicit τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his servants** refers to people who believe in Jesus Christ and serve him as their Lord. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternative translation: “those who serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -100,7 +98,6 @@ REV 1 20 ttic figs-ellipsis τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστ REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be human representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should use a word here that can allow for both interpretations, if possible. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). -REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation

I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)

A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)

B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)

C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)

D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)

E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)

F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)

G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)

Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches

Jesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people

The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])

### Poverty and wealth

The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

### “The devil is about to”

People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel

Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “Let the one who has an ear hear”

Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

### “what the Spirit says to the churches”

Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The angel of the church”

The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).

### “Says these things”

The verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])

### “the one who conquers”

The expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

The expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) @@ -239,7 +236,6 @@ REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 29 y6m4 figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation

I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)

A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)

B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)

C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)

D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)

E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)

F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)

G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)

Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches

Jesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people

The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])

### Seven spirits of God

These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).

### Seven stars

These stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking

Jesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### “Let the one who has an ear hear”

Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

### “what the Spirit says to the churches”

Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The angel of the church”

The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).

### “Says these things”

The verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])

### “the one who conquers”

The expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

The expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 1 k6b7 translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Sardis**. **Sardis** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 1 u1zs figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) @@ -326,7 +322,6 @@ REV 3 21 un17 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Fat REV 3 22 m13x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 22 mjv6 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 3 22 vnr6 figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -REV 4 intro cl9f 0 # Revelation 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 8 and 11.

John has finished describing the letters to the churches. He now begins to describe a vision that God showed him.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jasper, carnelian, and emerald

These words refer to kinds of special stones that the people in John’s day considered valuable. It may be difficult for you to translate these words if people in your culture do not value special kinds of stones.

### Twenty-four elders

Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### Seven spirits of God

These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).

### Giving glory to God

God’s glory is the great beauty and radiant majesty that God has because he is God. Other Bible writers describe it as if it were a light so bright that no one can look at it. No one can give God this kind of glory, because it is already his. When people give glory to God or when God receives glory, people say that God has the glory that is his, that it is right for God to have that glory, and that people should worship God because he has that glory. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worthy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Difficult images

Such things as bolts of lightning coming from the throne, lamps that are spirits, and a sea in front of the throne may be difficult to imagine, and so the words for them may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]]) REV 4 1 ws2q 0 General Information: John begins to describe his vision of the throne of God. REV 4 1 vh4i μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:1-3:22](../02/01.md) Alternate translation: “After I had just seen these things” REV 4 1 suqj figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). Here, it is more natural to avoid the usual “pay attention” in the UST. The translator should probably be less literal in the translation here of **behold** due to the unique context (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -358,7 +353,6 @@ REV 4 10 sly8 translate-symaction βαλοῦσιν τοὺς στεφάνους REV 4 10 wvf9 βαλοῦσιν 1 lay This could refers to: (1) placing something. (2) throwing down forcibly, as of something worthless ([Revelation 2:22](../02/22.md)). The reader should understand that the elders are acting respectfully. REV 4 11 idj1 ὁ Κύριος καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν 1 our Lord and our God Here, **our Lord and God** is one person, the one who was sitting on the throne. REV 4 11 q91l figs-metonymy λαβεῖν τὴν δόξαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν 1 to receive the glory and the honor and the power Here, **the glory and the honor and the power** are things that God always has. Being praised for having them is spoken of as receiving them. Alternate translation: “to be praised for your glory, honor, and power” or “for everyone to praise you because you are glorious, honorable, and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 5 intro g7ey 0 # Revelation 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this in verses 9-13.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sealed scroll

Kings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, “the one who was seated on the throne” had written the scroll. Only the person called “the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David” and “the Lamb” had the authority to open it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/scroll]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])

### Twenty-four elders

Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### Christian prayers

The prayers of Christians are described as incense. Christian prayers have a good smell to God. He is pleased when Christians pray.

### Seven spirits of God

These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

The “Lion of the tribe of Judah” and the “Root of David” are metaphors that refer to Jesus. Jesus descended from the tribe of Judah and the family of David. Lions are fierce, and all animals and people are afraid of them, so they are a metaphor for a king whom everyone obeys. The words **Root of David** speak of Israel’s King David as if he were a seed that God had planted and of Jesus as if he were a root growing from that seed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 5 1 txr5 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe what he saw in his vision of the throne of God. REV 5 1 w3yi καὶ εἶδον 1 Then I saw Alternate translation: “After I saw those things, I saw” REV 5 1 u3br τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου 1 the one who was seated on the throne This is the same **one** as in [Revelation 4:2-3](../04/02.md). @@ -485,7 +479,6 @@ REV 7 17 wc49 αὐτούς…αὐτοὺς 1 their … them Both occurrences REV 7 17 bi5i figs-metaphor ὅτι τὸ Ἀρνίον…ποιμανεῖ αὐτούς 1 For the Lamb … will be their shepherd The elder speaks of the Lamb’s care for his people as if it were a shepherd’s care for his sheep. Alternate translation: “for the Lamb … will be like a shepherd to them” or “for the Lamb … will care for them as a shepherd cares for his sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 7 17 m6m8 figs-metaphor ὁδηγήσει αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ζωῆς πηγὰς ὑδάτων 1 he will guide them to springs of living water The elder speaks of what gives life as if it were **springs** of fresh **water**. Alternate translation: “he will guide them like a shepherd guiding his sheep to fresh water” or “he will guide them to life like a shepherd guiding his sheep to living water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 7 17 g3d2 figs-metonymy ἐξαλείψει ὁ Θεὸς πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 God will wipe away every tear from their eyes Here, a **tear** represents sadness. Alternate translation: “God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears” or “God will cause them to not be sad anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 8 intro ma7f 0 # Revelation 8 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven seals and seven trumpets

This chapter begins to show what happens when the Lamb opens the seventh seal. God uses the prayers of all believers to cause dramatic things to happen on earth. John then describes what happens when angels sound the first four of seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Passive voice

John uses the passive voice several times in this chapter. This hides who performs the action. This will be difficult to convey if the translator’s language does not have a passive voice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

### Similes

In verses 8 and 10, John uses similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 8 1 d652 0 Connecting Statement: The Lamb opens the seventh seal. REV 8 1 mh2b translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἑβδόμην 1 the seventh seal This is the last of the seven seals on the scroll. The word **seventh** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “the final seal” or “seal number seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 8 2 fri9 figs-activepassive ἐδόθησαν αὐτοῖς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγες 1 seven trumpets were given to them Each of the seven angels were given one trumpet. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God gave them seven trumpets. (2) the Lamb gave them seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From fc601db01c6ec7b3417b0df2b8545078399fc833 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 09:30:35 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 258/266] removed Revelation intros --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 14 -------------- 1 file changed, 14 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c7359ed407..ce2b2441aa 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -502,7 +502,6 @@ REV 8 12 dfm7 figs-activepassive ἐπλήγη τὸ τρίτον τοῦ ἡλ REV 8 12 ukh6 σκοτισθῇ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῶν 1 a third of them turned dark The phrase **a third of then turned dark** could mean: (1) one third of the time, they were dark. (2) one third of the sun, one third of the moon, and one third of the stars became dark. REV 8 12 t1ag ἡ ἡμέρα μὴ φάνῃ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῆς, καὶ ἡ νὺξ ὁμοίως 1 a third of the day and a third of the night had no light Alternate translation: “there was no light during one third of the day and one third of the night” or “they did not shine during one third of the day and one third of the night” REV 8 13 x375 figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν φωνῶν τῆς σάλπιγγος τῶν τριῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν μελλόντων σαλπίζειν 1 because of the remaining trumpet … angels If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “because the three angels who have not yet sounded their trumpets are about to sound them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 9 intro sq5c 0 # Revelation 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In this chapter, John continues to describe what happens when angels sound seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### Woe

John describes several “woes” in the Book of Revelation. This chapter begins to describe three “woes” announced at the end of Chapter 8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Animal imagery

This chapter includes several animals: locusts, scorpions, horses, lions, and snakes. Animals convey different qualities or traits. For example, a lion is powerful and dangerous. Translators should use the same animals in their translation if possible. If the animal is unknown, one with similar qualities or traits should be used.

### Bottomless pit

This image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])

### Abaddon and Apollyon

“Abaddon” is a Hebrew word. “Apollyon” is a Greek word. Both words mean “Destroyer.” John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. The ULT and UST write the sounds of both words with English letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate these words using the letters of the target language. The original Greek readers would have understood “Apollyon” to mean “Destroyer.” So translators may also supply what it means in the text or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])

### Repentance

Despite great signs, people are described as not repenting and so remain in their sin. People refusing to repent are also mentioned in Chapter 16. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

John uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 9 1 d26c 0 Connecting Statement: The fifth of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet. REV 9 1 jim6 εἶδον ἀστέρα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεπτωκότα 1 I saw a star from heaven that had fallen John saw the **star** after it **had fallen**. He did not watch if fall. REV 9 1 v12j ἡ κλεὶς τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the key to the shaft of the bottomless pit Alternate translation: “the key that unlocks the shaft of the bottomless pit” @@ -546,7 +545,6 @@ REV 9 17 pqe8 θειώδεις 1 sulfurous yellow Alternate translation: “yel REV 9 18 x4fr translate-fraction τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 A third of the people See how you translated “A third” in [Revelation 8:7](../08/07.md). Alternate translation: “One third of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 9 20 xf3t figs-activepassive οἳ οὐκ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς ταύταις 1 those who were not killed by these plagues If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom the plagues had not killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 9 20 d3vn figs-distinguish ἃ οὔτε βλέπειν δύνανται, οὔτε ἀκούειν, οὔτε περιπατεῖν 1 things that cannot see, hear, or walk This phrase reminds us that idols are not alive and do not deserve to be worshiped. But the people did not stop worshiping them. Alternate translation: “even though these idols cannot see, hear, or walk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) -REV 10 intro ys3l 0 # Revelation 10 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven thunders

John here describes the seven thunders as making sounds that he could understand as words. However, translators should use their normal word for “thunder” when translating these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### “The mystery of God”

This refers to some aspect of the hidden plan of God. It is not necessary to know what this mystery is to translate it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

John uses similes to help him describe the face, legs, and voice of the mighty angel. Translators should understand other objects in this chapter, such as the rainbow and the cloud, with their normal meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 10 1 xr6f 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of a mighty angel holding a scroll. In John’s vision he is viewing what is happening from earth. This takes place between the blowing of the sixth and seventh trumpets. REV 10 1 jj2e figs-metaphor περιβεβλημένον νεφέλην 1 He was robed in a cloud John speaks of the angel as if he were wearing **a cloud** as his clothing. This expression may be understood as metaphor. However, because very unusual things were often seen in visions, it might be understood as a literally true statement in its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 10 1 qax6 figs-simile τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος 1 His face was like the sun John compares the brightness of **his face** with the brightness of **the sun**. Alternate translation: “his face was bright like the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -566,7 +564,6 @@ REV 10 8 tkq7 ἤκουσα 1 I heard John heard. REV 10 9 x13b λέγει μοι 1 He said to me Alternate translation: “the angel said to me” REV 10 9 tg31 πικρανεῖ σου τὴν κοιλίαν 1 make … bitter This refers to a bad taste from the **stomach** after eating something that is not good. Alternate translation: “it will make your stomach sour” REV 10 11 ahb4 figs-metonymy γλώσσαις 1 languages Here, **tongues** refers to the people who speak the languages. Alternate translation: “many language communities” or “many groups of people who speak their own languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 11 intro s117 0 # Revelation 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 15 and 17-18.

### Woe

John describes several “woes” in the book of Revelation. This chapter describes a second and third “woe” announced at the end of Chapter 8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Gentiles

The word “Gentiles” here refers to ungodly people groups and not Gentile Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### Two witnesses

Scholars have suggested many different ideas about these two witnesses. Translators do not need to understand this passage to accurately translate it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

### Bottomless pit

This image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]]) REV 11 1 ba9b 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision about receiving a measuring rod and two witnesses that God appointed. This vision also takes place between the blowing of the sixth and seventh trumpets. REV 11 1 lkn6 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι κάλαμος ὅμοιος ῥάβδῳ 1 A reed was given to me If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “sSomeone gave me a reed like a measuring rod” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 11 1 tl86 ἐδόθη μοι…λέγων 1 given to me … I was told Here, **me** refers to John. @@ -619,7 +616,6 @@ REV 11 19 c7pd figs-activepassive καὶ ἠνοίγη ὁ ναὸς τοῦ Θ REV 11 19 d9z7 figs-activepassive ὤφθη ἡ κιβωτὸς τῆς διαθήκης τοῦ Κυρίου ἐν τῷ ναῷ αὐτοῦ 1 the ark of his covenant was seen within his temple If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I saw the ark of his covenant in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 11 19 b6ly ἀστραπαὶ 1 flashes of lightning Use your language’s way of describing what **lightning** looks like each time it appears. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md). REV 11 19 ap5g φωναὶ, καὶ βρονταὶ 1 rumblings, crashes of thunder Here, **loud sounds and crashes of thunder** refers to the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language’s way of describing the sound of thunder. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md). -REV 12 intro cq7x 0 # Revelation 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 10-12.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Serpent

The Book of Revelation uses imagery from the Old Testament. For example, John refers to Satan as the serpent. This image comes from the account of the Garden of Eden when Satan tempted Eve. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “A great sign was seen in heaven”

By using the passive voice here, John does not say who saw this great sign in heaven. The translation may be difficult when the subject is unclear, if your language does not have a passive voice. Many English translations use the past tense here and say “A great sign appeared in heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]]) REV 12 1 n4ii 0 General Information: John begins to describe a woman who appears in his vision. REV 12 1 j9yl figs-activepassive γυνὴ περιβεβλημένη τὸν ἥλιον, καὶ ἡ σελήνη ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῆς 1 a woman clothed with the sun, and with the moon under her feet If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a woman who was wearing the sun and had the moon under her feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 12 3 y4c1 0 Connecting Statement: John describes a dragon that appears in his vision. @@ -653,7 +649,6 @@ REV 12 16 i4u5 figs-personification ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα REV 12 16 lgt7 writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 dragon The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 12 17 f754 figs-idiom τηρούντων 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 12 17 t6jf figs-abstractnouns ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 hold to the testimony about Jesus If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **testimony**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “who continue to testify about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -REV 13 intro c9mw 0 # Revelation 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 10, which are from the Old Testament.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Similes

John uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Unknown animals

John uses different animals to try to describe what he saw. Some of these animals may not be known in the target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 13 1 su49 0 General Information: John begins to describe a beast who appears in his vision. Here, **I** refers to John. REV 13 2 k6qh writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 dragon The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 13 2 xa3a ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ δράκων τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ 1 The dragon gave his power to it The **dragon** made the beast as powerful as he was. He did not lose **his power**, however, by giving it to the beast. @@ -706,7 +701,6 @@ REV 13 18 uk74 ὧδε ἡ σοφία ἐστίν 1 Here is wisdom Alternate tr REV 13 18 z8tz figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἔχων νοῦν ψηφισάτω 1 If anyone has understanding If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **insight**, you can express it with the verb “understand.” Alternate translation: “If anyone is able to understand things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 13 18 ri1y ψηφισάτω τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ θηρίου 1 let him calculate the number of the beast Alternate translation: “he should discern what the number of the beast means” or “he should figure out what the number of the beast means” REV 13 18 bbn2 ἀριθμὸς…ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν 1 is the number of a human being The **number** could represent: (1) one person. (2) all of humanity. -REV 14 intro q71v 0 # Revelation 14 General Notes

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Harvest

Harvest is when people go out to gather ripe food from plants. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about him so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. This chapter uses the metaphor of two harvests. Jesus gathers in his people from the whole earth. Then an angel gathers in wicked people whom God will punish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) REV 14 1 e7u7 0 General Information: The word **I** refers to John. REV 14 1 ck6y 0 Connecting Statement: John begins to describe the next part of his vision. There are 144,000 believers standing before the Lamb. REV 14 1 a3kz writing-symlanguage τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 the Lamb A lamb is a young sheep. Here, **the Lamb** it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) @@ -757,7 +751,6 @@ REV 14 20 xt4z ἄχρι τῶν χαλινῶν τῶν ἵππων 1 up to th REV 14 20 m2i9 τῶν χαλινῶν 1 bridle A **bridle** is device made of leather straps that goes around a horse’s head and is used for directing the horse. REV 14 20 gdl8 translate-numbers σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων 1 1,600 stadia Alternate translation: “one thousand six hundred stadia” or “sixteen hundred stadia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) REV 14 20 dbz1 translate-bdistance σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων 1 A “stadium” is 185 meters. The plural form of “stradium” is **stadia**. In modern measures this would be about “300 kilometers” or “200 miles.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) -REV 15 intro zxt7 0 # Revelation 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In this chapter, John describes events and pictures that occur in heaven.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 3-4.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Victorious over the beast”

These people are spiritually victorious. While most spiritual battles cannot be seen, the Book of Revelation pictures spiritual battles as openly occurring. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### “The temple having the tent of witness, was open in heaven”

Scripture elsewhere indicates the earthly temple copied God’s perfect dwelling place in heaven. Here John seems to refer to God’s heavenly dwelling place or temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### Songs

The Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped. REV 15 1 p98c 0 General Information: This verse is a summary of what will happen in 15:6-16:21. REV 15 1 l345 figs-doublet μέγα καὶ θαυμαστόν 1 great and marvelous The words **great** and **marvelous** have similar meanings and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “something that greatly amazed me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) REV 15 1 w6lf ἀγγέλους ἑπτὰ ἔχοντας πληγὰς ἑπτὰ 1 seven angels with seven plagues Alternate translation: “seven angels who had authority to send seven plagues on the earth” @@ -781,7 +774,6 @@ REV 15 6 w9kw ζώνας χρυσᾶς 1 sashes A sash is a decorative piece of REV 15 7 s4dj τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 the four living creatures See how you translated **living creatures** in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md) REV 15 7 z1wz writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ φιάλας χρυσᾶς, γεμούσας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 seven golden bowls full of the wrath of God The word **wrath** here refers to punishment. Alternate translation: “seven gold bowls full of something that represents the wrath of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 15 8 s67r figs-activepassive ἄχρι τελεσθῶσιν αἱ ἑπτὰ πληγαὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων 1 until the seven plagues of the seven angels were completed If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until the seven angels finished sending the seven plagues to the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 16 intro v1cm 0 # Revelation 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues the vision of chapter 15. Together they give the seven plagues that complete the wrath of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wrath]])

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-7.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “I heard a loud voice call out of the temple”

This is the same temple that was mentioned in chapter 15.

### Seven bowls of God’s wrath

This chapter reveals severe judgments. They are pictured as angels pouring out seven bowls of God’s wrath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

The tone of this chapter is meant to astonish the reader. Translations should not minimize the vivid language expressed in this chapter.

### Armageddon

This is a Hebrew word. It is the name of a place. John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate it using the letters of the target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) REV 16 1 nj83 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe the part of the vision about the seven angels with the seven plagues. The seven plagues are the seven bowls of God’s wrath. REV 16 1 t995 ἤκουσα 1 I heard Here, **I** refers to John. REV 16 1 k2nq writing-symlanguage φιάλας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 bowls of God’s wrath See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 15:7](../15/07.md). Alternate translation: “bowls full of something that represents God’s wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) @@ -834,7 +826,6 @@ REV 16 19 r2vh figs-activepassive Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη ἐμνήσθ REV 16 19 g6s8 writing-symlanguage δοῦναι αὐτῇ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ 1 he gave that city the cup filled with the wine made from his furious wrath Here, **the wine** is a symbol of his **wrath**. Making people drink it is a symbol of punishing them. Alternate translation: “he made the people of that city drink the wine that represents his wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 16 20 byn4 figs-metonymy ὄρη οὐχ εὑρέθησαν 1 the mountains were no longer found The inability to see any **mountains** is metonymy expressing the idea that no mountains existed any longer. Alternate translation: “there were no longer any mountains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 16 21 i43r translate-bweight ταλαντιαία 1 a talent You may convert the **talent** to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “33 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) -REV 17 intro ysn1 0 # Revelation 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins to describe how God will destroy Babylon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prostitute

Scripture often pictures idolatrous Jews as adulterous people and sometimes as prostitutes. This is not the reference here. The translator should allow this illustration to be vague. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### Seven hills

This possibly refers to the city of Rome, which was known as the city on seven hills. However, the translator should not attempt to identify Rome in the translation.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

John uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He explains some of their meanings, but allows them to remain relatively unclear. The translator should attempt to do the same. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The beast you saw existed, does not exist now, but is about to come up”

This and similar phrases in this chapter contrast the beast with Jesus. Jesus is called “the one who is, and who was, and who is to come” elsewhere in the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in 17:11 is a paradox: “the beast … is itself also an eighth king; but it is one of those seven kings.” The translator should not attempt to resolve this paradox. It should remain a mystery. ([Revelation 17:11](../rev/17/11.md)) REV 17 1 ppd7 0 General Information: John begins to describe the part of his vision about the great prostitute. REV 17 1 c6f4 figs-abstractnouns τὸ κρίμα τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης 1 the condemnation of the great prostitute If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun “judgment”, you can express it with a verb. Alternate translation: “how God will judge the great prostitute” or “how God will condemn the great prostitute”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 17 1 f7ry writing-symlanguage τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης 1 the great prostitute Here, **the great prostitute** represents a certain sinful city. Alternate translation: “the prostitute that everyone knows about” or “a certain sinful city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) @@ -883,7 +874,6 @@ REV 17 17 el9y figs-activepassive ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λ REV 17 18 w2lu 0 Connecting Statement: The angel finishes speaking to John about the prostitute and the beast. REV 17 18 md61 figs-metaphor ἔστιν 1 is Here, **is** stands for “represents.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 17 18 uy1m figs-metonymy ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ ἔχουσα βασιλείαν 1 the great city that rules When it says that the **city** rules, it means that the leader of the city rules. Alternate translation: “the great city whose leader rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -REV 18 intro j5qc 0 # Revelation 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy

The angel prophesies about Babylon falling, which here means being destroyed. It is spoken of as having already happened. This is common in prophecy. It emphasizes that the coming judgment will certainly happen. The angel also prophesies that the people will lament over Babylon falling. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

Prophecy frequently uses metaphors. This chapter has a slightly different apocalyptic style than the Book of Revelation overall. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 18 1 xxe5 0 Connecting Statement: Another angel comes down from heaven and speaks. This is a different angel than the one in the previous chapter, who spoke about the prostitute and the beast. REV 18 2 a2f5 figs-metaphor ἔπεσεν, Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 Fallen is Babylon the great The angel speaks of **Babylon** having been destroyed as if it had fallen. See how you translated this in [Revelation 14:8](../14/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 18 2 fl3m figs-personification Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 The angel speaks of the city of Babylon as if it were a prostitute. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -954,7 +944,6 @@ REV 18 23 q8qm figs-metaphor οἱ ἔμποροί σου ἦσαν οἱ μεγ REV 18 23 j3iy figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ φαρμακείᾳ σου ἐπλανήθησαν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations were deceived by your sorcery If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you deceived the people of the nations with your magic spells” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 18 24 s8bp figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῇ αἷμα προφητῶν καὶ ἁγίων εὑρέθη, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 In her the blood of prophets and saints was found, and the blood of all who have been killed on the earth Here, **blood** being **found** means that the people of the city were guilty of killing people. Alternate translation: “in her is the guilt for the death of the prophets and saints, along with all the other people in the world who were killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 18 24 btz5 figs-activepassive ἐν αὐτῇ αἷμα προφητῶν καὶ ἁγίων εὑρέθη, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Babylon is guilty of killing the prophets and believers and all the other people in the world who were killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 19 intro h785 0 # Revelation 19 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The beginning of chapter 19 concludes the topic of Babylon falling.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Songs

The Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])

### Wedding celebration

The wedding celebration or feast is an important image in Scripture. Jewish culture often pictured paradise, or life with God after death, as a feast. Here, the wedding feast is for the Lamb, who is Jesus, and his bride, who is all his people. REV 19 1 qu5h 0 General Information: This is the next part of John’s vision. Here he describes the rejoicing in heaven over the fall of the great prostitute, who is the city of Babylon. REV 19 1 lr94 ἤκουσα 1 I heard Here, **I** refers to John. REV 19 1 nk8x ἁλληλουϊά 1 Hallelujah The word **Hallelujah** means “Praise God” or “Let us praise God.” @@ -1015,7 +1004,6 @@ REV 19 20 ht8g figs-activepassive ζῶντες ἐβλήθησαν οἱ δύο REV 19 20 blr1 τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρὸς, τῆς καιομένης ἐν θείῳ 1 the fiery lake of burning sulfur Alternate translation: “place full of fire that burns with sulfur” REV 19 21 h6ea figs-activepassive οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου, τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 The rest of them were killed by the sword that came out of the mouth of the one who rode on the horse If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the rider of the horse killed the remainder of the beast’s armies with the sword that extended from his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 19 21 qk9t τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ…τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 the sword that came out of the mouth The **sword** blade was sticking out of **his mouth**. The sword itself was not in motion. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). -REV 20 intro c7eh 0 # Revelation 20 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The thousand-year reign of Christ

In this chapter, Jesus is said to reign for a thousand years, at the same time that Satan is bound. Scholars are divided over whether this refers to a future period of time or to Jesus reigning now from heaven. It is not necessary to understand this passage in order to translate it accurately. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

### Final rebellion

This chapter also describes what happens after the thousand years are ended. During this time, Satan and many people will attempt to rebel against Jesus. This will result in God’s ultimate and final victory over sin and evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

### Great white throne

This chapter ends with God judging all people who ever lived. God separates people who believe in Jesus from those who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Book of Life

This is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Hades and the lake of fire

These appear to be two distinct places. The translator may wish to do further research to determine how to translate these two places differently. They should not be made the same as each other in translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]]) REV 20 1 rkv7 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of an angel throwing the devil into the bottomless pit. REV 20 1 n8b8 καὶ εἶδον 1 Then I saw Here, **I** refers to John. REV 20 1 c18c τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 bottomless pit The **abyss** is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever. (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md). @@ -1054,7 +1042,6 @@ REV 20 14 lw6b figs-activepassive ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἐβ REV 20 14 qv55 writing-symlanguage ὁ θάνατος ὁ δεύτερός 1 the second death The **second death** is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in [Revelation 20:14](../20/14.md) and [Revelation 21:8](../21/08.md). See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “the final death in the lake of fire” or “dying a second time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 20 15 c9pb figs-activepassive εἴ τις οὐχ εὑρέθη…γεγραμμένος 1 If anyone’s name was not found written If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “if God’s angel did not find a person’s name written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 20 15 wq31 figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός 1 he was thrown into the lake of fire If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the angel threw him into the lake of fire” or “the angel threw him into the place where fire burns forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -REV 21 intro pai8 0 # Revelation 21 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives a detailed picture of the new Jerusalem.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Second death

Death is a type of separation. The first death is physically dying, when the soul is separated from the body. The second death is being eternally separated from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/soul]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Book of Life

This is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### New heaven and new earth

It is unclear whether this is an entirely new heaven and earth or if it is remade out of the present heaven and earth. The same is also true of the new Jerusalem. It is possible this will affect translation in some languages. The word “new” in the original language means different and better than the old. It does not mean new in time. REV 21 1 tj16 0 General Information: John begins to describe his vision of the new Jerusalem. REV 21 1 vks1 εἶδον 1 I saw Here, **I** refers to John. REV 21 2 er4u figs-simile ὡς νύμφην, κεκοσμημένην τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς 1 like a bride adorned for her husband John compares the new Jerusalem to **a bride** who has made herself beautiful for her bridegroom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -1102,7 +1089,6 @@ REV 21 26 ps25 οἴσουσιν 1 They will bring Alternate translation: “th REV 21 27 n3nh figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτὴν πᾶν κοινὸν, καὶ ὁ 1 nothing unclean will ever enter into it, nor anyone If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you can state it in positive form. Alternate translation: “only what is clean will ever enter, and never anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) REV 21 27 g7fr figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ οἱ γεγραμμένοι ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 but only those whose names are written in the Lamb’s Book of Life If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but only those whose names the Lamb wrote in his book of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 21 27 cw99 writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb A lamb is a young sheep. Here, **the Lamb** is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 22 intro e1ya 0 # Revelation 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter emphasizes that Jesus is coming soon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Tree of life

There is probably an intended connection between the tree of life in the Garden of Eden and the tree of life mentioned in this chapter. The curse that began in Eden will end at this time.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Alpha and omega

These are the names of the first and last letters in the Greek alphabet. The ULT spells out their names in English. This strategy can serve as a model for translators. Some translators, however, may decide to use the first and last letters in their own alphabet. This would be “A and Z” in English. REV 22 1 b1ad 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe the new Jerusalem as the angel shows it to him. REV 22 1 uu7b ἔδειξέν μοι 1 showed me Here, **me** refers to John. REV 22 1 vl23 ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς 1 the river of the water of life Alternate translation: “the river flowing with life-giving water” From c91e08e1b45a3829bdd7ddb18f79efede72e3d71 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 09:41:32 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 259/266] Fixed Psalms link in Revelation --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ce2b2441aa..d9ef4167a2 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -25,10 +25,10 @@ REV 1 4 unul figs-explicit ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμ REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Here, the phrase **who is coming** could refer to: (1) the future tense, to complete the idea that God exists in the past, present, and future. In other words, John uses **is coming** figuratively to state that God will exist in the future. Alternate translation: “who will be” or “who will still exist in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) the physical act of coming, when God will be present on earth for a final judgment. REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. Here, the **seven spirits** could refer to: (1) The Spirit of God that is described with seven attributes in [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md). Alternate translation: “the sevenfold Holy Spirit”. (2) Seven individual spirits which serve God and that also might be the “seven angels” in [8:2](../08/02.md). Alternate translation: “the seven spirit beings” or “the seven angelic spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 5 w24x καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and from Jesus Christ The first half of this verse continues the sentence from the previous verse. If you make this a new sentence, then you will need to repeat some of the information from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And may grace be to you and peace also from Jesus Christ” -REV 1 5 gz2n writing-quotations ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστός 1 This phrase **the faithful witness** is a title describing Jesus Christ. The phrase probably comes from [Psalm 89:37](../psa/89/37.md). Likewise, every title that is describing Jesus Christ in this verse comes from Psalm 89, including: **the firstborn from the dead** and **the ruler of the kings of the earth**. Psalm 89 itself refers to the promises that God gave to David in [2 Samuel 7](../../2sa/07/01.md). So all of these titles describe Jesus Christ as the one who completes God’s promises to David. You may want to include some of this information in a footnote. You may also want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or indentation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 1 5 gz2n writing-quotations ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστός 1 This phrase **the faithful witness** is a title describing Jesus Christ. The phrase probably comes from [Psalm 89:37](../psa/089/037.md). Likewise, every title that is describing Jesus Christ in this verse comes from Psalm 89, including: **the firstborn from the dead** and **the ruler of the kings of the earth**. Psalm 89 itself refers to the promises that God gave to David in [2 Samuel 7](../../2sa/07/01.md). So all of these titles describe Jesus Christ as the one who completes God’s promises to David. You may want to include some of this information in a footnote. You may also want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or indentation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 5 l3h8 figs-idiom ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the firstborn from the dead This phrase **the firstborn from the dead** is an idiom meaning “the first person to die and become alive again”. The phrase probably alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../../psa/89/27.md). If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the first person to be raised from death” or “the first person to come back to life to never die again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 1 5 j1xp grammar-collectivenouns τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead The word **dead** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from those who are dead” or “from those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -REV 1 5 gqw8 writing-quotations καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς 1 This phrase **the ruler of the kings of the earth** is a title of Jesus Christ that describes his future dominion over the earth. This phrase alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../../psa/89/27.md). As with the previous phrases from [Psalm 89](../psa/89/01.md), you may want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or formatting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 1 5 gqw8 writing-quotations καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς 1 This phrase **the ruler of the kings of the earth** is a title of Jesus Christ that describes his future dominion over the earth. This phrase alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../../psa/089/027.md). As with the previous phrases from [Psalm 89](../psa/089/001.md), you may want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or formatting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 5 ttqn figs-infostructure τῷ ἀγαπῶντι ἡμᾶς 1 A new sentence begins here that continues through the rest of the next verse. This sentence praises Jesus Christ. If it is helpful for your readers, you may want to state the main verb here at the beginning of the sentence and then repeat it again in the next verse. You may also want to break this long sentence into two or more shorter sentences. Alternate translation: “May Jesus Christ receive glory and power always because he loves us” or “May Jesus Christ receive glory and power always. He is the one who loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) REV 1 5 tqfs writing-pronouns τῷ 1 Here, **the one** refers to Jesus Christ. If this is not clear to your readers, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “To Jesus Christ, who loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 5 u6v7 figs-metaphor λύσαντι ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 has released us Here John uses **released** figuratively of forgiving people for their **sins**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “has forgiven us for our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronouns ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus Christ. If this is unclear to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is coming with the clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 7 isa6 ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 This phrase probably refers to [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). You may want to include this information in a footnote. REV 1 7 k0qo ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds” -REV 1 7 nxqe ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 These phrases probably refer to [Zechariah 12:10](../Zech/12/10.md). You may want to include this information in a footnote. +REV 1 7 nxqe ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 These phrases probably refer to [Zechariah 12:10](../zec/12/10.md). You may want to include this information in a footnote. REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross and a soldier **pierced** his side with a spear. Here **those who pierced him** refers to the people who killed him. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced and killed him” or “even those who stabbed him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) From 334d867f5955050c38d2fd53a713de31ca3d5b05 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 09:50:27 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 260/266] Fixed space in Rev 1:6 snippet --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index d9ef4167a2..c628bfc41d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ REV 1 5 jpnq figs-metonymy ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 John u REV 1 5 q64f figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **blood** figuratively represents the death of Christ on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a comparable word that stands for death or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 6 nhfb figs-metaphor βασιλείαν 1 Here, **a kingdom** functions as a metaphor for the unity that believers have as they belong to each other and to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of **kingdom** here explicitly. Alternate translation: “a group that belongs to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 6 iq7j figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, the word **priests** functions as a metaphor for people who live to serve God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who work” or “people who live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 1 6 nesy figs-abstractnouns βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ— αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for **glory** or **power**, you could express these ideas in other ways. Here, **power** refers to the authority that Jesus has to rule over his kingdom. Alternate translation: “may people glorify Jesus always and may he rule over everyone” or “may people honor Jesus always and may he reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +REV 1 6 nesy figs-abstractnouns βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ—αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for **glory** or **power**, you could express these ideas in other ways. Here, **power** refers to the authority that Jesus has to rule over his kingdom. Alternate translation: “may people glorify Jesus always and may he rule over everyone” or “may people honor Jesus always and may he reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 6 ne7x guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father Here, the words **God** and **Father** refer to one person, not two. This is God the Father who exists with the Son and the Holy Spirit as God. The name **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” or “for God, who is the Father of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 1 7 ldv8 figs-quotemarks ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: The clauses **Behold, he is coming with the clouds**, **every eye will see him, even those who pierced him**, and **will mourn because of him** are quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 2d2a14d64e9cec5a14604d7995148be3d8c0a7e9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 10:03:27 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 261/266] End blank line to Mat and Rev --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index c628bfc41d..aef4d7425b 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1136,4 +1136,4 @@ REV 22 18 jzu8 ἐάν τις ἐπιθῇ ἐπ’ αὐτά, ἐπιθήσε REV 22 18 d4sc figs-activepassive τὰς γεγραμμένας ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 that are written about in this book If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “which I have written about in this book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 22 19 ss3y ἐάν τις ἀφέλῃ ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων τοῦ βιβλίου τῆς προφητείας ταύτης, ἀφελεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς καὶ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως τῆς ἁγίας, τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ 1 If anyone takes away … God will take away This is a strong warning to not change anything about this prophecy. REV 22 20 u6mb 0 General Information: In these verses John gives his and Jesus’ closing greetings. -REV 22 20 y9p2 ὁ μαρτυρῶν 1 The one who testifies Alternate translation: “Jesus, who testifies” \ No newline at end of file +REV 22 20 y9p2 ὁ μαρτυρῶν 1 The one who testifies Alternate translation: “Jesus, who testifies” From c2a7928209f75c1b2262b141c868ceb4ff2f166e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 10:18:05 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 262/266] Restored intro sections to Revelation since they were not the 502 problem --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 31 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++---- 1 file changed, 27 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index aef4d7425b..ec78411ede 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -1,4 +1,6 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote +REV front intro xx8l 0 # Introduction to Revelation

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Revelation

1. Opening (1:1-20)
2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)
3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)
4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)
5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)
6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)
7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)
8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)
9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)
10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)
11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)

### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?

The author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.

### What is the Book of Revelation about?

John wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?

John used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### Are the events of Revelation past or future?

Since early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.

Translators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.

### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?

No other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?

One does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?

The scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:

* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)
* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)
* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”

The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.

### Periods of time

John referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.

### The verb “Behold” which occurs often in the book of Revelation

**Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say or do. The word literally means “look!” or “see!” However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?

For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.

* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”
* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”
* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.
* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”
* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).
* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”
* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”
* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”
* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +REV 1 intro u1e2 0 # Revelation 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapter One of Revelation

I. The Introduction to Revelation

A. The Prologue (1:1-8)

1. The Preface (1:1-3)
2. The Address and the Doxology (1:4-6)
3. The Book’s Theme (1:7-8)

II. John’s Vision of Christ

B. John’s Appointment to Write the Book of Revelation (1:9-20)

1. The Initial Appointment to Write (1:9-11)
2. The Source of the Appointment (1:12-16)
3. The Appointment Repeated and Elaborated (1:17-20)

This chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven churches

John wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.

### White

The Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])

### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”

God exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Blood

Blood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “He is coming with the clouds”

Jesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.

### “One like a son of man”

This refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”

### “The angels of the seven churches”

The word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word.

### The word “to keep” or “to obey”

The word “to keep” means “to pay attention to” or “to heed” or “to obey”. There are various ways to render the idea or meaning of this word “to keep” as a frequent idiomatic expression in the book of Revelation. Basically, the meaning of this idiom which can vary depending on the context of the book of Revelation. For example, see how you translated “to keep” in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md). If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to take to heart” or “to continually consider” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 1 1 rkh9 figs-abstractnouns ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What God disclosed to Jesus Christ” or “The matters that God revealed to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 1 kv41 figs-possession ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 General Information: This phrase could mean: (1) this book is **revelation** that came to Jesus from God. Alternate translation: “revelation to Jesus Christ” (2) this book is **revelation** that came from Jesus to the author of the book, namely John. Alternate translation: “revelation from Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) REV 1 1 ik5v figs-explicit τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ 1 his servants Here, **his servants** refers to people who believe in Jesus Christ and serve him as their Lord. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternative translation: “those who serve him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -25,10 +27,10 @@ REV 1 4 unul figs-explicit ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμ REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Here, the phrase **who is coming** could refer to: (1) the future tense, to complete the idea that God exists in the past, present, and future. In other words, John uses **is coming** figuratively to state that God will exist in the future. Alternate translation: “who will be” or “who will still exist in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) the physical act of coming, when God will be present on earth for a final judgment. REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. Here, the **seven spirits** could refer to: (1) The Spirit of God that is described with seven attributes in [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md). Alternate translation: “the sevenfold Holy Spirit”. (2) Seven individual spirits which serve God and that also might be the “seven angels” in [8:2](../08/02.md). Alternate translation: “the seven spirit beings” or “the seven angelic spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 5 w24x καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and from Jesus Christ The first half of this verse continues the sentence from the previous verse. If you make this a new sentence, then you will need to repeat some of the information from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And may grace be to you and peace also from Jesus Christ” -REV 1 5 gz2n writing-quotations ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστός 1 This phrase **the faithful witness** is a title describing Jesus Christ. The phrase probably comes from [Psalm 89:37](../psa/089/037.md). Likewise, every title that is describing Jesus Christ in this verse comes from Psalm 89, including: **the firstborn from the dead** and **the ruler of the kings of the earth**. Psalm 89 itself refers to the promises that God gave to David in [2 Samuel 7](../../2sa/07/01.md). So all of these titles describe Jesus Christ as the one who completes God’s promises to David. You may want to include some of this information in a footnote. You may also want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or indentation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 1 5 gz2n writing-quotations ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστός 1 This phrase **the faithful witness** is a title describing Jesus Christ. The phrase probably comes from [Psalm 89:37](../psa/89/37.md). Likewise, every title that is describing Jesus Christ in this verse comes from Psalm 89, including: **the firstborn from the dead** and **the ruler of the kings of the earth**. Psalm 89 itself refers to the promises that God gave to David in [2 Samuel 7](../../2sa/07/01.md). So all of these titles describe Jesus Christ as the one who completes God’s promises to David. You may want to include some of this information in a footnote. You may also want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or indentation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 5 l3h8 figs-idiom ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the firstborn from the dead This phrase **the firstborn from the dead** is an idiom meaning “the first person to die and become alive again”. The phrase probably alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../../psa/89/27.md). If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the first person to be raised from death” or “the first person to come back to life to never die again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 1 5 j1xp grammar-collectivenouns τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead The word **dead** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from those who are dead” or “from those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -REV 1 5 gqw8 writing-quotations καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς 1 This phrase **the ruler of the kings of the earth** is a title of Jesus Christ that describes his future dominion over the earth. This phrase alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../../psa/089/027.md). As with the previous phrases from [Psalm 89](../psa/089/001.md), you may want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or formatting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 1 5 gqw8 writing-quotations καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς 1 This phrase **the ruler of the kings of the earth** is a title of Jesus Christ that describes his future dominion over the earth. This phrase alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../../psa/89/27.md). As with the previous phrases from [Psalm 89](../psa/89/01.md), you may want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or formatting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 5 ttqn figs-infostructure τῷ ἀγαπῶντι ἡμᾶς 1 A new sentence begins here that continues through the rest of the next verse. This sentence praises Jesus Christ. If it is helpful for your readers, you may want to state the main verb here at the beginning of the sentence and then repeat it again in the next verse. You may also want to break this long sentence into two or more shorter sentences. Alternate translation: “May Jesus Christ receive glory and power always because he loves us” or “May Jesus Christ receive glory and power always. He is the one who loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) REV 1 5 tqfs writing-pronouns τῷ 1 Here, **the one** refers to Jesus Christ. If this is not clear to your readers, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “To Jesus Christ, who loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 5 u6v7 figs-metaphor λύσαντι ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 has released us Here John uses **released** figuratively of forgiving people for their **sins**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “has forgiven us for our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -37,14 +39,14 @@ REV 1 5 jpnq figs-metonymy ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 John u REV 1 5 q64f figs-metonymy τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **blood** figuratively represents the death of Christ on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a comparable word that stands for death or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 6 nhfb figs-metaphor βασιλείαν 1 Here, **a kingdom** functions as a metaphor for the unity that believers have as they belong to each other and to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of **kingdom** here explicitly. Alternate translation: “a group that belongs to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 6 iq7j figs-metaphor ἱερεῖς 1 Here, the word **priests** functions as a metaphor for people who live to serve God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who work” or “people who live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -REV 1 6 nesy figs-abstractnouns βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ—αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for **glory** or **power**, you could express these ideas in other ways. Here, **power** refers to the authority that Jesus has to rule over his kingdom. Alternate translation: “may people glorify Jesus always and may he rule over everyone” or “may people honor Jesus always and may he reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +REV 1 6 nesy figs-abstractnouns βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ— αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for **glory** or **power**, you could express these ideas in other ways. Here, **power** refers to the authority that Jesus has to rule over his kingdom. Alternate translation: “may people glorify Jesus always and may he rule over everyone” or “may people honor Jesus always and may he reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 6 ne7x guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ 1 his God and Father Here, the words **God** and **Father** refer to one person, not two. This is God the Father who exists with the Son and the Holy Spirit as God. The name **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” or “for God, who is the Father of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) REV 1 7 ldv8 figs-quotemarks ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: The clauses **Behold, he is coming with the clouds**, **every eye will see him, even those who pierced him**, and **will mourn because of him** are quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronouns ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus Christ. If this is unclear to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is coming with the clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 7 isa6 ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 This phrase probably refers to [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). You may want to include this information in a footnote. REV 1 7 k0qo ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds” -REV 1 7 nxqe ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 These phrases probably refer to [Zechariah 12:10](../zec/12/10.md). You may want to include this information in a footnote. +REV 1 7 nxqe ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 These phrases probably refer to [Zechariah 12:10](../Zech/12/10.md). You may want to include this information in a footnote. REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) REV 1 7 ndf6 figs-metonymy καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 pierced him Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross and a soldier **pierced** his side with a spear. Here **those who pierced him** refers to the people who killed him. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced and killed him” or “even those who stabbed him to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 7 ewtl figs-ellipsis καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν 1 John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) @@ -98,6 +100,7 @@ REV 1 20 ttic figs-ellipsis τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστ REV 1 20 fl5d writing-symlanguage λυχνίας 1 lampstands See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 20 eek9 figs-explicit ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the angels of the seven churches Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be human representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should use a word here that can allow for both interpretations, if possible. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 20 e25n τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν 1 seven churches See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). +REV 2 intro zps2 0 # Revelation 2 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation

I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)

A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)

B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)

C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)

D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)

E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)

F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)

G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)

Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches

Jesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people

The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])

### Poverty and wealth

The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])

### “The devil is about to”

People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel

Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### “Let the one who has an ear hear”

Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

### “what the Spirit says to the churches”

Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The angel of the church”

The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).

### “Says these things”

The verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])

### “the one who conquers”

The expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

The expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 2 1 mn8x translate-names τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 2 1 kq5r figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 2 1 mz7l writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) @@ -236,6 +239,7 @@ REV 2 28 g5iy writing-symlanguage τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν 1 REV 2 29 ilk8 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 2 29 ikm8 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 2 29 y6m4 figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 3 intro q1l9 0 # Revelation 3 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation

I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)

A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)

B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)

C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)

D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)

E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)

F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)

G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)

Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches

Jesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people

The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])

### Seven spirits of God

These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).

### Seven stars

These stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking

Jesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

### “Let the one who has an ear hear”

Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])

### “what the Spirit says to the churches”

Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The angel of the church”

The word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).

### “Says these things”

The verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])

### “the one who conquers”

The expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

The expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) REV 3 1 k6b7 translate-names καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον 1 General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Sardis**. **Sardis** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 3 1 u1zs figs-explicit τῷ ἀγγέλῳ 1 the angel See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 3 1 ouys writing-quotations τάδε λέγει 1 See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) @@ -322,6 +326,7 @@ REV 3 21 un17 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 my Fat REV 3 22 m13x figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one who has an ear, hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 3 22 mjv6 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω 1 Let the one … hear See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) REV 3 22 vnr6 figs-idiom τὸ Πνεῦμα 1 Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 4 intro cl9f 0 # Revelation 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 8 and 11.

John has finished describing the letters to the churches. He now begins to describe a vision that God showed him.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Jasper, carnelian, and emerald

These words refer to kinds of special stones that the people in John’s day considered valuable. It may be difficult for you to translate these words if people in your culture do not value special kinds of stones.

### Twenty-four elders

Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### Seven spirits of God

These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).

### Giving glory to God

God’s glory is the great beauty and radiant majesty that God has because he is God. Other Bible writers describe it as if it were a light so bright that no one can look at it. No one can give God this kind of glory, because it is already his. When people give glory to God or when God receives glory, people say that God has the glory that is his, that it is right for God to have that glory, and that people should worship God because he has that glory. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worthy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Difficult images

Such things as bolts of lightning coming from the throne, lamps that are spirits, and a sea in front of the throne may be difficult to imagine, and so the words for them may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]]) REV 4 1 ws2q 0 General Information: John begins to describe his vision of the throne of God. REV 4 1 vh4i μετὰ ταῦτα 1 After these things See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:1-3:22](../02/01.md) Alternate translation: “After I had just seen these things” REV 4 1 suqj figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 See how you translated **behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). Here, it is more natural to avoid the usual “pay attention” in the UST. The translator should probably be less literal in the translation here of **behold** due to the unique context (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -353,6 +358,7 @@ REV 4 10 sly8 translate-symaction βαλοῦσιν τοὺς στεφάνους REV 4 10 wvf9 βαλοῦσιν 1 lay This could refers to: (1) placing something. (2) throwing down forcibly, as of something worthless ([Revelation 2:22](../02/22.md)). The reader should understand that the elders are acting respectfully. REV 4 11 idj1 ὁ Κύριος καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν 1 our Lord and our God Here, **our Lord and God** is one person, the one who was sitting on the throne. REV 4 11 q91l figs-metonymy λαβεῖν τὴν δόξαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν 1 to receive the glory and the honor and the power Here, **the glory and the honor and the power** are things that God always has. Being praised for having them is spoken of as receiving them. Alternate translation: “to be praised for your glory, honor, and power” or “for everyone to praise you because you are glorious, honorable, and powerful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 5 intro g7ey 0 # Revelation 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this in verses 9-13.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Sealed scroll

Kings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, “the one who was seated on the throne” had written the scroll. Only the person called “the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David” and “the Lamb” had the authority to open it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/scroll]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])

### Twenty-four elders

Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### Christian prayers

The prayers of Christians are described as incense. Christian prayers have a good smell to God. He is pleased when Christians pray.

### Seven spirits of God

These spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

The “Lion of the tribe of Judah” and the “Root of David” are metaphors that refer to Jesus. Jesus descended from the tribe of Judah and the family of David. Lions are fierce, and all animals and people are afraid of them, so they are a metaphor for a king whom everyone obeys. The words **Root of David** speak of Israel’s King David as if he were a seed that God had planted and of Jesus as if he were a root growing from that seed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 5 1 txr5 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe what he saw in his vision of the throne of God. REV 5 1 w3yi καὶ εἶδον 1 Then I saw Alternate translation: “After I saw those things, I saw” REV 5 1 u3br τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου 1 the one who was seated on the throne This is the same **one** as in [Revelation 4:2-3](../04/02.md). @@ -395,6 +401,7 @@ REV 5 12 w0dv figs-abstractnouns λαβεῖν τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ REV 5 13 sad6 figs-merism ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς 1 in heaven and on the earth and under the earth Here, the entire clause and all of its descriptions of parts of the cosmos or universe represent a merism. Essentially, the entire clause means everywhere. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) REV 5 13 l2sn writing-symlanguage τῷ Ἀρνίῳ 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 5 14 j2f3 writing-symlanguage ἀμήν! 1 See how you translated **Amen** in [Revelation 1:6](../01/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 6 intro zkn7 0 # Revelation 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The author describes what happened after the Lamb opens each of the first six seals. The Lamb does not open the seventh seal until Chapter 8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven Seals

Kings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, the Lamb opens the seals. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### The Four Horsemen

As the Lamb opens each of the first four seals, the author describes horsemen riding different colored horses. The colors of the horses seem to symbolize how the rider will affect the earth.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### The Lamb

This refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Similes

In verses 12-14, the author uses several similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 6 1 q571 writing-symlanguage τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 6 1 g13d translate-ordinal μίαν ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the initial of the seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 6 1 i392 translate-unknown τῶν ἑπτὰ σφραγίδων 1 Connecting Statement: See how you translated **seven seals** in [Revelation 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) @@ -442,6 +449,7 @@ REV 6 17 i7t4 figs-metaphor ἦλθεν 1 has come Existing now is spoken of as REV 6 17 cq9e ὀργῆς αὐτῶν 1 their wrath Here, **their** refers to the one on the throne and the Lamb. REV 6 17 r1ta figs-metonymy τίς δύναται σταθῆναι? 1 Who is able to stand? Surviving, or staying alive, is spoken of as standing. Alternate translation: “Who can survive?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 6 17 pmn6 figs-rquestion τίς δύναται σταθῆναι? 1 This question is used to express their great sadness and fear that no one will be able to survive when God punishes them. Alternate translation: “no one can survive!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +REV 7 intro f27i 0 # Revelation 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Scholars have interpreted parts of this chapter in many different ways. Translators do not need to fully understand what this chapter means to accurately translate its contents. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

It is important to accurately translate the large numbers in this chapter. The number 144,000 is twelve times twelve thousand.

Translators should be aware that the tribes of the people of Israel are not listed in this chapter the same as they are generally listed in the Old Testament.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-8 and 15-17.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Worship

God saves his people and keeps them through times of trouble. His people respond by worshipping him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### The Lamb

This refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 7 1 b1yl 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of 144,000 servants of God who become marked with seals. Their marking takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal. REV 7 1 id3y τὰς τέσσαρας γωνίας τῆς γῆς 1 the four corners of the earth The **earth** is spoken of as if it were flat and square like a sheet of paper. The phrase **the four corners** refers to the north, south, east, and west. REV 7 2 sgq7 figs-metonymy σφραγῖδα 1 the seal of the living God Here, **the seal** refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God’s people. Alternate translation: “the marker” or “stamp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) @@ -479,6 +487,7 @@ REV 7 17 wc49 αὐτούς…αὐτοὺς 1 their … them Both occurrences REV 7 17 bi5i figs-metaphor ὅτι τὸ Ἀρνίον…ποιμανεῖ αὐτούς 1 For the Lamb … will be their shepherd The elder speaks of the Lamb’s care for his people as if it were a shepherd’s care for his sheep. Alternate translation: “for the Lamb … will be like a shepherd to them” or “for the Lamb … will care for them as a shepherd cares for his sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 7 17 m6m8 figs-metaphor ὁδηγήσει αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ζωῆς πηγὰς ὑδάτων 1 he will guide them to springs of living water The elder speaks of what gives life as if it were **springs** of fresh **water**. Alternate translation: “he will guide them like a shepherd guiding his sheep to fresh water” or “he will guide them to life like a shepherd guiding his sheep to living water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 7 17 g3d2 figs-metonymy ἐξαλείψει ὁ Θεὸς πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 God will wipe away every tear from their eyes Here, a **tear** represents sadness. Alternate translation: “God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears” or “God will cause them to not be sad anymore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 8 intro ma7f 0 # Revelation 8 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven seals and seven trumpets

This chapter begins to show what happens when the Lamb opens the seventh seal. God uses the prayers of all believers to cause dramatic things to happen on earth. John then describes what happens when angels sound the first four of seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Passive voice

John uses the passive voice several times in this chapter. This hides who performs the action. This will be difficult to convey if the translator’s language does not have a passive voice. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

### Similes

In verses 8 and 10, John uses similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 8 1 d652 0 Connecting Statement: The Lamb opens the seventh seal. REV 8 1 mh2b translate-ordinal τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἑβδόμην 1 the seventh seal This is the last of the seven seals on the scroll. The word **seventh** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “the final seal” or “seal number seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) REV 8 2 fri9 figs-activepassive ἐδόθησαν αὐτοῖς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγες 1 seven trumpets were given to them Each of the seven angels were given one trumpet. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God gave them seven trumpets. (2) the Lamb gave them seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) @@ -502,6 +511,7 @@ REV 8 12 dfm7 figs-activepassive ἐπλήγη τὸ τρίτον τοῦ ἡλ REV 8 12 ukh6 σκοτισθῇ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῶν 1 a third of them turned dark The phrase **a third of then turned dark** could mean: (1) one third of the time, they were dark. (2) one third of the sun, one third of the moon, and one third of the stars became dark. REV 8 12 t1ag ἡ ἡμέρα μὴ φάνῃ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῆς, καὶ ἡ νὺξ ὁμοίως 1 a third of the day and a third of the night had no light Alternate translation: “there was no light during one third of the day and one third of the night” or “they did not shine during one third of the day and one third of the night” REV 8 13 x375 figs-activepassive ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν φωνῶν τῆς σάλπιγγος τῶν τριῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν μελλόντων σαλπίζειν 1 because of the remaining trumpet … angels If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “because the three angels who have not yet sounded their trumpets are about to sound them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 9 intro sq5c 0 # Revelation 9 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In this chapter, John continues to describe what happens when angels sound seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### Woe

John describes several “woes” in the Book of Revelation. This chapter begins to describe three “woes” announced at the end of Chapter 8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Animal imagery

This chapter includes several animals: locusts, scorpions, horses, lions, and snakes. Animals convey different qualities or traits. For example, a lion is powerful and dangerous. Translators should use the same animals in their translation if possible. If the animal is unknown, one with similar qualities or traits should be used.

### Bottomless pit

This image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])

### Abaddon and Apollyon

“Abaddon” is a Hebrew word. “Apollyon” is a Greek word. Both words mean “Destroyer.” John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. The ULT and UST write the sounds of both words with English letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate these words using the letters of the target language. The original Greek readers would have understood “Apollyon” to mean “Destroyer.” So translators may also supply what it means in the text or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])

### Repentance

Despite great signs, people are described as not repenting and so remain in their sin. People refusing to repent are also mentioned in Chapter 16. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

John uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 9 1 d26c 0 Connecting Statement: The fifth of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet. REV 9 1 jim6 εἶδον ἀστέρα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεπτωκότα 1 I saw a star from heaven that had fallen John saw the **star** after it **had fallen**. He did not watch if fall. REV 9 1 v12j ἡ κλεὶς τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 the key to the shaft of the bottomless pit Alternate translation: “the key that unlocks the shaft of the bottomless pit” @@ -545,6 +555,7 @@ REV 9 17 pqe8 θειώδεις 1 sulfurous yellow Alternate translation: “yel REV 9 18 x4fr translate-fraction τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 A third of the people See how you translated “A third” in [Revelation 8:7](../08/07.md). Alternate translation: “One third of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) REV 9 20 xf3t figs-activepassive οἳ οὐκ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς ταύταις 1 those who were not killed by these plagues If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom the plagues had not killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 9 20 d3vn figs-distinguish ἃ οὔτε βλέπειν δύνανται, οὔτε ἀκούειν, οὔτε περιπατεῖν 1 things that cannot see, hear, or walk This phrase reminds us that idols are not alive and do not deserve to be worshiped. But the people did not stop worshiping them. Alternate translation: “even though these idols cannot see, hear, or walk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) +REV 10 intro ys3l 0 # Revelation 10 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Seven thunders

John here describes the seven thunders as making sounds that he could understand as words. However, translators should use their normal word for “thunder” when translating these verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### “The mystery of God”

This refers to some aspect of the hidden plan of God. It is not necessary to know what this mystery is to translate it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Simile

John uses similes to help him describe the face, legs, and voice of the mighty angel. Translators should understand other objects in this chapter, such as the rainbow and the cloud, with their normal meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 10 1 xr6f 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of a mighty angel holding a scroll. In John’s vision he is viewing what is happening from earth. This takes place between the blowing of the sixth and seventh trumpets. REV 10 1 jj2e figs-metaphor περιβεβλημένον νεφέλην 1 He was robed in a cloud John speaks of the angel as if he were wearing **a cloud** as his clothing. This expression may be understood as metaphor. However, because very unusual things were often seen in visions, it might be understood as a literally true statement in its context. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 10 1 qax6 figs-simile τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος 1 His face was like the sun John compares the brightness of **his face** with the brightness of **the sun**. Alternate translation: “his face was bright like the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -564,6 +575,7 @@ REV 10 8 tkq7 ἤκουσα 1 I heard John heard. REV 10 9 x13b λέγει μοι 1 He said to me Alternate translation: “the angel said to me” REV 10 9 tg31 πικρανεῖ σου τὴν κοιλίαν 1 make … bitter This refers to a bad taste from the **stomach** after eating something that is not good. Alternate translation: “it will make your stomach sour” REV 10 11 ahb4 figs-metonymy γλώσσαις 1 languages Here, **tongues** refers to the people who speak the languages. Alternate translation: “many language communities” or “many groups of people who speak their own languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 11 intro s117 0 # Revelation 11 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 15 and 17-18.

### Woe

John describes several “woes” in the book of Revelation. This chapter describes a second and third “woe” announced at the end of Chapter 8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Gentiles

The word “Gentiles” here refers to ungodly people groups and not Gentile Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])

### Two witnesses

Scholars have suggested many different ideas about these two witnesses. Translators do not need to understand this passage to accurately translate it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

### Bottomless pit

This image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]]) REV 11 1 ba9b 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision about receiving a measuring rod and two witnesses that God appointed. This vision also takes place between the blowing of the sixth and seventh trumpets. REV 11 1 lkn6 figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι κάλαμος ὅμοιος ῥάβδῳ 1 A reed was given to me If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “sSomeone gave me a reed like a measuring rod” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 11 1 tl86 ἐδόθη μοι…λέγων 1 given to me … I was told Here, **me** refers to John. @@ -616,6 +628,7 @@ REV 11 19 c7pd figs-activepassive καὶ ἠνοίγη ὁ ναὸς τοῦ Θ REV 11 19 d9z7 figs-activepassive ὤφθη ἡ κιβωτὸς τῆς διαθήκης τοῦ Κυρίου ἐν τῷ ναῷ αὐτοῦ 1 the ark of his covenant was seen within his temple If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I saw the ark of his covenant in his temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 11 19 b6ly ἀστραπαὶ 1 flashes of lightning Use your language’s way of describing what **lightning** looks like each time it appears. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md). REV 11 19 ap5g φωναὶ, καὶ βρονταὶ 1 rumblings, crashes of thunder Here, **loud sounds and crashes of thunder** refers to the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language’s way of describing the sound of thunder. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md). +REV 12 intro cq7x 0 # Revelation 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 10-12.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Serpent

The Book of Revelation uses imagery from the Old Testament. For example, John refers to Satan as the serpent. This image comes from the account of the Garden of Eden when Satan tempted Eve. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “A great sign was seen in heaven”

By using the passive voice here, John does not say who saw this great sign in heaven. The translation may be difficult when the subject is unclear, if your language does not have a passive voice. Many English translations use the past tense here and say “A great sign appeared in heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]]) REV 12 1 n4ii 0 General Information: John begins to describe a woman who appears in his vision. REV 12 1 j9yl figs-activepassive γυνὴ περιβεβλημένη τὸν ἥλιον, καὶ ἡ σελήνη ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῆς 1 a woman clothed with the sun, and with the moon under her feet If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a woman who was wearing the sun and had the moon under her feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 12 3 y4c1 0 Connecting Statement: John describes a dragon that appears in his vision. @@ -649,6 +662,7 @@ REV 12 16 i4u5 figs-personification ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα REV 12 16 lgt7 writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 dragon The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 12 17 f754 figs-idiom τηρούντων 1 See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 12 17 t6jf figs-abstractnouns ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ 1 hold to the testimony about Jesus If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **testimony**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “who continue to testify about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +REV 13 intro c9mw 0 # Revelation 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 10, which are from the Old Testament.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Similes

John uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Unknown animals

John uses different animals to try to describe what he saw. Some of these animals may not be known in the target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 13 1 su49 0 General Information: John begins to describe a beast who appears in his vision. Here, **I** refers to John. REV 13 2 k6qh writing-symlanguage δράκων 1 dragon The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 13 2 xa3a ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ δράκων τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ 1 The dragon gave his power to it The **dragon** made the beast as powerful as he was. He did not lose **his power**, however, by giving it to the beast. @@ -701,6 +715,7 @@ REV 13 18 uk74 ὧδε ἡ σοφία ἐστίν 1 Here is wisdom Alternate tr REV 13 18 z8tz figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἔχων νοῦν ψηφισάτω 1 If anyone has understanding If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **insight**, you can express it with the verb “understand.” Alternate translation: “If anyone is able to understand things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 13 18 ri1y ψηφισάτω τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ θηρίου 1 let him calculate the number of the beast Alternate translation: “he should discern what the number of the beast means” or “he should figure out what the number of the beast means” REV 13 18 bbn2 ἀριθμὸς…ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν 1 is the number of a human being The **number** could represent: (1) one person. (2) all of humanity. +REV 14 intro q71v 0 # Revelation 14 General Notes

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Harvest

Harvest is when people go out to gather ripe food from plants. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about him so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. This chapter uses the metaphor of two harvests. Jesus gathers in his people from the whole earth. Then an angel gathers in wicked people whom God will punish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) REV 14 1 e7u7 0 General Information: The word **I** refers to John. REV 14 1 ck6y 0 Connecting Statement: John begins to describe the next part of his vision. There are 144,000 believers standing before the Lamb. REV 14 1 a3kz writing-symlanguage τὸ Ἀρνίον 1 the Lamb A lamb is a young sheep. Here, **the Lamb** it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) @@ -751,6 +766,7 @@ REV 14 20 xt4z ἄχρι τῶν χαλινῶν τῶν ἵππων 1 up to th REV 14 20 m2i9 τῶν χαλινῶν 1 bridle A **bridle** is device made of leather straps that goes around a horse’s head and is used for directing the horse. REV 14 20 gdl8 translate-numbers σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων 1 1,600 stadia Alternate translation: “one thousand six hundred stadia” or “sixteen hundred stadia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) REV 14 20 dbz1 translate-bdistance σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων 1 A “stadium” is 185 meters. The plural form of “stradium” is **stadia**. In modern measures this would be about “300 kilometers” or “200 miles.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) +REV 15 intro zxt7 0 # Revelation 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

In this chapter, John describes events and pictures that occur in heaven.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 3-4.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Victorious over the beast”

These people are spiritually victorious. While most spiritual battles cannot be seen, the Book of Revelation pictures spiritual battles as openly occurring. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### “The temple having the tent of witness, was open in heaven”

Scripture elsewhere indicates the earthly temple copied God’s perfect dwelling place in heaven. Here John seems to refer to God’s heavenly dwelling place or temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### Songs

The Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped. REV 15 1 p98c 0 General Information: This verse is a summary of what will happen in 15:6-16:21. REV 15 1 l345 figs-doublet μέγα καὶ θαυμαστόν 1 great and marvelous The words **great** and **marvelous** have similar meanings and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “something that greatly amazed me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) REV 15 1 w6lf ἀγγέλους ἑπτὰ ἔχοντας πληγὰς ἑπτὰ 1 seven angels with seven plagues Alternate translation: “seven angels who had authority to send seven plagues on the earth” @@ -774,6 +790,7 @@ REV 15 6 w9kw ζώνας χρυσᾶς 1 sashes A sash is a decorative piece of REV 15 7 s4dj τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων 1 the four living creatures See how you translated **living creatures** in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md) REV 15 7 z1wz writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ φιάλας χρυσᾶς, γεμούσας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 seven golden bowls full of the wrath of God The word **wrath** here refers to punishment. Alternate translation: “seven gold bowls full of something that represents the wrath of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 15 8 s67r figs-activepassive ἄχρι τελεσθῶσιν αἱ ἑπτὰ πληγαὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων 1 until the seven plagues of the seven angels were completed If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until the seven angels finished sending the seven plagues to the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 16 intro v1cm 0 # Revelation 16 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter continues the vision of chapter 15. Together they give the seven plagues that complete the wrath of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wrath]])

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-7.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “I heard a loud voice call out of the temple”

This is the same temple that was mentioned in chapter 15.

### Seven bowls of God’s wrath

This chapter reveals severe judgments. They are pictured as angels pouring out seven bowls of God’s wrath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

The tone of this chapter is meant to astonish the reader. Translations should not minimize the vivid language expressed in this chapter.

### Armageddon

This is a Hebrew word. It is the name of a place. John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate it using the letters of the target language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) REV 16 1 nj83 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe the part of the vision about the seven angels with the seven plagues. The seven plagues are the seven bowls of God’s wrath. REV 16 1 t995 ἤκουσα 1 I heard Here, **I** refers to John. REV 16 1 k2nq writing-symlanguage φιάλας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 bowls of God’s wrath See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 15:7](../15/07.md). Alternate translation: “bowls full of something that represents God’s wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) @@ -826,6 +843,7 @@ REV 16 19 r2vh figs-activepassive Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη ἐμνήσθ REV 16 19 g6s8 writing-symlanguage δοῦναι αὐτῇ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ 1 he gave that city the cup filled with the wine made from his furious wrath Here, **the wine** is a symbol of his **wrath**. Making people drink it is a symbol of punishing them. Alternate translation: “he made the people of that city drink the wine that represents his wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 16 20 byn4 figs-metonymy ὄρη οὐχ εὑρέθησαν 1 the mountains were no longer found The inability to see any **mountains** is metonymy expressing the idea that no mountains existed any longer. Alternate translation: “there were no longer any mountains” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 16 21 i43r translate-bweight ταλαντιαία 1 a talent You may convert the **talent** to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “33 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) +REV 17 intro ysn1 0 # Revelation 17 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins to describe how God will destroy Babylon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prostitute

Scripture often pictures idolatrous Jews as adulterous people and sometimes as prostitutes. This is not the reference here. The translator should allow this illustration to be vague. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

### Seven hills

This possibly refers to the city of Rome, which was known as the city on seven hills. However, the translator should not attempt to identify Rome in the translation.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

John uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He explains some of their meanings, but allows them to remain relatively unclear. The translator should attempt to do the same. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “The beast you saw existed, does not exist now, but is about to come up”

This and similar phrases in this chapter contrast the beast with Jesus. Jesus is called “the one who is, and who was, and who is to come” elsewhere in the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in 17:11 is a paradox: “the beast … is itself also an eighth king; but it is one of those seven kings.” The translator should not attempt to resolve this paradox. It should remain a mystery. ([Revelation 17:11](../rev/17/11.md)) REV 17 1 ppd7 0 General Information: John begins to describe the part of his vision about the great prostitute. REV 17 1 c6f4 figs-abstractnouns τὸ κρίμα τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης 1 the condemnation of the great prostitute If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun “judgment”, you can express it with a verb. Alternate translation: “how God will judge the great prostitute” or “how God will condemn the great prostitute”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 17 1 f7ry writing-symlanguage τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης 1 the great prostitute Here, **the great prostitute** represents a certain sinful city. Alternate translation: “the prostitute that everyone knows about” or “a certain sinful city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) @@ -874,6 +892,7 @@ REV 17 17 el9y figs-activepassive ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λ REV 17 18 w2lu 0 Connecting Statement: The angel finishes speaking to John about the prostitute and the beast. REV 17 18 md61 figs-metaphor ἔστιν 1 is Here, **is** stands for “represents.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 17 18 uy1m figs-metonymy ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ ἔχουσα βασιλείαν 1 the great city that rules When it says that the **city** rules, it means that the leader of the city rules. Alternate translation: “the great city whose leader rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +REV 18 intro j5qc 0 # Revelation 18 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Prophecy

The angel prophesies about Babylon falling, which here means being destroyed. It is spoken of as having already happened. This is common in prophecy. It emphasizes that the coming judgment will certainly happen. The angel also prophesies that the people will lament over Babylon falling. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalytic]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphors

Prophecy frequently uses metaphors. This chapter has a slightly different apocalyptic style than the Book of Revelation overall. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 18 1 xxe5 0 Connecting Statement: Another angel comes down from heaven and speaks. This is a different angel than the one in the previous chapter, who spoke about the prostitute and the beast. REV 18 2 a2f5 figs-metaphor ἔπεσεν, Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 Fallen is Babylon the great The angel speaks of **Babylon** having been destroyed as if it had fallen. See how you translated this in [Revelation 14:8](../14/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 18 2 fl3m figs-personification Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη 1 The angel speaks of the city of Babylon as if it were a prostitute. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) @@ -944,6 +963,7 @@ REV 18 23 q8qm figs-metaphor οἱ ἔμποροί σου ἦσαν οἱ μεγ REV 18 23 j3iy figs-activepassive ἐν τῇ φαρμακείᾳ σου ἐπλανήθησαν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 all the nations were deceived by your sorcery If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you deceived the people of the nations with your magic spells” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 18 24 s8bp figs-metonymy ἐν αὐτῇ αἷμα προφητῶν καὶ ἁγίων εὑρέθη, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 In her the blood of prophets and saints was found, and the blood of all who have been killed on the earth Here, **blood** being **found** means that the people of the city were guilty of killing people. Alternate translation: “in her is the guilt for the death of the prophets and saints, along with all the other people in the world who were killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 18 24 btz5 figs-activepassive ἐν αὐτῇ αἷμα προφητῶν καὶ ἁγίων εὑρέθη, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Babylon is guilty of killing the prophets and believers and all the other people in the world who were killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 19 intro h785 0 # Revelation 19 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The beginning of chapter 19 concludes the topic of Babylon falling.

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Songs

The Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])

### Wedding celebration

The wedding celebration or feast is an important image in Scripture. Jewish culture often pictured paradise, or life with God after death, as a feast. Here, the wedding feast is for the Lamb, who is Jesus, and his bride, who is all his people. REV 19 1 qu5h 0 General Information: This is the next part of John’s vision. Here he describes the rejoicing in heaven over the fall of the great prostitute, who is the city of Babylon. REV 19 1 lr94 ἤκουσα 1 I heard Here, **I** refers to John. REV 19 1 nk8x ἁλληλουϊά 1 Hallelujah The word **Hallelujah** means “Praise God” or “Let us praise God.” @@ -1004,6 +1024,7 @@ REV 19 20 ht8g figs-activepassive ζῶντες ἐβλήθησαν οἱ δύο REV 19 20 blr1 τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρὸς, τῆς καιομένης ἐν θείῳ 1 the fiery lake of burning sulfur Alternate translation: “place full of fire that burns with sulfur” REV 19 21 h6ea figs-activepassive οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου, τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 The rest of them were killed by the sword that came out of the mouth of the one who rode on the horse If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the rider of the horse killed the remainder of the beast’s armies with the sword that extended from his mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 19 21 qk9t τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ…τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ 1 the sword that came out of the mouth The **sword** blade was sticking out of **his mouth**. The sword itself was not in motion. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). +REV 20 intro c7eh 0 # Revelation 20 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The thousand-year reign of Christ

In this chapter, Jesus is said to reign for a thousand years, at the same time that Satan is bound. Scholars are divided over whether this refers to a future period of time or to Jesus reigning now from heaven. It is not necessary to understand this passage in order to translate it accurately. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

### Final rebellion

This chapter also describes what happens after the thousand years are ended. During this time, Satan and many people will attempt to rebel against Jesus. This will result in God’s ultimate and final victory over sin and evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

### Great white throne

This chapter ends with God judging all people who ever lived. God separates people who believe in Jesus from those who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Book of Life

This is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Hades and the lake of fire

These appear to be two distinct places. The translator may wish to do further research to determine how to translate these two places differently. They should not be made the same as each other in translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]]) REV 20 1 rkv7 0 General Information: John begins to describe a vision of an angel throwing the devil into the bottomless pit. REV 20 1 n8b8 καὶ εἶδον 1 Then I saw Here, **I** refers to John. REV 20 1 c18c τῆς Ἀβύσσου 1 bottomless pit The **abyss** is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever. (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md). @@ -1042,6 +1063,7 @@ REV 20 14 lw6b figs-activepassive ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἐβ REV 20 14 qv55 writing-symlanguage ὁ θάνατος ὁ δεύτερός 1 the second death The **second death** is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in [Revelation 20:14](../20/14.md) and [Revelation 21:8](../21/08.md). See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “the final death in the lake of fire” or “dying a second time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 20 15 c9pb figs-activepassive εἴ τις οὐχ εὑρέθη…γεγραμμένος 1 If anyone’s name was not found written If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “if God’s angel did not find a person’s name written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 20 15 wq31 figs-activepassive ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός 1 he was thrown into the lake of fire If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the angel threw him into the lake of fire” or “the angel threw him into the place where fire burns forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +REV 21 intro pai8 0 # Revelation 21 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter gives a detailed picture of the new Jerusalem.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Second death

Death is a type of separation. The first death is physically dying, when the soul is separated from the body. The second death is being eternally separated from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/soul]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Book of Life

This is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### New heaven and new earth

It is unclear whether this is an entirely new heaven and earth or if it is remade out of the present heaven and earth. The same is also true of the new Jerusalem. It is possible this will affect translation in some languages. The word “new” in the original language means different and better than the old. It does not mean new in time. REV 21 1 tj16 0 General Information: John begins to describe his vision of the new Jerusalem. REV 21 1 vks1 εἶδον 1 I saw Here, **I** refers to John. REV 21 2 er4u figs-simile ὡς νύμφην, κεκοσμημένην τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς 1 like a bride adorned for her husband John compares the new Jerusalem to **a bride** who has made herself beautiful for her bridegroom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) @@ -1089,6 +1111,7 @@ REV 21 26 ps25 οἴσουσιν 1 They will bring Alternate translation: “th REV 21 27 n3nh figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτὴν πᾶν κοινὸν, καὶ ὁ 1 nothing unclean will ever enter into it, nor anyone If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you can state it in positive form. Alternate translation: “only what is clean will ever enter, and never anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) REV 21 27 g7fr figs-activepassive εἰ μὴ οἱ γεγραμμένοι ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 but only those whose names are written in the Lamb’s Book of Life If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but only those whose names the Lamb wrote in his book of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 21 27 cw99 writing-symlanguage τοῦ Ἀρνίου 1 the Lamb A lamb is a young sheep. Here, **the Lamb** is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 22 intro e1ya 0 # Revelation 22 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter emphasizes that Jesus is coming soon.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Tree of life

There is probably an intended connection between the tree of life in the Garden of Eden and the tree of life mentioned in this chapter. The curse that began in Eden will end at this time.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Alpha and omega

These are the names of the first and last letters in the Greek alphabet. The ULT spells out their names in English. This strategy can serve as a model for translators. Some translators, however, may decide to use the first and last letters in their own alphabet. This would be “A and Z” in English. REV 22 1 b1ad 0 Connecting Statement: John continues to describe the new Jerusalem as the angel shows it to him. REV 22 1 uu7b ἔδειξέν μοι 1 showed me Here, **me** refers to John. REV 22 1 vl23 ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς 1 the river of the water of life Alternate translation: “the river flowing with life-giving water” From 3602d43ea2f7de459e1baca6d1d283f43db946ef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 10:33:31 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 263/266] removed double ../../ in links in Revelation --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 12 ++++++------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index ec78411ede..0534439d71 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ REV 1 4 y9yh translate-blessing χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀ REV 1 4 lsun figs-abstractnouns χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **grace** and **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming treat you kindly and give you peaceful relationships” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) REV 1 4 unul figs-explicit ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 These three phrases all refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God who is, and who was, and who is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) REV 1 4 qsu6 figs-metaphor ὁ ἐρχόμενος 1 who is to come Here, the phrase **who is coming** could refer to: (1) the future tense, to complete the idea that God exists in the past, present, and future. In other words, John uses **is coming** figuratively to state that God will exist in the future. Alternate translation: “who will be” or “who will still exist in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) the physical act of coming, when God will be present on earth for a final judgment. -REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. Here, the **seven spirits** could refer to: (1) The Spirit of God that is described with seven attributes in [Isaiah 11:2](../../isa/11/02.md). Alternate translation: “the sevenfold Holy Spirit”. (2) Seven individual spirits which serve God and that also might be the “seven angels” in [8:2](../08/02.md). Alternate translation: “the seven spirit beings” or “the seven angelic spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) +REV 1 4 x38p writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων 1 seven spirits The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. Here, the **seven spirits** could refer to: (1) The Spirit of God that is described with seven attributes in [Isaiah 11:2](../isa/11/02.md). Alternate translation: “the sevenfold Holy Spirit”. (2) Seven individual spirits which serve God and that also might be the “seven angels” in [8:2](../08/02.md). Alternate translation: “the seven spirit beings” or “the seven angelic spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) REV 1 5 w24x καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 and from Jesus Christ The first half of this verse continues the sentence from the previous verse. If you make this a new sentence, then you will need to repeat some of the information from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And may grace be to you and peace also from Jesus Christ” -REV 1 5 gz2n writing-quotations ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστός 1 This phrase **the faithful witness** is a title describing Jesus Christ. The phrase probably comes from [Psalm 89:37](../psa/89/37.md). Likewise, every title that is describing Jesus Christ in this verse comes from Psalm 89, including: **the firstborn from the dead** and **the ruler of the kings of the earth**. Psalm 89 itself refers to the promises that God gave to David in [2 Samuel 7](../../2sa/07/01.md). So all of these titles describe Jesus Christ as the one who completes God’s promises to David. You may want to include some of this information in a footnote. You may also want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or indentation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -REV 1 5 l3h8 figs-idiom ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the firstborn from the dead This phrase **the firstborn from the dead** is an idiom meaning “the first person to die and become alive again”. The phrase probably alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../../psa/89/27.md). If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the first person to be raised from death” or “the first person to come back to life to never die again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +REV 1 5 gz2n writing-quotations ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστός 1 This phrase **the faithful witness** is a title describing Jesus Christ. The phrase probably comes from [Psalm 89:37](../psa/89/37.md). Likewise, every title that is describing Jesus Christ in this verse comes from Psalm 89, including: **the firstborn from the dead** and **the ruler of the kings of the earth**. Psalm 89 itself refers to the promises that God gave to David in [2 Samuel 7](../2sa/07/01.md). So all of these titles describe Jesus Christ as the one who completes God’s promises to David. You may want to include some of this information in a footnote. You may also want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or indentation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 1 5 l3h8 figs-idiom ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν 1 the firstborn from the dead This phrase **the firstborn from the dead** is an idiom meaning “the first person to die and become alive again”. The phrase probably alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../psa/89/27.md). If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the first person to be raised from death” or “the first person to come back to life to never die again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) REV 1 5 j1xp grammar-collectivenouns τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead The word **dead** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from those who are dead” or “from those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -REV 1 5 gqw8 writing-quotations καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς 1 This phrase **the ruler of the kings of the earth** is a title of Jesus Christ that describes his future dominion over the earth. This phrase alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../../psa/89/27.md). As with the previous phrases from [Psalm 89](../psa/89/01.md), you may want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or formatting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +REV 1 5 gqw8 writing-quotations καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς 1 This phrase **the ruler of the kings of the earth** is a title of Jesus Christ that describes his future dominion over the earth. This phrase alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../psa/89/27.md). As with the previous phrases from [Psalm 89](../psa/89/01.md), you may want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or formatting. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) REV 1 5 ttqn figs-infostructure τῷ ἀγαπῶντι ἡμᾶς 1 A new sentence begins here that continues through the rest of the next verse. This sentence praises Jesus Christ. If it is helpful for your readers, you may want to state the main verb here at the beginning of the sentence and then repeat it again in the next verse. You may also want to break this long sentence into two or more shorter sentences. Alternate translation: “May Jesus Christ receive glory and power always because he loves us” or “May Jesus Christ receive glory and power always. He is the one who loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) REV 1 5 tqfs writing-pronouns τῷ 1 Here, **the one** refers to Jesus Christ. If this is not clear to your readers, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “To Jesus Christ, who loves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) REV 1 5 u6v7 figs-metaphor λύσαντι ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν 1 has released us Here John uses **released** figuratively of forgiving people for their **sins**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “has forgiven us for our sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ REV 1 6 ne7x guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί α REV 1 7 ldv8 figs-quotemarks ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 General Information: The clauses **Behold, he is coming with the clouds**, **every eye will see him, even those who pierced him**, and **will mourn because of him** are quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) REV 1 7 mx1c figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) REV 1 7 bbqj writing-pronouns ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus Christ. If this is unclear to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is coming with the clouds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -REV 1 7 isa6 ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 This phrase probably refers to [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). You may want to include this information in a footnote. +REV 1 7 isa6 ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 This phrase probably refers to [Daniel 7:13](../dan/07/13.md). You may want to include this information in a footnote. REV 1 7 k0qo ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν 1 Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds” REV 1 7 nxqe ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 These phrases probably refer to [Zechariah 12:10](../Zech/12/10.md). You may want to include this information in a footnote. REV 1 7 hb4i figs-synecdoche πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς 1 every eye Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ REV 1 11 y4ab writing-quotations λεγούσης 1 Here, **saying** introduces REV 1 11 kq6x translate-names Ἔφεσον…Σμύρναν…Πέργαμον…Θυάτειρα…Σάρδεις…Φιλαδέλφιαν…Λαοδίκιαν 1 Smyrna … Pergamum … Thyatira … Sardis … Philadelphia … Laodicea These are names of cities in the region of western Asia Minor that are in the modern area of southwestern Turkey today. The logic of the order seems to begin with Ephesus, the most important city at the time and then proceed to move clockwise until it reaches the city that is the furthest south at Laodicea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) REV 1 12 r89l figs-metonymy τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις 1 whose voice Here, **voice** refers figuratively to the person speaking. The context indicates that Jesus Christ is the one speaking here. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) REV 1 12 flem writing-symlanguage ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς 1 Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven poles that each hold one or more oil lamps at the top. These seven lamp holders are made of gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, so it may be that these seven churches represent Christ’s church as a whole, that is, all believers. Alternate translation: “seven golden stands holding oil lamps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) -REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure that recalls the same phrase from [Daniel 7:13](../../dan/07/13.md). The point of this comparison is that the figure John saw looked like a human. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +REV 1 13 xmx7 figs-simile ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου 1 son of man The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure that recalls the same phrase from [Daniel 7:13](../dan/07/13.md). The point of this comparison is that the figure John saw looked like a human. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) REV 1 13 y6qk translate-unknown ζώνην χρυσᾶν 1 a golden sash A **sash** was a strip of cloth worn around the chest. This one had the appearance of gold and may have been woven from golden threads. A **sash** is not a belt that is worn around the waist. Alternate translation: “strap” or “band” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) REV 1 14 hqz1 figs-hendiadys ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες 1 Here, the phrase **head and hair** refers to the hair that is on the head. It does not mean that the skin of the head was white. Alternate translation: “the hair on his head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) REV 1 14 mg7r figs-doublet λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών 1 John uses repetition here in order to emphasize how white the hair was. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “extremely white like wool or snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) From 5c631b37775a07dac26c3fa4e79123ada2108239 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 10:58:22 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 264/266] Fixed GL quote in Rev 9:16 note --- en_tn_67-REV.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv index 0534439d71..bc6460f73d 100644 --- a/en_tn_67-REV.tsv +++ b/en_tn_67-REV.tsv @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ REV 9 15 ijx2 figs-activepassive ἐλύθησαν οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγ REV 9 15 p3w1 figs-activepassive οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι, οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι 1 The four angels who had been prepared If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the four angels whom God had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) REV 9 15 b3d6 figs-parallelism εἰς τὴν ὥραν, καὶ ἡμέραν, καὶ μῆνα, καὶ ἐνιαυτόν 1 for that hour, that day, that month, and that year These words are used to show that there is a specific, chosen time and not just any time. Alternate translation: “for that exact time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) REV 9 16 h8uf 0 General Information: Suddenly, a huge number of soldiers on horseback appear in John’s vision. John is no longer speaking about the four angels mentioned in the previous verse. -REV 9 16 ays5 translate-numbers δύο μυριάδες μυριάδων 1 200000000 Some ways to express **two myriads** are: “two hundred million” or “two hundred thousand thousand” or “twenty thousand times ten thousand.” If your language does not have a specific number for this, you could also see how you translated a similar large number in [Revelation 5:11](../05/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) +REV 9 16 ays5 translate-numbers δύο μυριάδες μυριάδων 1 200,000,000 Some ways to express **two myriads** are: “two hundred million” or “two hundred thousand thousand” or “twenty thousand times ten thousand.” If your language does not have a specific number for this, you could also see how you translated a similar large number in [Revelation 5:11](../05/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) REV 9 17 j5n9 πυρίνους 1 fiery red See how you translated this in [Revelation 6:3](../06/03.md). Alternate translation: “red like fire” or “bright red” REV 9 17 pqe8 θειώδεις 1 sulfurous yellow Alternate translation: “yellow like sulfur” or “bright yellow like sulfur” REV 9 18 x4fr translate-fraction τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 A third of the people See how you translated “A third” in [Revelation 8:7](../08/07.md). Alternate translation: “One third of the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) From 454381958f2efb636dadcf6e350f8bff9266cba9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 11:08:35 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 265/266] Fixed Matthew 16:16 broken note --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 0a9d07254f..dcd8014f06 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ MAT 16 11 i7x6 figs-metaphor τῆς ζύμης τῶν Φαρισαίων κα MAT 16 12 f73l writing-pronouns συνῆκαν 1 they understood The pronoun **they** refers to the disciples. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MAT 16 13 e5cm writing-newevent δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus is using the word translated **now** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MAT 16 13 e1jh figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -MAT 16 16 n5wi guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 the Son of the living God ddddddd**Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +MAT 16 16 n5wi guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 the Son of the living God **Son** is an important title that describes the relationship between Jesus and God. Be sure to retain this title in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MAT 16 16 r1h7 figs-explicit τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 of the living God Here, Peter uses the phrase **living God** to speaking about God as if he is alive. This is to contrast God as the only true God with the other gods who are not real. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the only true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 16 17 yh0s grammar-connect-logic-result μακάριος εἶ, Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ, ὅτι σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα οὐκ ἀπεκάλυψέν σοι, ἀλλ’ ὁ Πατήρ μου, ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since flesh and blood did not reveal this to you, but my Father who is in heaven, you are blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) MAT 16 17 le6a translate-names Σίμων Βαριωνᾶ 1 Simon Bar Jonah The word **Bar** here is another way of saying “son of”. If it would be helpful in your language, could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “son of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) From 2d958740a502c1e67c26ca428e4a29e889531931 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Larry Sallee Date: Wed, 16 Nov 2022 11:31:27 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 266/266] Fix format of Hebrews --- en_tn_59-HEB.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv index 1f20c7cca1..d6ec7fd1c3 100644 --- a/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv +++ b/en_tn_59-HEB.tsv @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ HEB 2 18 gqfo grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, the word **For** int HEB 2 18 jnzj figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς 1 Here, the word **himself** emphasizes Jesus in order to set up the comparison with everyone else who is **tempted**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that emphasizes **he**, that is, Jesus. Alternate translation: “is one who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) HEB 2 18 xde4 figs-activepassive πειρασθείς…πειραζομένοις 1 was tempted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The author uses the passive form here to focus on those who are **tempted** rather than focusing on the person or thing doing the “tempting.” If you must state who did the action, you could use a vague or indefinite subject, since many things “tempt” people. Alternate translation: “things having tempted him … whom things tempt” or “having experienced temptation … who experience temptation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) HEB 2 18 a3a6 πέπονθεν αὐτὸς, πειρασθείς 1 who are tempted Here, the phrase **having been tempted** could identify: (1) the situation in which Jesus **suffered**. Alternate translation: “he himself had suffered when he was tempted” (2) what resulted from the “suffering.” Alternate translation: “he was tempted when he suffered” -HEB 3 intro mu26 0 # Hebrews 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n3. Example of the wilderness generation (3:1–4:13)\n * Exhortation: The Son is greater than Moses (3:1–6)\n * Exhortation: Strive to enter the rest! (3:7–4:11)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [3:7b–11](../03/07.md), [15](../03/15.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### “Today”\n\nThe quotation from [Psalm 95](../../psa/95/01.md) includes the word “today.” The author mentions “today” again in [3:13](../03/13.md), [15](../03/15.md). In both of these verses, he refers to how we always call the current day “today.” So, anything that happens during the time we call “today” must happen every day, since every day is “today.” In this way, the author shows that the quotation from [Psalm 95](../../psa/95/01.md) applies to his audience every day. In these verses, translate “today” with a word or phrase that someone would use for the current day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/biblicaltimeday]])\n\n### Rest\n\nThe quotation from [Psalm 95](../../psa/95/01.md) includes the word “rest.” In the context of the Psalm, this “rest” probably refers to the land that God promised to give to the Israelites. However, scholars debate what the author of Hebrews means when he uses the word “rest.” This is important because the author speaks much more about “rest” in chapter 4. There are two major options for what “rest” could mean: (1) “rest” could refer to how people rest, that is, to the state or experience of “resting.” (2) “rest” could refer to the place where people rest. For the author of Hebrews, this place of “rest” is either in heaven or on a renewed earth. Before you choose how to translate “rest,” consider reading [Hebrews 4:1–11](../../heb/04/01.md) so that you can decide what the author means when he uses “rest.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/rest]])\n\n## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter\n\n### The “house” in [3:1–6](../03/01.md)\n\nIn [3:1–6](../03/01.md), the author refers to a “house.” In the author’s culture, “house” could refer to a building that people live in, or it could refer to a “household” or a group of related people. In these verses, the author uses both meanings of “house.” In [3:2](../03/02.md), [5–6](../03/05.md), “house” refers to a group of related people, God’s people. In [3:3–4](../03/03.md), “house” refers to a building that people live in. In these verses, the author uses a “house” (the building) as an example to explain more about the “house” (the people). If you do not have a word that could mean both “building” and “people,” you may need to express “house” with two different words. If so, you will need to make sure that your readers know that the author is comparing a building to people, especially in [3:3–4](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/house]])\n\n### Rhetorical questions\n\nThe author asks several questions in this chapter (see [3:16–18](../03/16.md)). He is not asking these questions because he wants the audience to provide him with information. Rather, he is asking these questions because he wants the audience to think about the quotation from Psalm 95. In [3:16–17](../03/16.md), the second question in each verse answers the first question. In [3:18](../03/18.md), the second half of the question answers the first half of the question. For ways to translate these questions, see the notes on [3:16–18](../03/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The quotation from Psalm 95\n\nDavid wrote [Psalm 95](../../psa/95/01.md) many years after the events that the psalm refers to. You can read the story about these events in [Num 14:1–38](../../num/14/01.md) (see also the related story in [Exodus 17:1–7](../../exo/17/01.md)). In these stories, the Israelites complain and disobey God, and God punishes them. David refers back to these stories to encourage the Israelites, whom he ruled, to act differently. He wanted them to listen to and obey God. The author of Hebrews quotes what David wrote for a similar reason. He wants to encourage his audience to listen to and obey God, and he shows that what David wrote still applies to his audience. Consider reading the Old Testament stories and Psalm 95 before translating this chapter. See the notes for places where the author refers directly to Psalm 95 or to the Old Testament stories. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n### What does “for 40 years” modify?\n\nIn [3:10](../03/10.md), “for 40 years” tells how long the Israelites saw God’s works. However, in [3:17](../03/17.md), it refers to the time during which God “was very angry” with the Israelites. This is not a contradiction, because the author knew that the Israelites saw God’s works and that God was very angry with them during the same period of “40 years.” There is no need to harmonize these two verses. +HEB 3 intro mu26 0 # Hebrews 3 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

3. Example of the wilderness generation (3:1–4:13)
* Exhortation: The Son is greater than Moses (3:1–6)
* Exhortation: Strive to enter the rest! (3:7–4:11)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [3:7b–11](../03/07.md), [15](../03/15.md), which are quotations from the Old Testament.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### “Today”

The quotation from [Psalm 95](../../psa/95/01.md) includes the word “today.” The author mentions “today” again in [3:13](../03/13.md), [15](../03/15.md). In both of these verses, he refers to how we always call the current day “today.” So, anything that happens during the time we call “today” must happen every day, since every day is “today.” In this way, the author shows that the quotation from [Psalm 95](../../psa/95/01.md) applies to his audience every day. In these verses, translate “today” with a word or phrase that someone would use for the current day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/biblicaltimeday]])

### Rest

The quotation from [Psalm 95](../../psa/95/01.md) includes the word “rest.” In the context of the Psalm, this “rest” probably refers to the land that God promised to give to the Israelites. However, scholars debate what the author of Hebrews means when he uses the word “rest.” This is important because the author speaks much more about “rest” in chapter 4. There are two major options for what “rest” could mean: (1) “rest” could refer to how people rest, that is, to the state or experience of “resting.” (2) “rest” could refer to the place where people rest. For the author of Hebrews, this place of “rest” is either in heaven or on a renewed earth. Before you choose how to translate “rest,” consider reading [Hebrews 4:1–11](../../heb/04/01.md) so that you can decide what the author means when he uses “rest.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/rest]])

## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter

### The “house” in [3:1–6](../03/01.md)

In [3:1–6](../03/01.md), the author refers to a “house.” In the author’s culture, “house” could refer to a building that people live in, or it could refer to a “household” or a group of related people. In these verses, the author uses both meanings of “house.” In [3:2](../03/02.md), [5–6](../03/05.md), “house” refers to a group of related people, God’s people. In [3:3–4](../03/03.md), “house” refers to a building that people live in. In these verses, the author uses a “house” (the building) as an example to explain more about the “house” (the people). If you do not have a word that could mean both “building” and “people,” you may need to express “house” with two different words. If so, you will need to make sure that your readers know that the author is comparing a building to people, especially in [3:3–4](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/house]])

### Rhetorical questions

The author asks several questions in this chapter (see [3:16–18](../03/16.md)). He is not asking these questions because he wants the audience to provide him with information. Rather, he is asking these questions because he wants the audience to think about the quotation from Psalm 95. In [3:16–17](../03/16.md), the second question in each verse answers the first question. In [3:18](../03/18.md), the second half of the question answers the first half of the question. For ways to translate these questions, see the notes on [3:16–18](../03/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### The quotation from Psalm 95

David wrote [Psalm 95](../../psa/95/01.md) many years after the events that the psalm refers to. You can read the story about these events in [Num 14:1–38](../../num/14/01.md) (see also the related story in [Exodus 17:1–7](../../exo/17/01.md)). In these stories, the Israelites complain and disobey God, and God punishes them. David refers back to these stories to encourage the Israelites, whom he ruled, to act differently. He wanted them to listen to and obey God. The author of Hebrews quotes what David wrote for a similar reason. He wants to encourage his audience to listen to and obey God, and he shows that what David wrote still applies to his audience. Consider reading the Old Testament stories and Psalm 95 before translating this chapter. See the notes for places where the author refers directly to Psalm 95 or to the Old Testament stories. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])

### What does “for 40 years” modify?

In [3:10](../03/10.md), “for 40 years” tells how long the Israelites saw God’s works. However, in [3:17](../03/17.md), it refers to the time during which God “was very angry” with the Israelites. This is not a contradiction, because the author knew that the Israelites saw God’s works and that God was very angry with them during the same period of “40 years.” There is no need to harmonize these two verses. HEB 3 1 m1cv grammar-connect-logic-result ὅθεν 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the word **Therefore** introduces an inference from what the author has said about Jesus in [2:5–18](../02/05.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that clearly introduces an inference. Alternate translation: “As a result of all that” or “Because of those things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) HEB 3 1 tp7e figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοὶ 1 holy brothers Although the word **brothers** is masculine, the author is using it to refer to all believers, both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a non-gendered word or refer to both genders. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) HEB 3 1 af15 figs-possession κλήσεως ἐπουρανίου, μέτοχοι 1 you share in a heavenly calling Here the author uses the possessive form to indicate that believers “share” a **heavenly calling**. Believers could “share” this **calling** with: (1) other believers. Alternate translation: “who share together in a heavenly calling” (2) Jesus. Alternate translation: “share with Jesus a heavenly calling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ HEB 6 20 onb9 translate-unknown πρόδρομος 1 Here, the word **forerunne HEB 6 20 a16c figs-infostructure πρόδρομος ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν εἰσῆλθεν 1 Here, the phrase **on our behalf** could modify: (1) **entered**. In this case, Jesus has **entered** for our sake, or to help us. Alternate translation: “has entered for our sake as a forerunner” (2) **forerunner**. In this case, Jesus opened the way **on our behalf**. Alternate translation: “has entered as a forerunner who leads us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) HEB 6 20 q9tt grammar-connect-time-sequential γενόμενος 1 Here, the phrase **having become** introduces action that could happen: (1) before Jesus **entered**. In this case, God makes him a **high priest**, and then he enters the heavenly sanctuary. Alternate translation: “already having become” (2) at the same time as Jesus **entered**. In this case, the “entering” and the “becoming” describe the same thing or happen at the same time. Alternate translation: “when he became” or “at the same time as he became” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) HEB 6 20 zgj6 κατὰ τὴν τάξιν Μελχισέδεκ 1 after the order of Melchizedek Here the author uses the same words he used in [5:6](../05/06.md), [10](../05/10.md). You should translate this phrase in exactly the same way as you did in those verses. -HEB 7 intro y8j3 0 # Hebrews 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and Formatting\n\n5. The Son as high priest (5:1–10:18)\n * Teaching: Melchizedek the priest (7:1–10)\n * Teaching: The Son is high priest in the order of Melchizedek (7:11–28)\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [7:17](../07/17.md), [21](../07/21.md), which are words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special Concepts in this Chapter\n\n### High priests\n\nIn this chapter, the author frequently discusses high priests. He speaks about their “order,” which refers to the requirements, system, and service that go along with being a priest in that “order.” He focuses on two “orders.” First is the order of Aaron, made up of priests who are descended from Levi. These priests are required by Moses’ law and must offer sacrifices for themselves as well as for the rest of the people since they also sin. Also, each priest eventually dies and must be replaced by another. Second is the order of Melchizedek, made up of priests who have an “indestructible life.” This order only includes Melchizedek and Jesus. Jesus only offers sacrifices for the sins of other people, since he does not sin. Also, he never dies, so he can be a priest forever. Consider how to refer to these two different kinds of priests in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])\n\n### Melchizedek\n\nIn this chapter, the author refers to Melchizedek as he is described in [Genesis 14:18–20](../gen/14/18.md), including how the story does not mention his father, mother, birth, or death. Scholars debate whether the author thought that Melchizedek was a supernatural being such as an angel, or whether the author simply describes the character Melchizedek without referring to the historical person named Melchizedek. What is clear is that the author thinks that Melchizedek was “made like” Jesus, not the other way around (see [7:3](../07/03.md)). In other words, the author speaks about Melchizedek because the description of him in Genesis is a helpful way to think about Jesus. Since Melchizedek was greater than Abraham, Jesus, whom Melchizedek is like, is greater than Abraham’s descendants who became priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/melchizedek]])\n\n### Tithes\n\nIn [7:1–10](../07/01.md), the author refers multiple times to giving and collecting “tithes” or “a tenth.” These words refer to the practice of separating out one tenth of what a person earned or grew and giving it to someone else. In the law that God gave through Moses, the Israelites were required to give a “tenth” or “tithe” to priests. This enabled the priests to perform their service without having to do other work. The author uses the “tithes” language to show that Abraham, Levi’s great-grandfather, paid a “tithe” to Melchizedek. That means that the descendants of Abraham who received “tithes” actually paid “tithes” through Abraham to Melchizedek. In the author’s argument, this shows that Melchizedek and his priesthood are greater than Levi and his priesthood. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/tenth]])\n\n### “Swearing” and the “oath”\n\nJust as in chapter 6, the author refers multiple times to “swearing” and using an “oath.” In this context, “swearing” refers to the action of guaranteeing a promise, while the “oath” refers to the guaranteeing words themselves. The author implies that words spoken with an “oath” have more significance or indicate something greater than words without an “oath.” If your readers would misunderstand “swearing” and “oath,” you could use language that comes from how people guarantee what they say in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oath]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### The “loin” of Abraham\n\nIn [7:5](../07/05.md), [10](../07/10.md), the author refers to the “loin” of Abraham. This word is a polite way to refer to the male sexual organ. In [7:5](../07/05.md), the author’s point is that all the Israelites are descended from Abraham, since they all come from his “loin.” In [7:10](../07/10.md), the author’s point is that Levi, the great-grandson of Abraham, could be considered to be inside Abraham’s “loin” before Abraham and Sarah had their son, Isaac. In the author’s culture, one could speak of the descendants of a man as if they were inside the man’s sexual organ. Consider natural ways to express these ideas in your language, and see the notes on these two verses. +HEB 7 intro y8j3 0 # Hebrews 7 General Notes

## Structure and Formatting

5. The Son as high priest (5:1–10:18)
* Teaching: Melchizedek the priest (7:1–10)
* Teaching: The Son is high priest in the order of Melchizedek (7:11–28)

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [7:17](../07/17.md), [21](../07/21.md), which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special Concepts in this Chapter

### High priests

In this chapter, the author frequently discusses high priests. He speaks about their “order,” which refers to the requirements, system, and service that go along with being a priest in that “order.” He focuses on two “orders.” First is the order of Aaron, made up of priests who are descended from Levi. These priests are required by Moses’ law and must offer sacrifices for themselves as well as for the rest of the people since they also sin. Also, each priest eventually dies and must be replaced by another. Second is the order of Melchizedek, made up of priests who have an “indestructible life.” This order only includes Melchizedek and Jesus. Jesus only offers sacrifices for the sins of other people, since he does not sin. Also, he never dies, so he can be a priest forever. Consider how to refer to these two different kinds of priests in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])

### Melchizedek

In this chapter, the author refers to Melchizedek as he is described in [Genesis 14:18–20](../gen/14/18.md), including how the story does not mention his father, mother, birth, or death. Scholars debate whether the author thought that Melchizedek was a supernatural being such as an angel, or whether the author simply describes the character Melchizedek without referring to the historical person named Melchizedek. What is clear is that the author thinks that Melchizedek was “made like” Jesus, not the other way around (see [7:3](../07/03.md)). In other words, the author speaks about Melchizedek because the description of him in Genesis is a helpful way to think about Jesus. Since Melchizedek was greater than Abraham, Jesus, whom Melchizedek is like, is greater than Abraham’s descendants who became priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/melchizedek]])

### Tithes

In [7:1–10](../07/01.md), the author refers multiple times to giving and collecting “tithes” or “a tenth.” These words refer to the practice of separating out one tenth of what a person earned or grew and giving it to someone else. In the law that God gave through Moses, the Israelites were required to give a “tenth” or “tithe” to priests. This enabled the priests to perform their service without having to do other work. The author uses the “tithes” language to show that Abraham, Levi’s great-grandfather, paid a “tithe” to Melchizedek. That means that the descendants of Abraham who received “tithes” actually paid “tithes” through Abraham to Melchizedek. In the author’s argument, this shows that Melchizedek and his priesthood are greater than Levi and his priesthood. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/tenth]])

### “Swearing” and the “oath”

Just as in chapter 6, the author refers multiple times to “swearing” and using an “oath.” In this context, “swearing” refers to the action of guaranteeing a promise, while the “oath” refers to the guaranteeing words themselves. The author implies that words spoken with an “oath” have more significance or indicate something greater than words without an “oath.” If your readers would misunderstand “swearing” and “oath,” you could use language that comes from how people guarantee what they say in your culture. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oath]])

## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter

### The “loin” of Abraham

In [7:5](../07/05.md), [10](../07/10.md), the author refers to the “loin” of Abraham. This word is a polite way to refer to the male sexual organ. In [7:5](../07/05.md), the author’s point is that all the Israelites are descended from Abraham, since they all come from his “loin.” In [7:10](../07/10.md), the author’s point is that Levi, the great-grandson of Abraham, could be considered to be inside Abraham’s “loin” before Abraham and Sarah had their son, Isaac. In the author’s culture, one could speak of the descendants of a man as if they were inside the man’s sexual organ. Consider natural ways to express these ideas in your language, and see the notes on these two verses. HEB 7 1 mwy8 grammar-connect-words-phrases γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the word **For** signals that the author will now go on to explain who “Melchizedek” is and why he is important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a word or phrase that introduces an explanation, or you could leave **For** untranslated. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) HEB 7 1 smhy figs-idiom οὗτος…ὁ Μελχισέδεκ 1 Here, the phrase **this Melchizedek** identifies this **Melchizedek** as the same one whom the author was speaking about in the previous verse (see [6:20](../06/20.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a form that clearly identifies that this is the same **Melchizedek**. Alternate translation: “Melchizedek, the one whom I just mentioned,” or “this man Melchizedek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) HEB 7 1 rfc9 translate-names Σαλήμ 1 Salem The word **Salem** is the name of a city that existed somewhere in the middle of what is now Israel. Some scholars think that it is another name for the city of Shechem, while other scholars think it is another name for the city of Jerusalem. Since our author is referring directly to [Genesis 14:18](../gen/14/18.md), you should preserve this name as much as possible. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])